IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


2.8 


1^ ^ 

J^IIM 


Hi 

us 


lllll^ 

1.8 


1.25 

1.4      1,6 

■^ 

6" 

► 

V2 


^ 


/}. 


M 


,v    ^'S 


o 


/ 


/A 


w 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


€3 


n,  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  NY.  1 4580 

(716)  872-4503 


"-^V"^ 

^V^ 


^ 


V 


\ 


\ 


o 


v^ 


^ 


\j 


V 


^■ 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHM/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  foe  Historical  Microreproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


Technical  and  Bibliographic  Notes/Notes  techniques  et  bibliographiques 


The  Institute  has  attempted  to  obtain  the  best 
original  copy  available  for  filming.  Features  of  this 
copy  which  may  be  bibliographically  unique, 
which  may  alter  any  of  the  imageii  in  the 
reproduction,  or  which  may  significantly  change 
the  usual  method  of  filming,  are  checked  below. 


0    Coloured  covers/ 
Couverture  de  couleur 


n 
□ 


Covers  damaged/ 
Couverture  endommagde 

Covers  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Couverture  restaurde  et/ou  pellicul6e 

Cover  title  missing/ 

Le  titre  de  couverture  manque 


I      I    Coloured  maps/ 


n 


Cartes  g6ographiques  en  couleur 

Coloured  init  (i.e.  other  than  blue  or  black)/ 
Encre  de  couleur  (i.e.  autre  que  bleue  ou  noire) 


j — I    Coloured  plates  and/or  illustrations/ 


n 


D 


n 


Planches  et/ou  illustrations  en  couleur 

Bound  with  other  material/ 
Reli6  avec  d'autres  documents 

Tight  binding  may  cause  shadows  or  distortion 
along  interior  margin/ 

La  leliure  serr6e  peut  causer  de  I'ombre  ou  de  la 
distortion  le  long  de  la  marge  intdrieure 

Blank  leaves  added  during  restoration  may 
appear  within  the  teKt.  Whenever  possible,  these 
have  been  omitted  ftom  filming/ 
II  se  peut  que  certaines  pages  blanches  ajout^es 
lors  dune  restauration  apparaissent  dans  le  texte, 
mais,  lorsque  cela  6ta)t  possible,  ces  pages  n'ont 
pas  AtA  filmAes. 

Additional  comments:/ 
Commentaires  supplimentaires; 


L'Institut  a  microfilm^  le  meilieur  exemplaire 
qu'il  lui  a  At6  possible  de  se  procurer.  Les  details 
de  cet  exemplaire  qui  sont  peut-Atre  uniques  du 
point  de  vue  bibliographiqMe.  qui  peuvent  modifier 
une  image  reproduce,  ou  qui  peuvent  exiger  une 
modification  dahs  la  m^thode  normale  de  filmage 
sont  indiquds  ci-dessous. 


The  c( 
to  the 


I — I   Coloured  pages/ 


Pages  de  couleur 

Pages  damaged/ 
Pages  endommag^es 

Pages  restored  and/oi 

Pages  restaur^es  et/ou  peliicui^es 


I — I    Pages  damaged/ 

I — I    Pages  restored  and/or  laminated/ 


□    Pages  discoloured,  stained  or  foxed/ 
Pages  d^colordes,  tachet6es  ou  piqu6es 

□    Pages  detached/ 
Pages  d6tach6es 

r7~7j    Showthrough/ 
DlJ    Transparence 

□    Quality  of  print  varies/ 
Quality  indgale  de  I'impression 

□    Includes  supplementary  material/ 
Comprend  du  materiel  suppl^mer^taire 

□    Only  edition  available/ 
Seule  Edition  disponible 


Their 
possil 
of  the 
filmin 


Origir 
begin 
the  la 
sion, 
other 
first  p 
sion, 
or  illu 


D 


The  It 
shall  ( 
TINUI 
which 

Maps 
differ 
entire 
begin 
right  I 
requir 
meth< 


Pages  wholly  or  vjartially  obscured  by  errata 
slips,  tissues,  etc.,  have  been  refilmed  to 
ensure  the  best  possible  image/ 
Les  pages  totalement  ou  partiellement 
obscurcies  par  un  feuillet  d'errata,  une  pelure, 
etc.,  ont  6t4  fllmAes  A  nouveau  de  fapon  d 
obtenir  la  meiileure  image  possible. 


This  item  is  filmed  at  the  reduction  ratio  checked  below/ 

Ce  document  est  filmA  au  taux  da  reduction  indiquA  ci-dessous. 

10X  14X  18X  22X 


i. 


/' 


26X 


30X 


12X 


16X 


20X 


24X 


28X 


32X 


Tha  copy  filmtd  hare  has  baan  raproducad  thank* 
to  tha  ganarosity  of: 

Library  Division 

Provincial  Archives  of  British  Columbia 


L'axamplaira  fllmA  fut  raproduit  grAce  A  la 
gAnArosit*  da: 

Library  Division 

Provincial  Archives  of  British  Columbia 


Tha  imagas  appaaring  hara  ara  tha  bast  quality 
possible  considaring  tha  condition  and  lagibiiity 
of  tha  original  copy  and  in  kaaping  with  tha 
filming  contract  specifications. 


Las  images  suivantas  ont  6t6  raproduites  avac  la 
plus  grand  soin,  compta  tenu  de  la  condition  at 
da  la  nattatA  da  raxemplaira  filmA,  et  en 
conformity  avec  ies  conditions  du  contrat  de 
filmage. 


Original  copies  in  printed  paper  covers  ara  filmed 
beginning  with  tha  front  cover  and  ending  on 
the  last  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, or  the  back  cover  when  appropriate.  All 
other  original  copies  are  filmed  beginning  on  the 
first  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, and  ending  on  the  last  page  with  a  printed 
or  illustrated  impression. 


Les  exemplaires  originaux  dont  la  couverture  en 
papier  est  imprimie  sont  filmAs  en  commenpant 
par  la  premier  plat  at  en  terminant  soit  par  la 
darniire  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impression  ou  d'illustration,  soit  par  le  second 
plat,  selon  le  cas.  Tous  les  autres  exemplaires 
originaux  sont  fiimis  en  commandant  par  la 
premiere  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impression  ou  d'illustration  et  en  terminant  par 
la  derniAre  page  qui  comporte  une  telle 
empreinte. 


The  last  recorded  frame  on  each  microfiche 
shall  contain  the  symbol  >— ^  (meaning  "CON- 
TINUED "),  or  the  symbol  V  (meaning  "END '), 
whichever  applies. 


Un  des  symboies  suivants  apparaitra  sur  la 
dernidra  image  de  cheque  microfiche,  selon  le 
cas:  le  symboie  — »■  signifie  'A  SUIVRE",  le 
symbole  V  signifie  "FIN". 


Maps,  plates,  charts,  etc.,  may  be  filmed  at 
different  reduction  ratios.  Those  too  large  to  be 
entirely  included  in  one  exposure  are  filmed 
beginning  in  the  upper  left  hand  corner,  left  to 
right  and  top  to  bottom,  as  many  frames  as 
required.  The  following  diagrams  illustrate  the 
method: 


Les  cartes,  planches,  tableaux,  etc.,  peuvent  dtre 
filmis  d  des  taux  de  reduction  diffirents. 
Lorsque  le  document  est  trop  grand  pour  Atre 
reproduit  en  un  seul  cliche,  il  est  film6  it  partir 
de  Tangle  supArieur  gauche,  de  gauche  A  droite, 
et  de  haut  en  bas,  en  prenant  le  nombre 
d'imagas  ndcessaire.  Las  diagrammes  suivants 
iliustrent  la  mdthode. 


1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

i  cflLiipot^fiifl,  m 


■m 


THE  PACIFIC  KOHTHWEST,  Ap  AliASp. 

-f  THREE  SPRING  rOdRS.f- 

I^KAVINO   HOHTON   APRIL   liH,  ISOLJ. 
ALSO  TOUR  VIA  CANADIAN  PACIFIC  RAILWAY,  LEAVING  BOSTON  MAY  23,  1892. 

RHYMOND    «•    WHITCOIVIB. 

296  Washington  Street  (opposite  Sclioot  Street),  Boston,  Mass. 


.     ! 


SEASOfl  op   1892 


THREE  SPRING  AND  EARLY  SUMMER  TOURS. 

A  TouP  of  75  Days 

Through  Colorado,  New  Mexico,  Arizona,  Southern,  Central,  and   Northern  Cali- 
fornia, the    Mount    Shasta    Region,   Oregon,  Washington,   the    Puget 
qk  :  Sound  Country,  British   Columbia,  ALASKA,   Idaho,  Montana, 

j|  The  Yellowstone  National  Park,  etc.     See  pages  3-1  I  I. 


TOUR  OF  68  DAYS  ACROSS  THE  CONTINENT, 

And  through  California  and  the    Pacific    Northwest  (from  San  Diego  to  Victoria, 
B.C.),  and  Homeward  via  the  Yellowstone  National  Park.    See  Pages  I  13-142. 


TOUR  OF  62   DAYS  TO  THE  PACIFIC   COAST, 

Through  California,  and  Homeward  across  the  Sierra  Nevada  and  Rocky  Moun- 
tijins,  and  through  Nevada,  Utah,  Colorado,  etc.     See  pages  143-175. 


TOUR  OF  48  DAYS  TO  ALASKA, 

The  Outward  journey  over  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway  and  the   Homeward  one 

over  the  Northern  Pacific  Railroad,  with  a  visit  to  the  Yellowstone 

National  Park.     Seepages  176-181. 


W.  RAYMOND,  I.  A.  WHITCOMB. 

296  Washington  Street  (opposite  Scltooi  Street),  Boston,  Mass. 


« 


i 


7W 


AMIRICAN     PRINTINa    *     tNCRAVINa    CO.,     SO    AHCN    ST.,     BOSTON. 


•1 


( ; 


Suggestions  in  Re» 
Persons  desiring  to  join  ,„„    ,  ^°  -^"'"'"ff  «   Party. 

«  -  eariy  a  date  l  coZtJt  '  l"!  """'.^^  ^^ouid  send  ti,eir  nals  to  h 
°f  going,  and  this  reeistraZ!  """*  '^  registered  as  sn„„        u  ''^  registered 

"'-y  "e  made,  and  in' eve/  "war""  ^  "'-«  -  '"«  c":™  " '"^  I'  ""  '"'-"°" 

-ne,  is  required  in  conn  ;:7:':::r  "'^'"^'"P  ">  '-'e  Ur'^t"' '"^°""? 
"  circumstances  prevent  th.  ""^  registration  and  no  J!     ^'  ••     °  P'J"n«"t  of 

'»  fi"  the  vacancy.    xTcke,.      ^'''"  ^'"'''"'heiist.Jnd^hen     .         '""  '''°'"«  >«• 

P^'-engeranytimetow^thtfo^';  ^'  '="="  ="«•  I'aid  for  at  the""'""'""""'"^" 
g»r  then  be  prevented  f  '•'''"'"  °'  ">«  d«e  of  denlr  ,  =°"venience  of  the 

-dh.g  in  „/,,/-;_.  ■-going,  the  money  .^^^^ 

»"J  It  frequently  occur,  .TTI  ?  "'  ^"  «"  "ses  the  na  H.  ,  *"  =''''=""age  of 
Persons  are  not  Jompel  ed^^.  '  '"'^  "'  «"«d  'ongbefor.r'  '"■'''' ''"  ""'"^"». 
■^"'".ay  connect  wi?h'th.l,nr'  '°  '*°^"'"  '"'  ^^^^Zoi      "'''  "'  "^P-""- 

..n  at  points  on  the  route  ^':::::^^:s ^:^:;^^Ji::'z:^ 

tney  are  required. 


*- 


SE^ASON    OK    1892. 


* 


A    GRAND    TOUR 

FROM   THE 


ATLANTIC    TO    THE    PACIFIC, 


AND  A  VOYAGE  TO 


WITH   VISITS   TO 

Many  Picturesque  Places  in  Colorado,  New  Mexico,  Arizona,  Southern,  Central,  and  Northern  California, 

the   Mount  Shasta  Region,  Oregon,  Washington,  the   Puget  Sound  Country, 

ALONG  THE  BRITISH  COLUMBIAN  AND  ALASKAN    COASTS,  WITH  THEIR  LOFTY 

MOUNTAINS,  GIGANTIC  GLACIERS,  AND  QUAINT  NATIVE  TOWNS, 

And  Homeward  through  Idaho,   Montana,   North  Dakota,  etc.,  with  a  week  in  the 

YELLOWSTONE    NATIONAL    PARK. 


A  Magnificent  Train  of  Vestibuled  Pullman  Palace  Cars,  including  Pullman  Palace  Dining-Cars. 
The  Party  to  Leave  Boston  Monday,  April  26 ;   and    to  Return  Friday,  July  8. 

Price  of  Tickets  (all  traveling  expenses  included),      -      $675.00 


Incidental  Excursion  to  the  Yosemite  Valley  and  the  Big  Tree  Groves. 


W.  RAYMOND,  I.  A.  WHITCOMB, 

296  Washington  8t.  (opposite  School  St.),  Boston,  Mass. 

3 


m 


COLORADO,  CALIFORNIA,  THE  PACIFIC  NORTHWEST, 

•   •  ALASKA  .    • 


AND  THE 


YE^LLOWSXONK    NATIONAL    PARK. 


April  25  to  July  8,    1892. 


OF  our  three  transcontinental  tours  arranged  for  the  spring  and  early  summer  of 
1892,  we  shall  first  describe  one  that  is  unexampled  in  extent  and  variety  —  a 
comprehensive  journey  through  the  length  and  breadth  of  our  country,  from 
the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific,  and  from  the  Mexico  line  to  Alaska.  The  Pacific  Coast 
will  be  traversed  for  over  3,000  miles,  and  all  its  marvels  may  be  seen  —  the  luxuriant 
orchards  and  gardens  of  Southern  California,  the  Yosemite  Valley,  the  matchless 
mountain  scenery  of  the  Pacific  Northwest,  and  the  vast  glaciers  of  Alaska.  To  these 
are  added  the  wonderfully  picturesque  gorges  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  "life  on  the 
plains,"  the  quaint  native  life  in  the  far  Northwest,  the  Yellowstone  National  Park, 
and  Niagara  Falls.    In  fact,  it  would  be  impossible  to  combine  in  a  single  tour  of  like 

S 


duration  —  seventy-five  days  —  a  greater  number  of  truly  grand  attractions.  No 
excursion  ever  planned  has  equaled  this  one  in  its  comprehensiveness  of  American 
wonders.  There  are  many  American  travelers  to  whom  the  highways  and  by-ways  of 
Europe  and  the  East  are  familiar,  but  to  whom  the  marvelously  fine  scenery  of  their 
own  country  is  as  a  closed  book.  Within  the  past  decade  great  progress  has  been 
made  in  rendering  even  the  inner  recesses  of  our  vast  national  domain  accessible  to 
the  tourist,  and  united  to  this  fact  is  the  equally  important  one  that  cur  special  excur- 
sion trains  carry  to  the  most  distant  points  comforts  and  luxuries  previously  unknown. 
All  the  chief  railway  journeys  herein  described  will  be  made  in  a  magnificent  train  of 
Pullman  vestibuled  palace  cars,  which  unite  every  lirst-class  appointment  known  to 
the  rail,  including  a  complete  dining-car  service;  and  the  Alaskan  voyage  will  be  per- 
formed on  the  staunch  and  elegant  steamship  "  Queen,"  the  finest  vessel  in  the  fleet 
owned  by  the  Pacific  Coast  Steamship  Company.  The  steamer  trip  will  occupy  eleven 
or  twelve  days.  All  the  famous  scenic  points  in  Southern  Alaska  which  have  made  the 
Alaska  tour  so  famous  will  be  visited,  including  Fort  Wrangel,  Juneau,  the  Douglas 
Island  gold  mines,  Chilkaht,  Sitka,  and  the  great  Muir  Glacier  on  Glacier  Bay. 
There  will  be  time  for  landing  and  sight-seeing  at  all  the  chief  points  of  interest,  and 
everywhere  tourists  will  have  unsurpassed  opportunities  for  scanning  the  wonderful 
scenery  of  our  northernmost  possessions,  and  for  studying  the  quaint  and  primitive 
native  life.  The  entire  route  from  Puget  Sound  to  the  farthest  northern  point  reached 
is  lined  with  scenes  of  wonderful  and  awe-inspiring  character  —  mountains  of  great 
height,  with  almost  fathomless  depths  at  their  very  feet ;  cascades,  which  s°em  to  tumble 
from  the  sky  itself ;  densely  wooded  shores,  whose  solitudes  have  never  yet  been 
invaded  by  man;  and  vast  fields  of  snow  and  ice,  which  glow  in  the  sunlight  like 
plains  of  gold  and  silver.    Thousands  of  mountain  peaks  are  seen  that  no  man  has 

6 


f 


ever  visited,  and  that  are  as  yet  even  unnamed.  In  Alaska  great  glaciers,  many  fold 
larger  than  the  grandest  ice  fields  of  Switzerland,  flow  down  to  the  sea,  mingling  with 
the  floods  of  the  ocean  and  breaking  off  in  huge  masses  of  fantastical  shapes.  In  no 
part  of  the  world  is  there  so  much  wild  grandeur  encompa.  £  d  in  a  voyage  of  equal 
duration. 

The  time  selected  for  the  tour  is  seasonable,  not  only  ^  Jr  the  visit  to  the  far  North, 
but  also  for  the  journey  across  the  continent  and  the  tour  hrough  California.  In 
June,  when  the  party  will  reach  the  Northwf^st,  long  days  rrevaili  and  there  are  really 
only  a  few  houiS  of  darkness.  Nothing  that  can  contribute  to  the  safety,  comfort,  and 
well-being  of  the  passengers  will  be  omitted.  Only  two  persons  will  be  placed  in  a 
section  of  the  sleeping-cars  (every  passenger  being  entitled  to  an  entire  do'^ble  berth, 
half  a  section)  and  only  two  persons  in  each  stateroom  on  the  steamer. 

From   Boston  to  the   Missouri  River. 

The  party  will  leave  Boston,  from  the  Fitchburg  Rail  oad  station,  at  4.00  P.  M., 
Monday,  April  25.  The  early  stage  of  the  journey  is  ovei  the  popular  Fitchburg  & 
Hoosac  Tunnel  route,  and  through  a  picturesque  section  of  Northwestern  Massachu- 
setts. At  a  distance  of  135  miles  from  Boston  we  enter  the  portals  of  the  famous 
Hoosac  Tunnel,  which  pierces  the  mountains  for  four  and  three-quarters  miles.  Near 
Mechanicville,  N.  Y.,  the  Hudson  River  is  crossed,  and  at  Rotterdam  Junction  the 
train  passes  from  the  tracks  of  the  Fitchburg  Railroad  to  those  of  the  West  Shore 
Railroad.  This  latter  line  ascends  the  Mohawk  Valley,  and  traverses  the  great  State 
of  New  York,  passing  through  Utica,  Syracuse,  Rochester,  Buffalo,  and  other  impor- 
tant towns.  As  meals  are  to  be  served  in  the  dining-car,  there  will  be  no  prolonged 
stay  at  any  station  during  the  early  part  of  the  ride.     Passing  through  Buffalo,  our 

7 


mm 


mimmmmm 


train  continues  along  the  shores  of  Lake  Erie  and  the  Niagara  River  to  Niagara  Falls. 
We  cross  the  Niagara  Riv.r  on  the  great  Suspension  bridge,  just  above  the  terrible 
Whirlpool  Rapids,  and  about  two  miles  below  the  cataract.  From  this  point  westward 
through  Canada  the  route  lies  over  the  Southern  Division  of  the  Grand  Trunk  Rail- 
way. The  3t.  Clair  River  is  crossed  just  below  Lake  Huron  by  means  of  the  great 
river  tunnel,  the  longest  work  of  its  kind  in  the  world.  From  the  Canadian  cutting 
to  the  river  edge  i  1,950  feet,  and  from  the  American  cutting  to  the  river  1,800  feet, 
the  distance  across  the  river  is  2,300,  making  the  total  length  of  the  tunnel  6,050  feet. 
The  cos*^  of  this  great  work  was  about  ^^3,000,000.  It  not  only  shortens  the  line  at 
this  poii'i,  but  greatly  facilitates  traffic.  The  line  west  of  the  river  leading  direct  to 
Chicago  is  also  under  Grand  Trunk  management.  At  this  point,  too,  Eastern  or  75th 
ropfidian  time  changes  to  Central  or  90th  meridian  time,  which  is  one  hour  slower. ' 
Alter  traversing  Michigan  and  a  little  corner  of  Indiana,  we  reach  the  boundary  line 
of  Illinois.  At  Blue  Island  Junction  our  train  will  be  transferred  to  the  tracks  of  the 
Chicago,  Rock  Island  &  Pacific  Railway,  on  which  we  make  our  farther  journey  to 
Kansas  City. 

We  cross  the* northern  part  of  the  great  Stale  of  Illinois,  reaching  the  Mississippi 
River  at  Rock  Island.  This  route  takes  us  through  Joliet,  Morris,  Ottawa,  La  Salle, 
Peru,  Geneseo,  Moline,  and  other  populous  cities  and  towns.  Rot:k  Island  is  a 
handsome  city,  which  stands  on  the  east  side  of  the  lordly  Mississippi,  while  Daven- 
port, la.,  is  on  the  opposite  bank.  Thusfar  we  have  followed  quite  closely  the  line 
of  march  taken  by  General  W infield  Scott  at  the  time  of  the  Black  Hawk  War. 
Where  the  city  of  Morris  stands  was  fought  a  sanguinary  battle  between  the 
Black  Hawk  Indians  and  the  white  settlers,  the  latter  having  the  assistance 
of  the  Pottawdttamies.    The  island,  which  gave  the  city  of  Rock  Island  its  name, 

8 


ara  Falls, 
e  terrible 
westward 
unk  Rail- 
the  great 
in  cutting 
1 ,800  feet, 
6,050  feet, 
he  line  at 
;  direct  to 
;rnor  75th 
ur  slower, 
iidary  line 
cks  of  the 
journey  to 

Vlissisaippi 
,  La  Salle, 
sland  is  a 
lie  Daven- 
ly  the  line 
lawk  War. 
tween  the 
assistance 
its  name, 


i 


is  traversed  by  the  railway,  the  river  being  crossed  on  a  magnificent  iron  bridge. 
The  island  is  owned  by  the  United  States  Government ;  and  the  United  States 
Arsenal,  which  was  erected  here  after  the  destruction  of  the  one  at  Harper's  Ferry, 
Va.,  in  the  war  of  the  Rebellion,  is  near  the  road.  The  grounds  have  been  laid 
out  by  the  government  in  a  very  handsome  manner,  and  serve  as  a  charming  park  for 
the  three  adjacent  cities  —  Rock  Island,  Davenport,  and  Moline.  Where  the  Kimball 
House  in  Davenport  stands  was  signed  the  treaty  with  the  Indians  which  opened  up 
Western  Illinois,  Eastern  Iowa,  and  Southern  Wisconsin  to  white  settlement.  Black 
Hawk's  village  stood  upon  the  site  of  the  city  of  Rock  Island.  On  leaving  Davenport 
our  train  continues  down  the  west  bank  of  the  Mississippi  River  as  far  as  the  flourish- 
ing city  of  Muscatine.  Our  course  i  hen  across  the  southeastern  corner  of  Iowa; 
and  at  Lir.eville  we  enter  the  State  of  Missouri,  traversing  its  northwestern  section 
from  thence  to  Kansas  City,  a  distance  of  142  miles.  Princeton,  Trenton,  and 
Car  eron  are  the  chief  towns  on  this  part  of  the  line.  Just  before  entering  Kansas 
City  the  road  crosses  the  Missouri  River  on  a  high  and  substantial  bridge. 

Kansas  City. 

We  shall  reach  Kansas  City  early  Thursday  morning,  and  spend  several  hours  there. 
This  city  lies  upon  the  boundary  line  of  two  States — Missouri  and  Kansas — with  its 
chief  population,  public  buildings,  etc.,  in  the  former.  Kansas  City,  Mo.,  contains 
132,4x6  inhabitants,  and  the  Kansas  division  of  the  city  38,271.  Possessing  peculiar 
advantages  from  being  the  junction  point  of  a  dozen  great  railroads,  Kansas  City  has 
made  rapid  strides  within  two  or  three  years  past.  It  is  the  largest  depot  for  agri- 
cultural implements  in  thrt  world,  the  second  great  beef-packing  centre,  and  the  third 
place  of  importance  in  pni  k-packing. 

9 


\':r,>f 


The  Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  Railroad. 

On  leaving  Kansas  City  Thursday  forenoon  we  enter  upon  the  main  line  of  the 
Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  Railroad,  over  which  we  are  to  travel  upwards  of  2,300 
miles  in  different  stages  of  our  western  journey.  With  several  eastern  termini  and  a 
number  of  branches  to  tributary  points,  the  main  line  of  this  road  reaches  out 
over  the  great  State  of  Kansas,  through  a  part  of  Colorado,  and  then  diagonally  across 
the  Territory  of  New  Mexico,  to  connections  with  the  Pacific  Coast  and  Old  Mexico. 
The  Santa  Fe  system  comprises,  in  addition  to  the  main  line  and  its  branches,  the 
Atlantic  &  Pacific,  through  Arizona  and  California,  the  Southern  California  Railway 
Company's  system,  and  other  important  lines. 

Through  Kansas. 

Our  course  from  Kansas  City  to  the  Colorado  State  line  takes  us  486  miles  within 
the  borders  of  Kansas.  The  State  embraces  in  altertiation  broad,  level  valleys  and 
high,  rolling  prairies,  with  a  gradual  rise  towards  the  Rocky  Mountains.  At  Kansas 
City  we  are  765  feet  above  the  sea,  and  at  the  borders  of  Colorado  3  418.  The  highest 
point  in  the  State  is  the  extreme  northwest,  which  has  an  elevaticm  of  about  4,000 
feet.  The  eastern  section,  through  which  we  pass  by  daylight,  is  well  watered,  well 
settled,  and  is  devoted  largely  to  corn  and  wheat,  of  which  the  yield  is  enormous.  The 
western  section,  with  the  neighboring  parts  of  Colorado  and  Nebraska,  is  given  up 
largely  to  cattle  grazing. 

Colorado. 

Entering  Colorado  a  little  distance  west  of  Coolidge,  we  find  that  the  plains  look 
dry  and  barren,  but  nevertheless  they  furnish  good  grazing.     We  are  at  times  on  what 

10 


5, 


Le^ 

Rio 
lies  t 
from 
)Iace 
■3ng  t( 
beyoit 


e  of  the 
of  2,300 
ini  and  a 
iches  out 
illy  across 
1  Mexico, 
iches,  the 
I  Railway 


iles  within 
alleys  and 
At  Kansas 
'he  highest 
bout  4,000 
tered,  well 
nous.    The 
Ls  given  up 


plains  look 
hies  on  what 


were  once  famous  buffalo  grounds.  Antelopes  are  sometimes  seen  near  the  track ; 
and  villages  of  those  queer  little  animals,  the  prairie  dogs,  are  also  common.  Deer, 
like  the  buffalo,  have  been  driven  back  from  the  railroads,  and,  indeed,  the  buffalo  has 
been  AvhoUy  exterminated  from  these  regions. 

Colorado  embraces  103,645  square  miles.  Of  the  United  States,  Texas  (262,292 
square  miles),  California  (158,000  square  miles),  Montana  (143,776  square  miles),  and 
Nevada  (109,740  square  miles),  only  exceed  it  in  area;  and  of  the  Territories  only 
New  Mexico,  Arizona  and  Alaska.  Upon  first  entering  Colorado  little  change  will  be 
noticed  in  the  physical  aspect  of  the  landscape,  except  that  the  prairie  g  adually 
becomes  more  rolling.  Las  Animas  is  a  thriving  cattle  centre.  At  La  Junta  we 
diverge  from  the  main  line  of  the  Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  Railroad  for  a  detour 
amid  some  of  the  great  scenic  wonders  of  the  Rocky  Mountains.  We  proceed  first  to 
Pueblo  over  a  branch  of  the  Santa  Fe  line,  and  from  thence  over  the  Denver  &  Rio 
Grande  Railway  to  several  of  the  grandest  scenic  points  in  the  mountain  region.  Our 
stay  at  Pueblo  will  be  long  enough  for  the  party  to  see  something  of  this  busy  and 
progressive  young  city. 

The  Royal  Gorge. 

r  Leaving  Pueblo  Friday  noon,  we  shall  proceed  over  the  main  line  of  the  Denver  & 
Rio  Grande  Railway  westward  in  order  to  visit  the  famed  Royal  Gorge.  Our  course 
lies  through  the  narrow  valley  of  the  Arkansas  River.  At  Florence,  thirty-three  miles 
from  Pueblo,  we  are  in  the  centre  of  the  Colorado  petroleum  district,  and  above  this 
±)lace  are  extensive  coal  deposits.  Cafion  City  (fifty-one  miles)  is  a  large  and  grow- 
ing town.  The  State  Penitentiary  is  near  the  railroad  track  on  the  right,  and  just 
cyond  are  several  fine  mineral  springs.     The  cafion  begins  just  above  this  point,  and 

II 


i|  !!i 


for  ten  miles  the  scenery  is  of  the  wildest  and  grandest  description.  Mountains  of 
rock  running  up  almost  perpendicularly  nearly  half  a  mile  in  height,  and  terminating 
in  dizzy  pinnacles,  seem  ready  to  fall  upon  the  adventurous  traveler.  The  train  winds 
along  the  course  of  the  narrowing  stream,  and  its  onward  progress  seems  barred  in  a 
hundred  places  by  huge  cliffs.  The  Arkansas,  crowded  to  narrower  limits,  brawlingly 
disputes  the  right  of  way  with  the  iron  steed;  and  new  pictures  of  wildness  and 
grandeur  greet  the  eye  at  every  turn.  Every  feature  of  the  scenery  is  on  a  stupendous 
scale. 

Denver. 

Returning  to  Pueblo  after  our  inspection  of  the  Royal  Gorge,  we  shall  continue 
northward  over  the  main  line  of  the  Denver  &  Rio  Grani  Railway  to  Denver,  where 
the  train  will  arrive  at  an  early  morning  hour.  The  forenoon  will  be  passed  in  this 
city,  and  there  will  be  a  carriage  ride  to  aid  the  visitors  in  making  a  sight-seeing  round 
of  the  *•  Queen  City  of  the  Plains."  Denver  has  a  population  of  126, i86,  according 
to  the  recent  census,  and  is  one  of  the  most  substantial  and  progressive  cities  of  the 
West. 

Manitou  Springs. 

Leaving  Denver  at  i.oo  p.  m.,  we  shall  journey  southward  to  Colorado  Springs, 
and  thence  by  a  branch  line  to  Manitou  Springs,  where  we  shall  remain  over  Sunday, 
making  our  headquarters  at  the  Barker  and  Cliff  Houses,  Both  hotels  are  in 
proximity  to  the  principal  springs  and  the  large  bathing-establishment.  The  Garden 
of  the  Gods  lies  between  Manitou  Springs  and  Colorado  Springs  ;  and  Pike's  Peak, 
which  has  an  elevation  of  14,147  feet  (7,850  feet  higher  than  the  town  itself),  rises  in 
solitary  beauty  only  a  few  miles  away.    The  Manitou  &  Pike's  Peak  Railway,  which 

12 


climl 


mm«* 


pwiimmi  mK^^.tmmm>mMm 


ntains  of 
minating 
lin  winds 
rred  in  a 
rawlingly 
less  and 
ipendous 


continue 
;r,  where 
i  in  this 
ng  round 
ccording 
8  of  the 


Springs, 
Sunday, 

are  in 
Garden 

Peak, 
uses  in 
,  which 


climbs  to  the  very  summit  of   the  mountain,  was  opened   last  year.    The  Manitou 
Grand  Caverns  are  within  a  short  distance  of  the  village,  as  are  also  Rainbow  Falh. 

The  Raton  Pass. 

We  shall  go  on  board  the  train  Sunday  nir^ht,  and  leave  Manitou  Springs  at  an 
early  hour  Monday  morning,  going  southward  over  the  Denver  &  Rio  Grande  Rail- 
way to  ruel)lo  and  La  Junta,  and  thence  over  the  main  line  of  the  Atchison,  Topeka 
&  Santa  Fe  Railroad. 

Crossing  the  Raton  Pass  above  Trinidad,  at  an  elevation  of  7,688  feet,  we  enter  the 
Territory  of  New  Mexico.  Fisher's  Peak,  a  very  prominent  and  picturesque  elevation 
which  rises  back  of  Trinidad  and  3,628  feet  above  it,  is  9,633  feet  high.  The  railroad 
crosses  the  Purgatoire  River  at  Trinidad ;  six  miles  beyond  passes  through  the 
mining  town  of  Starkville,  and  ten  miles  above  Starkville  crosses  the  State  line,  just 
north  of  a  long  tunnel.  Meanwhile  occasional  glimpses  have  been  had  of  the  gleam- 
ing Spanish  Peaks,  which  are  some  thirty  miles  northwest  of  Trinidad.  The  railroad 
follows  the  general  direction  of  the  old  "  Sante  Fe  trail,"  and  Dick  Wootton's  famous 
old  toll-house  is  seen  on  the  right  just  north  of  the  summit.  The  descent  on  the  New 
Mexico  side  is  quite  steep,  and  large,  powerful  locomotives  are  required  to  draw  the 
trains  over  the  mountains  between  Trinidad  and  Raton,  a  distance  of  twenty-three 
miles.  Raton  is  situated  on  the  pluin,  Hbout  1,000  feet  below  the  summit,  and  is  an 
important  trade  Ci-utre. 

New  Mexico. 

This  Territory,  which  came  into  the  possession  of  the  United  States  after  the  Mexi- 
can war,  togetherwith  Arizona,  Colorado,  Utah,  and  Nevada,  comprises  121,201  square 
miles,  and  its  southern  boundary  reaches  to  thirty-one  degrees  twenty  minutes,  north 

13 


m 


I  ! 


latitude.  Much  of  its  surface  is  an  arid  waste,  but  the  scenery  in  many  parts  of  the 
Territory  is  very  beautiful.  Its  tablelands  are  elevated  from  5,000  to  7,500  feet  above 
the  sea,  and  snow-capped  peaks  rise  to  the  height  of  11,000  feet  and  upwards.  While 
commercial  relations  with  the  East  have  been  established  within  the  present  century 
(though  net  fully  provided  for  until  the  opening  of  the  Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  Fe 
Railroad),  New  Mexico  and  Arizona,  together  with  the  southern  part  of  Colorado,  are 
unquestionably  the  oldest-settled  portions  of  our  country.  In  no  part  of  America  does 
the  historian  and  archaeologist  find  such  rich  fields  for  research.  This  region  was  the 
home  of  an  ancient  civilization  for  centuries  before  the  first  Pilgrim  footfall  was  heard 
on  Plymouth  Rock,  and  before  St.  Augustine  and  Jamestown  were  colonized.  The 
pueblos  or  villages  of  these  prehistoric  races  are  scattered  through  the  valleys  of 
southern  Colorado  and  northern  New  Mexico  and  through  a  large  part  of  Arizona. 
There  are  ruins  of  ancient  cities  miles  in  extent;  and  then  there  are  the  curious  cliff 
dwellings  which  abound  in  certain  parts  of  Colorado  and  Arizona.  The  fuehlos  are 
now  inhabited  to  a  large  extent  by  a  strange  aboriginal  race  called  Pueblo  Indians; 
but  the  cliff  and  cave  dwellings  have  probably  been  in  ruins  for  ages.  Soon  after  the 
conquest  of  Mexico  by  Cortes  in  1519,  the  Spaniards  overran  the  country,  and  it  is 
the  old  South  European  civilisation  that  now  permeates  the  life  and  customs  of  New 
Mexico  and  Arizona,  the  American  element  being  a  very  recent  impcrtation.  The 
present  population  of  New  Mexico  is  144,862.  * 

Near  Raton  are  valuable  coal  mines.  There  are  said  to  be  800,000  acres  of  coal 
lands  in  Colfax  county.  Cold,  silver,  copper,  and  other  ores  are  also  found  in  this 
vicinity.  South  of  Raton  lies  a  rich  grazing  country  dotted  with  ranches.  Springer, 
the  county  seat  of  Colfax,  and  Wagon  Mound  are  the  chief  places  of  importance 
between  Raton  and  the  large  and  flourishing  city  of  Las  Vegas. 

14 


arts  of  the 
feet  above 
is.  While 
nt  century 
:  Santa  Fe 
loraclo,  are 
lerica  does 
on  was  the 
was  heard 
ized.  The 
valleys  of 
f  Arizona, 
irious  cliff 
ueblos  are 

Indians ; 
1  after  the 

and  it  is 
s  of  New 
ion.     The 

s  of  coal 
id  in  this 
Springer, 
iportance 


Las  Vegas  Hot  Springs. 

The  celebrated  Hot  Springs  of  Las  Vegas  are  situated  six  miles  from  the  city  of  the 
same  name,  and  we  shall  pay  them  a  visit,  our  special  train  being  taken  ihither  over 
the  Hot  Springs  Branch.  The  springs  are  forty  in  number,  and  are  situated  at  the 
base  of  afoot-hill  that  slopes  down  to  the  Rio  Gallinas.  In  their  thermal  properties 
they  are  divided  into  two  classes ;  one  including  springs  of  a  temperature  from  120  to 
140  degrees  Fahrenheit,  and  the  other  from  75  to  100  degrees.  There  are  thirty  of 
the  former  and  ten  of  the  latter.  Of  the  whole  number  only  about  twenty-five  of  these 
springs  have  been  required  for  the  bath-house  supply,  a  single  spring  furnishing  no  less 
than  30,000  gallons  of  water  daily  at  a  temperature  of  140  degrees.  The  warm  springs 
flow  from  basins,  or  reservoirs,  direct  to  the  bath-houses,  while  the  cooler  ones  run 
into  large  tanks,  and  are  thence  conducted  into  the  bath-houses  to  furnish  cold  water 
as  desired.  The  first  improvements  were  made  at  the  springs  in  1846,  when  an  adobe 
bath-house  was  erected  and  a  hospital  established  there  by  the  United  States  Army. 
The  first  hotel  was  erected  in  1S79,  and  is  still  standing.  The  popularity  of  the  resort 
has  made  greater  demands  than  the  old  house  was  intended  to  supply,  and  the  large 
and  elegint  Montezuma  was  erected..  This  establishment  is  situated  on  one  of  the 
heights  above  the  river,  at  an  elevation  of  about  6,900  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 
The  Rio  Gallinas  flows  through  a  cafion  abounding  in  romantic  scenery. 

Westward  from  Las  Vegas. 

Returning  to  Las  Vegas  and  then  going  westward,  we  traverse  an  undulating  and 
broken  country.  Some  twenty  miles  from  Las  Vegas  is  a  picturesque  hill  known  as 
Starvation  Mountain.  This  is  a  flat-topped,  rocky  eminence,  with  almost  perpen- 
dicular sides,  where,  tradition  says,  the  Indians  surrounded  140  Mexicans,  who  finally 

IS 


f" 


s 


starved  to  death.  Several  crosses  have  been  erected  on  the  summit.  Nearly  fifty 
miles  southwest  of  Las  Vegas,  in  the  Pecos  Valley,  are  the  ruins  of  the  old  Pecos 
Church,  which  was  established  by  the  Spaniards  soon  after  1529.  The  railroad  runs 
within  about  a  mile  of  the  spot.  A  short  distance  from  the  church  are  the  ruins  of  a 
great  city  which  far  antedated  that  edifice.  The  faint  traces  of  walls,  now  gradually 
being  reduced  to  dust,  are  all  that  now  remain.  From  the  Pecos  River  there  is  ?n 
ascent  by  a  steep  grade  to  the  summit  of  Glorieta  Pass,  which  has  an  elevation  of 
7,537  feet.  It  was  here  and  in  the  neighboring  Apache  Canon,  through  which  the 
railroad  passes  in  descending  the  western  face  of  the  mountains,  that  a  sharp  fight 
took  place,  early  in  the  War  of  the  Rebellion,  between  the  United  States  forces  and 
a  band  of  Texans  who  were  bent  upon  seizing  New  Mexico> 
From  Lamy  a  branch  road  extends  to  Santa  Fe,  a  distance  of  eighteen  miles. 

Santa  Fe. 

Santa  Fe,  the  capital  of  New  Mexico,  will  be  reached  Monday  evening,  and  there  will 

be  a  halt  here  until  noon  of  the  ensuing  day.    San  Francisco  street  is  the  chief  business 

thoroughfare  of  the  ancient  ca.pital.    The  old  buildings  are  constructed  of  adobe^  and 

in  the  Mexican  style.    The  burro,  a  diminutive  donkey,  is  made  the  chief  carrier  of 

burdens;  and  many  of  these  patient,  hard-working  little  animals  are  driven  into  town 

with  packs  of  wood  much  larger  than  themselves.     In  the  centre  of  the  city  is  the 

Plaza,  or  public  square,  a  well-ordered  little  park,  bordered  by  business  houses  on 

three  sides  and  by  the  old  adobe  palace  on  the  fourth  or  north  side.    In  the  inclosure 

is  a  monument  erf'cted  in  honor  of  the  soldiers  who  fell  at  Glorieta  and  Valverde. 

The  old  palace  has  been  'he  seat  of  government  for  at  least  two  and  a  half  centuries. 

It  was  occupied  by  a  long  line  of  Spanish  governors,  and,  under  United  States  rule, 

the  ancient  edifice  has  still  been  used  as  the  governor's  residence.    The  interesting 

16 


IT 

I 


early  fifty 

old  Pecos 

Iroad  runs 

ruins  of  a 

gradually 

here  is  9n 

evation  of 

which  the 

iharp  fight 

forces  and 

lies. 

i  there  will 

ef  business 

adobe  ^  and 

carrier  of 

into  town 

:ity  is  the 

houses  on 

inclosure 

Valverde. 

centuries. 

tates  rule, 

nteresting 


collections  of  the  New  Mexican  Historical  Society  have  been  placed  in  this  edifice. 
In  front  of  the  Exposition  Building,  near  the  United  States  Military  Post,  is  a  monu- 
ment erected  in  honor  of  Kit  Carson.  Old  Fort  Marcy,  on  the  hill  above  the  hotel, 
was  established  by  General  Kearney  in  1846.  Upon  the  same  site  De  Vargas 
encamped  in  1693.  The  old  San  Miguel  Church,  on  the  south  side  of  the  river,  is 
supposed  to  be  the  oldest  place  of  worship  on  American  soil,  having  a  recorded  history 
as  far  back  as  1580.  Near  this  edifice  is  St.  Michael's  College  for  boys,  erected  a  few 
years  ago,  from  the  tower  of  which  a  very  fine  view  of  the  city  and  surrounding  country 
is  commanded.  Near  the  ancient  church  is  an  old  house,  the  walls  of  which  are  sup- 
posed to  have  great  antiquity.  They  are  thought  to  be  the  remains  of  a  prehistoric 
c'ifice.  Just  across  the  creek,  returning,  are  the  spacious  and  high  ;  improved  grounds 
,v  oi'  the  "  Academy  of  Our  Lady  of  Light,"  conducted  by  the  ^Sisters  of  Loretto.  The  high 
adobe  wall  incloses  the  old  Academy  building,  the  new  and  very  beautiful  stone  chapel 
of  purely  gothic  architecture,  and  the  commodious  new  Academy  building.  Directly 
in  the  rear  of  these  grounds  are  the  residence  and  noted  gardens  of  Archbishop  Lamy^ 
North,  a  short  distance,  is  the  Cathedral  ol  Santa  Fe,  which  has  recently  been  rebuilt. 
East  of  the  Cathedral  is  located  the  St.  Vincent  asylum,  or  hospital,  conducted  by  the 
Sisters  of  Charity.  Another  old  church,  that  of  Guadalupe,  was,  a  few  years  ago, 
renovated  and  modernized  for  the  use  of  the  English-speaking  Catholics.  There  are 
-also  several  Protestant  places  of  worship.  The  territorial  Capitol  is  a  handsome 
edifice,  which  was  completed  a  few  years  ago. 

V     The  Ramona  School,  situated  in  the  outskirts  of  the  town,  is  a  noble  institution  for 
the  education  of  Indian  youth,  under  the  direction  of  Rev.  H.  O.  Ladd. 
i     During  the  visit  to  Santa  Fe  the  party  will  make  the  cars  its  headquarters,  the  train 
vbeing  placed  on  a  side  track  near  the  station. 

^ 


I  l 


Hi 


! 


If  I 
i  >'■  i 


' 


From  Santa  Fe  Southward. 

We  shall  leave  Santa  Fe  Tuesday  noon,  May  3,  proceeding  first  to  Lamy,  where  we 
again  join  the  main  line  of  railway.  Near  Wallace,  thirty-one  miles  from  Lamy,  we 
reach  the  banks  of  the  Rio  Grande  del  Norte,  or  the  Rio  Brava  del  Norte,  as  it  is  also 
called,  the  chief  artery  of  the  water  system  of  the  Territory.  At  this  point  is  the 
pueblo  of  Santo  Domingo,  which  is  situated  upon  the  bank  of  the  river,  within  plain 
sight  from  the  cars.  A  little  farther  on  is  \he  pueblo  of  San  Felipe.  The  former  tribe 
numbers  nearly  1,000  and  the  latter  between  500  and  600.  The  station  at  Wallace  is 
upon  the  reservation  of  the  Santo  Domingo  tribe.  The  pueblo  is  two  miles  distant. 
Three  other  IndxdLW pueblos  will  be  passed  in  the  course  of  the  journey,  viz  :  Sandia, 
twenty-five  miles  beyond  Wallace;  Isleta,  about  twelve  miles  beyond  Albuquerque,  and 
Laguna,  on  the  Atlantic  &  Pacific  Railroad,  sixty-six  miles  from  Albuquerque.  Berna- 
lillo, twenty  miles  beyond  Wallace  and  sixteen  miles  north  of  Albuquerque,  is  an  old 
Mexican  town  that  has  seen  but  little  change  since  the  railroad  invaded  its  precincts. 

Albuquerque. 

The  approach  to  this  city  is  picturesque,  the  Sandia  Mountains,  which  lie  at  no 
great  distance  northeast,  adding  to  the  beauty  of  the  scenery.  Albuquerque  was  a 
populous  Mexican  town  long  before  the  railroad  came,  having  been  christened  in 
honor  of  the  Duke  of  Albuquerque  in  the  days  of  Spanish  rule.  The  busy,  bustling 
city  of  today  h.is  sprung  into  existence  within  the  past  five  years  beside  the  railroad, 
and  is  a  typical  American  town;  while  the  old  town,  three  miles  distant,  is  almost 
distinctly  Mexican.  The  headquarters  of  the  operating  department  of  ihe  Atlantic 
&  Pacific  Railroad  are  at  Albuquerque,  although  the  actual  junction  of  that  road  with 
the  Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  Railroad  is  thirteen  miles  south. 

18 


where  we 
Lamy,  we 
;  it  is  also 
nt  is  the 
thin  plain 
:mer  tribe 
Vallace  is 
:s  distant. 

:  Sandia, 
jrque,  and 
2.     Berna- 

is  an  old 
precincts. 


lie  at  no 
ue  was  a 
stened  in 
,  bustling 

railroad, 
is  ahuost 

Atlantic 
road  with 


I  The  Atlantic  &  Pacific  Railroad. 

This  railway,  over  which  we  travel  747  miles  in  the  next  stage  of  our  journey,  aids 
in  forming  one  of  the  great  Pacific  Coast  branches  of  the  "  Santa  Fe  "  system,  into 
which  it  has  lately  been  absorbed.  It  extends  through  New  Mexico  and  Arizona, 
crossing  the  latter  Territory  just  north  of  its  centre,  and  finds  in  the  Mojave  Desert  of 
California  its  western  connections  with  the  Southern  California  Railway  Company's 
lines  and  the  Southern  Pacific  Railroad.  It  is  a  finely  constructed  road,  and  forms 
an  important  link  in  the  great  Santa  Fe  system.  For  much  of  the  way  it  lies  along 
the  elevated  table-land  of  Arizona,  the  scenery  of  which  is  much  diversified. 

Leaving  Albuquerque,  we  shall  cross  the  continental  divide,  130  miles  west  of  that 
city  and  2,291  feet  above  it,  the  greatest  elevation  being  7,297  feet.  At  the  summit 
there  is  little  to  indicate  that  one  is  at  the  top  of  a  mountain  range.  Sixty-four  miles 
east  of  the  divide  the  road  passes  through  the  Indian  town  of  Laguna.  Near  the 
station  of  Wingate  is  Fort  Wingate,  one  of  the  most  important  of  the  western 

,  military  posts  and  the  starting  point  for  Zuiii,  the  famous  Indian pt/g6/o  which  is  situ- 
ated forty-five  miles  south  of  the  railroad.    Another  curious  Indian  ^ued/o,  that  of 

'  Acoma,  is  found  sixteen  miles  south  of  Laguna.  At  Gallup,  the  next  station  west  of 
Wingate,  are  extensive  coal  mines.  Defiance  is  the  supply  station  for  P'ort  Defiance 
and  the  Navajo  agency.  The  great  Navajo  reservation  lies  north  of  the  railroad 
in  both  New  Mexico  and  Arizona,  extending  along  the  line  of  Colorado  and  Utah. 
Manuelito  is  a  station  that  was  named  in  honor  of  a  former  chief  of  the  Navajos. 
The  line  between  New  Mexico  and  Arizona  is  crossed  between  Manuelito  and 
Allantown.  The  road  here  runs  in  proximity  to  some  curiously  shaped  buttes,  while 
peculiar  red  cliffs  are  seen  north  of  the  road.  A  great  mass  of  rock,  with  cathedral- 
like pinnacles,  seen  near  "Wingate,  is  known  as  the  Navajo  Church. 

19 


r 


Arizona. 

Arizona  comprises  113,916  square  miles,  an  I  is  the  next  largest  Territory  to  New 
Mexico.  It  is  three  times  the  size  of  the  great  State  of  New  York,  and,  like  Cali- 
fornia, possesses  within  its  wide  domain  nearly  every  climate.  There  is  much  desert 
and  waste  land,  but  some  sections  are  very  productive.  The  Atlantic  &  Pacific 
Railroad  passes  through  a  large  part  of  the  best  lands  in  the  Territory,  although  it 
also  crosses  great  desert  sections,  where  water  is  had  only  by  running  water-trains 
from  the  most  convenient  springs.  There  are  many  thousands  of  square  miles  of 
good  grazing  lands,  and  the  raising  of  cattle,  sheep,  and  horses  is  an  important  and 
growing  industry.  There  are  great  tracts  of  pine  timber,  which  iS  said  to  be  equal  to 
any  found  in  the  East.  The  mining  interests  of  this  region  have  been  extensive  for 
more  than  300  years.  Gold,  silver,  and  copper  are  found  in  various  sections  of  the 
Territory.  In  the  northern  part  of  Arizona,  at  a  considerable  distance  from  the 
railroad,  is  that  great  wonder  of  the  world  —  the  Grand  Canon  of  the  Colorado. 

The  famous  petrified  forests  of  Arizona  are  situated  twenty-six  miles  from  Holbrook 
and  some  ten  miles  from  the  railroad.  Holbrook  is  also  the  point  of  departure  for 
the  Moqui  Indian  towns,  from  ninety  to  100  miles  distant. 


The  Cailon  Diablo  and  the  San  Francisco  Mountains. 

The  Rio  Puerco,  a  small  stream  along  which  we  have  journeyed  for  some  distance 
before  reaching  Holbrook,  joins  the  Little  Colorado  near  that  place,  and  the  road 
crosses  the  latter  thirty-two  miles  farther  on,  near  the  lively  little  town  of  Winslow. 
Twenty-six  miles  beyond  Winslow  the  road  crosses  the  Canon  Diablo,  an  immense, 
zigzag,  yawning  chasm  in  the  white  and  yellow  magnesian  limestone.    The  bridge  is 

20 


I 


1 


541  feet  long  and  222^^  feet  in  height,  or  higher  than  Bunker  Hill  Monument.  It  is 
an  iron  structure,  a  model  in  its  way,  and  cost  $250,000. 

Long  before  this  the  magnificent  San  Francisco  Mountains,  a  group  of  lofty,  snow- 
clad  peaks  which  rise  a  few  miles  north  of  the  railroad  ai  Flagstaff,  have  begun  to 
attract  attention.  There  are  three  sharp  peaks  of  purest  white,  supported  by  dark 
shoulders  of  cedar  and  piiion-covered  heights.  The  main  peaks  are  Humphrey,  Agas- 
siz,  and  Humboldt.  Mount  Humphrey  is  12,815  fee  high,  and  Mount  Agassiz  is  only 
300  feet  lower.  The  elevation  of  Flagstaff  is  6,935  ^^^*»  ^^^  ^^^  Arizona  divide  (a 
spur  of  the  San  Francisco  Mountains),  a  dozen  miles  beyond,  is  between  200  and  300 
feet  higher.  1  ae  mountains  northeast  of  the  San  Francisco  group  are  known  as  the 
Coconino  range.  They  are  mainly  extinct  volcanoes.  One  of  them,  called  Sunset 
Mountain,  presents  a  singular  aspect,  the  rim  of  its  crater  being  tipped  with  red  lava. 
In  another  of  the  Coconino  hills  is  a  group,  numbering  sixty-five,  of  the  mysterious 
cave  dwellings,  which  are  supposed  to  antedate  the  prehistoric  cliff  dwellings,  an 
extensive  collection  of  which  is  found  in  Walnut  Canon,  nine  miles  from  Flagstaff. 
Through  a  large  pa<*t  of  this  section  ruins  of  cities  and  towns  which  were  built  of  stone 
are  found.  Near  Flagstaff  the  railroad  enters  the  timber  region,  and  the  country 
assumes  a  beautiful  park-like  appearance.  Extensive  lumber  mills  are  situated  at 
Flagstaff.  The  Marble  Canon,  the  deepest  portion  of  the  Grand  Canon  of  the  Col- 
orado—  6,549  feet  in  depth  —  is  sixty-five  miles  distant  from  this  station,  and  north 
of  the  San  Francisco  Mountains. 

Beyond  the  San  Francisco  Mountains  there  are  several  detached  peaks  which  appear 
quite  prominent  as  seen  from  the  railroad.  These  are  Bill  Williams's  Mountain  and 
Mounts  Kendrick,  Sitgreave,  and  Floyd.  Near  Bill  Williams's  Mountain  is  the  sta- 
tion of  Williams.    Williams  war  a  pioneer  settler  in  this  region.    Not  far  from  Ash 

21 


ii    ! 


I 


% 


Fork  the  railroad  winds  through  a  rocky  pass  known  as  Johnson's  Canon.  At  Peach 
Springs  we  are  nearer  the  Grand  Canon  of  the  Colorado  than  we  were  at  Flagstaff, 
the  distance  being  only  twenty-three  miles ;  and  at  Hackberry  we  are  in  the  vicinity 
of  an  active  and  productive  mining  region. 

Entering  California. 

The  Needles,  situated  on  the  California  side  of  the  Colorado  River  —  here  a  broad 
and  rapid  stream  which  is  crossed  by  means  of  a  long  bridge  —  is  where  we  enter  Cal- 
ifornia. There  is  nothing  but  a  sandy  waste  for  a  long  distance  on  each  side  of  the 
river,  but  within  view  at  the  north  are  some  picturesque  mountains  which  give  to  the 
station  its  name.  The  Needles  is  a  place  of  considerable  importance,  and  the  Mojave 
Indians  have  a  reservation  near  at  hand.  Proceeding  westward  the  road  crosses  the 
great  Mojave  Desert  of  California,  an  elevated  tract  whereon  little  else  than  the  yucca 
palm  is  seen  growing.  At  Goff's,  thirty-two  miles  west  of  The  Needles,  we  are  at  an 
elevation  of  2,580  feet,  more  than  2,100  feet  above  the  Colorado  River.  There  are 
numerous  lava  hills  scattered  about  the  eastern  section  of  the  desert,  and  there  are 
picturesque  mountain  ranges  within  view  at  the  north.  In  the  Providence  Mountains 
are  mines;  and  near  Daggett  are  the  famous  Calico  Mines,  so  named  from  the  peculiar 
appearance  of  the  mountains  wherein  they  are  situated.  There  are  extensive  borax 
deposits  in  the  same  section. 

The  Southern  California  Railway  Company's  Lines. 

At  Barstow  we  diverge  from  the  main  line  of  the  Atlantic  &  Pacific  Railroad,  which 
extends  on  to  Mojave,  and  continue  southward  over  the  Southern  California  Railway 
Company's  lines,  in  order  to  make  a  detour  through  Southern  California.     At  this 


t  Peach 
lagstaff, 
vicinity 


a  broad 
ter  Cal- 
i  of  the 
e  to  the 

Mojave 
sses  the 

e  yucca 
re  at  an 
iiere  are 
here  are 
ountains 

peculiar 

e  borax 


d,  which 
Railway 
At  this 


i 


:iA' 


I 


point  standard  time  makes  its  last  change,  from  Mountain  (105th  meridian)  to  Pacific 
(i20th  meridian),  which  is  one  hour  slower,  or  three  hours  slower  than  Eastern  time. 

The  Southern  California  Railway  Company's  lines  cover  the  extensive  system  of  the 
Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  Railroad  in  Southern  California,  or,  rather,  all  of  it 
that  is  lot  includejj  by  the  Atlantic  &  Pacific  Railroad.  This  latter  line  of  railway 
extends  across  Arizona  and  California,  uniting  with  the  Southern  Pacific  Company's 
road  at  Mojave.  The  Southern  California  Company's  lines  reach  Pasadena,  Los 
Angeles,  San  Diego,  Redlands,  Riverside,  Redondo  IJeach,  and  nearly  all  the  impor- 
tant points  in  that  section  oi"  the  State. 

Emerging  from  the  Mojave  Desert  and  following  up  for  a  time  the  Mojave  River, 
which  farther  north  disappears  altogether  in  a  desert  •' sink,"  our  train  climbs  the 
slopes  of  the  San  Bernardino  range  towards  the  Cajon  Pass,  which  pierces  the  moun- 
tain wai!  not  far  east  of  the  snow-capped  peak  known  as  "Old  lialdy,"  While 
approaching  the  pass,  and  while  descending  the  steep  grades  on  the  otherside,  the 
traveler  enjoys  a  succession  of  magnificent  views.  The  summit  of  the  pass  is  3,819 
feet  above  the  sea,  or  1,714  feet  above  IJarstow. 

Southern  California. 

From  the  scene  of  siindy  waste  and  desolation  presented  by  the  Mojave  Desert,  we 
emerge  into  the  garden  of  California,  a  region  where  the  flowers  and  fruits  of  the  semi- 
tropics  grow  in  profusion.  The  transition  is  a  welcome  one,  and  luxuriant  orange 
groves  and  vineyards  take  the  place  of  desert  sands.  The  air  becomes  fragrant  with 
the  sweet  breath  of  orange  blossoms.  Suow-clad  peaks  rise  behind  us,  and  in  front 
is  spread  out  the  broad  and  fruitful  valley  in  which  San  Bernardino,  Redlands,  Coltjn, 
Riverside,  and  dozens  of  other  towns  are  situated.     We  have  meanwhile  crossed  a 

»3 


portion  of  the  county  of  San  Bernardino,  which,  with  its  23,472  square  miles  of  area, 
is  larger  than  four  of  the  New  England  States — Vermont,  Massachusetts,  Rhode 
Island,  and  Connecticut  combined.  Besides  oranges  and  grapes,  which  constitute  the 
chief  products  of  Southern  California,  lemons,  limes,  olives,  citrons,  figs,  pomegranates, 
almonds,  English  walnuts,  and  other  strange  fruits  and  nuts,  grow  Ifere,  as  do  also  the 
cactus,  palm,  pepper  tree,  acacia,  and  eucalyptus.  On  descending  from  the  mountains 
we  pass  through  the  old  town  of  San  Bernardino.  On  a  mountain-side  at  the  left,  as 
we  approach  this  city,  may  be  seen  the  famous  Indian  arrow-head,  a  huge  discolora- 
tion of  the  slopes  over  a  quarter  of  a  mile  long. 

Riverside?. 

We  shs.ll  first  visit  Riverside,  nine  miles  from  San  Bernardino.  This  is  one  of  the 
most  beautiful  towns  in  California.  It  is  devoted  largely  to  the  culture  of  the  orange, 
and  immense  quantities  of  the  fruit  are  annually  shipped  East.  Some  of  the  finest 
orange  orchards  in  the  country  are  in  or  near  Riverside.  The  residents,  largely 
Eastern  people,  have  picturesque  homes,  surrounded  by  gardens  and  shrubbery. 
Magnolia  avenue  is  a  magnificent  double  driveway  divided  by  a  row  of  pepper  trees, 
and  lined  for  many  miles  with  handsome  villas  and  lovely  gardens. 

San  Diego  and  Coronado  Beach. 

On  leaving  Riverside  we  shall  proceed  southward  over  the  Southern  California  sys- 
tem to  San  Diego.  On  our  arrival  ?t  San  Diego,  Friday  morning,  we  shall  take 
omnibuses  for  the  famous  Hotel  del  Coronado,  Coronado  Beach,  crossing  the  bay  by 
ferry. 

San  Diego  county,  -Uh  its  14,969  square  miles,  a  larger  r.rea  than  any  of  the  New 
Enp'and  States   except  Maine,  and  nearly  twice  the  size  of  Massachusetts,  is  the 

24 


'I- 


southernmost  county  of  California,  and  adjoins  Mexico.  The  city  of  San  Diego, 
situated  upon  its  southern  sea-coast  and  only  a  few  miles  from  the  national  boundary 
Hne,  is  the  oldest  of  the  California  mission  towns,  the  first  of  the  mission  churches 
having  been  planted  there  in  1769;  but  like  Los  Angeies  it  owes  its  present  iniport'.nce 
to  recent  growth.  The  development  of  this  section  has  followed  the  extension  of  the 
Santa  Fe  system  into  this  region.  The  present  number  of  inhabitants  is  16,153.  In 
1880  the  accredited  population  was  2,637.  With  a  remarkably  fine  climate,  unsur- 
passed on  the  whole  globe  for  equability  and  salubrity,  San  Diego  is  naturally  a 
favorite  place  of  resort  tor  Eastern  visitors.  The  fruits  of  the  temperate  zone  and  the 
tropics  here  grow  side  by  side ;  and  the  yield,  both  of  vegetables  and  fruits,  is  immense. 
The  magnificent  Hotel  del  Coronado  was  erected  by  the  Coronado  Beach  Company, 
and  is  one  of  the  finest  resorts  on  the  Pacific  Coast.  Some  idea  of  its  size  may  be 
gained  when  it  is  known  that  it  has  a  frontage  of  1,300  feet  and  contains  750  rooms. 
The  total  floor  surface  is  seven  and  a  half  acres,  and  the  dining-room  has  a  seating 
capacity  of  1,000.  Water  flows  into  the  hotel  from  a  mineral  spring,  already  famous 
on  account  of  its  medicinal  properties. 

From  San  Diego  to  Los  Angeles. 

.  Monday  morning  we  shall  leave  Coronado  Beach  and  San  Diego,  and  retrace  our 
way  in  daylight  over  a  charming  section  of  country  previously  traversed  by  night. 
For  a  considerable  distance  we  are  upon  the  shore  of  the  ocean,  along  which  are 
some  charming  views.  On  leaving  the  sea  we  enter  a  region  of  orange  orchards  and 
vineyards.  A  few  miles  from  Oceanside  is  the  old  Mission  of  San  Luis  Rey  de 
Francia,  and  near  San  Juan  is  that  of  San  Juan  Capistrano,  both  in  ruins.  The  latter 
was  destroyed  by  an  earthquake  soon  after  its  erection  in  1776.    The  ruins  of  San 

25 


I 


I    w 


i 


'iirl 


JW 


Juan  Capistrano  Mission  are  seen  from  the  train.  After  dinner  at  San  Bernardino 
we  continue  over  the  Southern  California  Railway  Company's  line  through  another 
series  of  populous  and  thrifty  valley  towns,  including  Ontario,  Pomona,  Lordtiburg, 
Duarte,  Monrovia,  Santa  Anita,  Lamanda  Park,  and  Pasadena,  to  Los  Angeles,  where 
we  shall  make  our  n^xt  sojourn.  The  Nadeau,  Westminster,  and  HoUenbeck  will  be 
made  the  headquarters  of  the  party. 

Los  Angeles. 

Los  Angeles,  the  metropolis  of  Southern  California,  or  La  Puebla  dela  Reina  de  Ics 
Angeles  (literally  the  town  of  the  Queen  of  the  Angels,  to  give  its  old  Spanish  title  in 
full),  is  situated  in  the  great  southern  fruit  belt,  482  miles  south  of  San  Francisco  by 
railway.  The  town  was  founded  in  1781.  It  had  already  attained  considerable  size 
and  dignity  at  the  time  of  the  American  conquest,  although  its  chief  increase  in 
population,  business  importance,  and  wealth  has  been  the  result  of  recent  growth. 
From  a  little  collection  of  adobe  huls  it  has  become  a  handsome  city.  With  less  than 
12,000  inhabitants  in  1880,  it  had  ia  1890  increased  in  population  to  50,394.  The  city 
has  eighty  miles  of  graded  streets,  fifteen  of  which  are  paved  or  macadamized,  and  is 
very  brilliantly  lighted  with  electricity.  The  street-car  system  includes  twenty-one 
miles  of  cable  lines,  eight  or  ten  miles  of  electric  railways,  and  horse-car  lines  in 
addition.  The  city  is  spread  over  a  large  area,  and  extends  far  out  over  a  level 
country  beautifully  shaded.  The  old  section  of  the  town  was  irregularly  built  of 
adobe ;  but  the  march  of  improvement  has  left  but  few  relics  of  early  Los  Angeles, 
except  the  original  church,  which  stands  upon  Main  street,  in  the  midst  of  all  the  life 
and  bustle  of  the  rejuvenated  city — a  quaint  reminder  of  other  days.  The  main 
thoroughfares  have  an  aspect  of  business  activity  that  even  San  Francisco  cannot 

26 


'V> 


excel.  The  public  buildings  are  spacious  and  elegant,  and  the  business  blocks  in 
many  instances  imposing.  Among  the  handsome  edifices  recently  built  are  a  Court 
House,  which  cost  $410,000;  the  Young  Men's  Christian  Association  Building,  costing 
$150,000;  the  Women's  Christian  Temperance  Union  Building,  costing  $45,000;  an 
orphan  asylum,  costing  $60,000;  the  Burbank  Theatre,  costing  $200,000;  City  Hall, 
costing  $208,000;  Post  Office,  costing  $54,000;  a  government  building,  costing  $250,- 
000;  and  the  Southern  Pacific  Company's  new  station,  on  Alameda  street,  foot  of 
Fifth  street,  costing  $250,000.  A  ride  about  the  city  in  any  direction  cannot  fail  to 
delight  the  stranger.  There  are  substantial  evidences  of  wealth  and  prosperity  on 
every  hand. 

Redondo  Beach. 

On  Tuesday  an  excursion  will  be  made  to  Redondo  Beach,  twenty-two  and  a  half 
miles  distant.  The  ride  thither  is  through  a  pleasant  regio^^  devoted  largely  to  vine- 
yards and  orange  orchards.  The  beach  is  a  charming  spot,  and  the  recent  erection  of 
an  elegant  hotel  has  enhanced  its  attractiveness.  It  is  one  of  the  most  popular  of 
Southern  California's  shore  resorts. 

Pasadena. 

Another  excursion  will  be  made  to  include  Pasadena  and  its  beautiful  surroundings. 
Pasadena,  one  of  the  most  favored  winter  retreats  on  the  Pacific  Coast,  is  charmingly 
situated  nine  miles  from  Los  Angeles.  The  Raymond  at  East  Pasadena  is  a  mile 
nearer.  Its  situation  in  the  higher  part  of  the  valley,  over  500  feet  above  Los 
Angeles  and  nearly  1,000  feet  above  the  sea,  with  the  noble  range  of  the  Sierra 
Madre  towering  above  it  at  no  great  distance  in  the  north,  and  great  stretches  of 
orange  orchards  and  vineyards  adorning  the  gently  rolling  surface  of  the  country 

27 


; 


i^i;  .  ,.■ 


south  and  east,  gives  it  every  advantage  of  picturesqueness,  while  no  place  on  the 
entire  Pacific  Coast  can  surpass  it  for  healthfulness.  For  miles  around  the  fair  surface 
of  the  valley  and  the  mountain  benches  are  dotted  with  handsome  villas,  each  with  its 
individual  surrounding  of  garden  and  orchard.  Although  a  place  of  gardens,  vineyards, 
and  groves,  the  city  has  a  population  of  over  10,000,  and  is  provided  with  all  modern 
improvements.  Carriages  will  be  in  waiting  at  the  station  on  our  arrival,  and  an 
extended  ride  will  be  taken  through  the  hanasome  city  and  its  environs.  Raymond 
Hill,  which  commands  a  magnificent  view,  Raymond  avenue,  Orange  Grove  avenue, 
Colorado  street,  Lamanda  Park,  and  other  points  in  and  about  Pasadena  will  be  visited. 
The  party  will  return  to  Los  Angeles  in  time  for  lunch. 

From  Los  Angeles  to  Santa  Barbara. 

Leaving  Los  Angeles  by  the  Southern  Pacific  Company's  main  line  Thursday  morn- 
ing, May  12,  we  proceed  northward  thereon  as  far  as  Saugus,  thirty-two  miles,  and 
then  journey  westward  seventy-eight  miles  over  the  company's  Santa  Barbara  Branch. 
Twenty-six  miles  north  of  Los  Angeles  and  1,200  feet  above  it,  we  go  through  the  San 
Fernando  Tunnel.  From  Saugus  we  descend  through  the  picturesque  Santa  Clara 
Valley.  At  Camulosis  the  ranch  where  Ramona,  the  heroine  of  Helen  Hunt  Jackson's 
touching  story,  lived.  From  San  Buenaventura  to  Santa  Barbara  the  railroad 
follovs  the  seashore,  and  many  charming  views  are  had,  with  the  broad  Pacific  Ocean 
on  one  side  and  the  mountains  and  picturesque  valleys  on  the  other. 


, 


This  beaui 
resorts.    It  is  u 


Santa  Barbara. 

1  city  by  the  sea  is  one  of  the  best  known  of  all  the  Southern  Pacific 
ightfully  situated  upon  a  gentle  slope,  with  the  blue  waters  of  the 

28 


I 


Pacific  on  one  side  and  the  purple  peaks  of  the  Santa  Inez  Mountains,  fro'm  3,500  to 
4,000  feet  high,  on  the  other.  Here  the  Franciscans  established  a  mission  in  1782, 
which  is  still  one  of  the  most  picturesque  objects  in  California.  Santa  Barbara  has  a 
population  of  about  6,000  people,  whose  homes  are  embowered  in  gardens  of  roses, 
and  shaded  by  the  eucalyptus,  palm,  pepper,  and  magnolia.  The  view  oceanward 
embraces  the  hill-studded  islands  of  Santa  Cruz,  Santa  Rosa,  San  Miguel,  and  Ana- 
capa.  We  shall  make  The  Arlington  our  headquarters  during  our  stay.  The  sur- 
roundings of  Santa  Barbara  are  very  romantic,  and  a  carriage  ride  to  some  of  the 
various  points  of  interest  will  be  a  feature  of  our  visit.  State  street,  upon  which  The 
Arlington  is  situated,  has  been  paved  with  concrete,  and  is  now  one  of  the  finest 
avenues  in  America.  The  old  Franciscan  Mission,  the  best  preserved  of  all  the  old 
California  churches,  stands  upon  an  elevated  slope  back  of  tjhe  town,  forming  a 
picturesque  object  in  the  outlook  towards  the  rugged  mountains.  Montecitoisalovely 
suburb  of  Santa  Barbara,  and  there  are  some  hot  springs  on  the  heights  beyond. 

From  Santa  Barbara  to  San  Francisco. 

The  Yosemite  parties  will  leave  Santa  Barbara  on  different  days,  and  those  who 
proceed  directly  through  to  San  Francisco  will  go  with  the  last  party.  The  dates  of 
departure  of  the  Yosemite  excursionists  will  be  made,  as  far  as  possible,  to  meet 
individual  preferences.  Returning  from  Santa  Barbara  to  Saugus,  we  resume  our 
northward  journey  at  that  point  over  the  Southern  Pacific  Company's  main  line. 
Durmg  the  early  part  of  the  trip  we  traverse  the  western  section  of  the  Mojave 
Desert,  through  the  eastern  part  of  which  we  journeyed  on  first  entering  California. 
The  yucca  jalms  are  again  found  in  great  abundance,  and  relieve  the  desert  expanse 
of  its  otherwise  barren  aspect.    The  fibre  is  used  in  the  manufacture  of  paper. 

29 


1(;J  i|! 


i(  W 


;:    ^ 


\ 


About  120  miles  north  of  Los  Angeles  is  the  famous  Tehachapi  Pass.  The  railroad 
here  cr'^sses  a  group  of  mountains  belonging  to  the  terminating  southwestern  spur  of 
the  Sierra  Nevada,  at  an  elevation  of  3,964  feet  above  the  sea.  It  was  not  so  much  the 
elevation  as  the  broken  country  that  presented  difficulties  in  the  way  of  engineering; 
and  it  was  only  by  a  series  of  bewildering  curves,  in  one  of  which  the  road  actually 
crosses  its  own  line  that  a  practicable  route  was  found  across  the  mountains.  The 
"loop  "  is  3,795  feet  in  length,  and  the  lower  track  is  78  feet  beneath  the  upper  one. 
The  actual  point  of  crossing  is  at  the  ninth  of  the  seventeen  tunnels  that  are  encount- 
ered between  the  suminit  and  Caliente.  North  of  these  hills  are  a  series  of  broad 
plains  and  wide  valleys.  The  valley  of  the  San  Joaquin  is  followed  until  its  union  with 
the  Sacramento,  and  the  road  then  courses  along  the  borders  of  the  straits  and  bays 
until  it  reaches  Oakland.  Skirting  the  shores  of  San  Pablo  Bay  and  rounding  the 
point  at  San  Pablo  station,  we  look  across  the  bay  and  harbor  of  San  Francisco,  .and 
out  through  the  portals  of  the  Golden  Gate  toward  the  broad  Pacific.  As  the  train 
sweeps  on  through  the  outskirts  of  Oakland  the  traveler  gains  only  a  hint  of  the 
beauty  of  the  place ;  but  the  greater  city  across  the  bay,  which  climbs  and  scrambles 
over  a  group  of  steep  hills,  is  our  destination;  and  leaving  Oakland  behind  us,  we 
speed  on  to  the  long  pier,  from  whence  a  huge  ferry-boat  conveys  us  to  the  opposite 
shore. 

Berenda,  304  miles  from  Los  Angeles  and  178  miles  from  San  Francisco,  is  the 
point  of  departure  from  the  main  line  for  the  Big  Trees  and  the  Yosemite  Valley.  A 
br.inch  railroad  extends  from  Berenda  to  Raymond,  twenty-one  miles,  from  which  lat- 
ter point  the  stages  run.  The  Yosemite  parties  will  go  through  from  Santa  Barbara 
to  Raymond  on  special  sleeping-cars. 

30 


the 

A 

lat- 

bara 


San  Francisco  and  the  Palace  Hotel. 

The  metropolis  of  the  Pacific  Coast  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  cities  in  America, 
and  is  becoming  more  beautiful  and  attractive  year  by  year.  It  is  naturally  cosmopol- 
itan in  character,  and  the  visitor  can  take  a  foreign  jaunt  in  miniature  by  walking 
through  certain  sections  of  the  town.  In  some  particulars,  and  notably  in  its  street- 
car service,  which  consists  largely  of  "  cable  roads,"  it  is  in  advance  of  the  older  cities 
of  the  country.  With  one  of  the  finest  harbors  on  the  globe,  and  occupying  an  impor- 
tant position  in  connection  with  the  world's  commerce,  its  shipping  interests  are  of 
vast  proportions.  The  growth  of  the  city  has  been  very  rapid,  especially  since  the 
opening  of  the  Central  Pacific  Railroad  in  1869.  The  population  of  the  city,  accord- 
ing to  the  late  census,  is  297,990,  an  increase  of  64,03!  in  ten  years.  San  Francisco  is 
now  eighth  in  size  in  the  list  of  American  cities,  having  left  Cincinnati  behind  in  the 
last  decade. 

The  greatest  curiosity  in  San  Francisco  is  the  Chinese  quarter,  a  rectangular  block 
seven  squares  in  length  by  three  and  four  in  breadth.  It  is  near  the  business  centre, 
and  only  a  few  blocks  away  from  the  palaces  of  the  railway  millionaires.  The  houses 
are  nearly  all  tall,  decayed  buildings,  swarming  with  tenants.  The  blocks  are  cut  up 
into  sections  by  narrow  alleys,  and  filled  with  squalid  underground  dens,  and  atiics 
whose  overhanging  dormer  windows  shut  out  all  but  a  slender  patch  of  sky.  The 
cellars  are  occupied  as  shops,  factories,  or  opium  dens.  The  main  streets  are  lined  by 
the  stores  of  the  large  Chinese  merchants.  You  find  yourself  in  a  populous  corner  of 
China.  Even  the  fronts  of  the  houses  have  assumed  a  Celestial  aspect,  not  only  in 
the  signs  and  placards  at  the  windows  and  shop  fronts,  but  in  the  altered  architecture 
and  decorations.  An  interesting  experience  is  to  spend  a  half-hour  in  watching  the 
performance  in  a  Chinese  theatre,  and  listening  to  the  ear-piercing,  mournful  music, 


fs 


I: 
p. 


y^:i!ii 


and  then  adjourn  to  a  neighboring  restaurant,  drink  genuine  Chinese  tea  in  Celestial 
style,  and  taste  the  cakes,  preserved  watermelon,  and  sweetmeats.  In  all  the  stores 
and  other  portions  of  the  Chinese  quarter  eastern  visitors  are  received  with  the  great- 
est courtesy. 

The  City  Hall,  which  in  an  unfinished  condition  has  cost  $4,000,000,  is  between 
Market,  McAllister,  and  Larkin  streets,  opposite  Eighth  street;  the  Mechanics' 
Pavilion,  on  Market  street  near  the  City  Hall ;  the  branch  United  States  Mint,  at  the 
southwest  corner  of  Mission  and  Fifth  streeis,  is  open  for  visitors  from  9  to  11;  the 
Post  Office  and  Custom  House  are  at  the  corner  of  Washington  and  Battery  streets, 
and  the  chief  branch  office  (station  D)  is  at  the  foot  of  Market  street ;  the  Merchants' 
Exchange  Building,  on  California  street;  the  San  Francisco  Stock  Exchange,  No.  327 
Pine  street;  the  old  City  Hall,  corner  Kearney  and  Washington  streets;  the  rooms  of 
the  California  Pioneers,  on  Fourth  street,  near  Market  street;  Odd  Fellows'  Hall, 
corner  Market  and  Seventh  streets ;  Masonic  Temple,  corner  Post  and  Montgomery 
streets;  the  new  Union  Club  Building,  corner  of  Union  square  and  Stockton  street; 
the  Young  Men's  Christian  Association  rooms,  232  Sutter  street ;  San  Francisco  Art 
Association,  430  Pine  street;  Mineralogical  Museum  of  the  Suite  Mining  Bureau,  24 
Fourth  street ;  the  Free  Library  (40,000  volumes).  Bush  street,  above  Kearney  street ; 
Mechanics' Institute  (library  of  35,000  volumes),  31  Post  street ;  Mercantile  Library 
Building,  corner  Van  Ness  and  Golden  Gate  avenues;  Museum  of  the  California 
Academy  of  Sciences,  on  Market  street;  and  the  State  Board  of  Trade,  History  Build- 
ing* 743  Market  street.  Golden  Gate  Park,  a  beautiful  tract  of  1,013  acres,  reclaimed 
from  the  sand  dunes,  is  about  three  and  a  half  miles  from  the  Palace  Hotel,  and  may 
be  reached  by  several  of  the  cable-car  lines.  There  are  band  concerts  in  the  Park 
every  Saturday  and  Sunday  in  the  afternoon.    The  Beach,  Cliff  House,  and  Seal 

32 


mmmm 


u 


Rocks  are  about  the  same  distance  beyond  the  entrance  to  the  park,  and  may  be 
reached  by  the  Haight  street  cable  cars  and  a  connecting  dummy  line,  and  also  by  the 
California  street  cable  line,  or  the  new  Powell  and  Jackson  street  line.  Sutro 
Heights  are  near  the  Cliff  House.  The  Presidio  (a  military  reservation  of  1,500  acres) 
may  be  reached  by  the  Union  street  cable  cars  and  a  dummy  line.  A  band  plays  at 
the  barracks  at  2.00  P.  M.  daily  except  Thursday  and  Saturday.  Telegraph  Hill 
(elevation  794  feet,  and  overlooking  the  city  and  the  bay)  is  about  half  a  mile  from  the 
Palace  Hotel,  at  the  opposite  extremity  of  Montgomery  street.  The  chief  places  of 
amusement  are  the  following :  Baldwin  Theatre,  Baldwin  Hotel,  Market  street ; 
Alcazar  Theatre,  114  O'Farrell  near  Stockton  ;  Orpheum  Opera  House,  119  O'Farrell 
street,  opposite  the  Alcazar;  Bush  Street  Theatre,  south  side  of  Bush,  between  Mont- 
gomery and  Kearney;  the  new  California  Theatre  (one  of  the  handsomest  playhouses 
in  America),  Bush,  above  Kearney;  Grand  Opera  House,  Mission,  between  Third  and 
Fourth  ;  Standard  Theatre,  north  side  of  Bush,  between  Montgomery  and  Kearney  ; 
Tivoli  Opera  House,  Eddy,  near  Market;  Woodward's  Gardens,  Mission,  between 
Thirteenth  and  Fifteenth;  Grand  Chinese  Theatre,  814  Washington  street;  Panorama 
Buildings,  corner  Eddy  and  Mason  streets,  and  corner  Tenth  and  Market  streets. 

The  chief  cable-car  lines  are  on  Market  street  and  on  thoroughfares  radiating  there- 
from, viz; :  Sutter,  Post,  Geary,  Powell,  McAllister,  Hayes,  Haight,  Valencia,  and 
Castro  streets.  There  are  also  lines  on  Howard,  California,  Clay,  Jackson,  Union, 
Larkin,  and  other  streets.  The  "  dummy  "  street  lines  are  the  Geary,  California, 
Jackson,  and  Union  streets  extensions,  and  the  Park  and  Ocean  road.  There  are,  in 
addition,  nearly  a  score  of  lines  of  horse  railways  running  within  the  city. 

The  Palace  Hotel,  which  will  be  the  headquarters  of  our  excursionists  in  San  Fran- 
cisco, is  a  vast  establishment,  and  in  reality  one  of  the  wonders  of  the  Pacific  Coast. 

33  ^__^__ 


t>:^  ■ 


Kiii    ! 


Not  only  is  it  one  of  the  largest  hotels  in  the  world,  but  at  the  same  time  one  of  the 
richest  and  most  elegant.  In  one  edifice  it  covers  the  block  bounded  by  New  Mont- 
gomery, Market,  Annie,  and  Jessie  streets,  occupying  an  area  of  96,250  feet ;  and  the 
distance  around  its  outer  wall  is  exactly  one  quarter  of  a  mile.  In  addition  the  Grand 
Hotel,  on  the  opposite  corner  of  Market  and  New  Montgomery  streets,  has  been 
absorbed  in  this  colossal  hostelry.  Compared  even  with  the  largest  hotels  in  eastern 
cities.  The  Palace  seems  of  vast  proportions.  The  visitor  is  first  ushered  into  the 
grand  central  court.  This  is  a  noble  enclosure,  144  by  84  feet,  seven  stories  high,  and 
roofed  with  glass,  into  which  carriages  are  driven.  Ornamental  balconies  run  around 
the  four  sides  at  each  floor.  Around  the  ground  promenade  are  grouped  the  office, 
reception-parlors,  reading-rooms,  breakfast  and  di  tiag-rooms,  cafe,  restaurant,  etc., 
with  wide,  communicating  hallways,  the  chief  p<irlor3  being  upon  the  second  floor. 
The  rooms  for  guests  are  capacious,  and  all  of  Xh^-ms  .re  handsomely  furnished.  The 
building  having  cost  six  millions  of  dollars,  another  half  million  was  expended  for 
furnishing,  and  within  a  year  a  further  sum  of  one  hundred  thousand  dollars  has  been 
expended  for  improvements.  The  lowest  story  has  a  height  of  over  twenty-seven  feet, 
and  the  topmost  sixteen.  The  total  number  of  rooms  exclusively  for  guests  above  the 
lower  floor  is  755,  and  most  of  these  are  twenty  feet  square,  none  being  less  than  six- 
teen feet  square.  There  are  five  elevators  and  four  spacious  stairways.  There  are 
special  annunciators  and  a  special  service  on  each  floor,  with  pneumatic  tubes  for 
letters  and  packages,  communicating  with  the  office.  The  office,  reception-room,  din- 
ing-rooms, parlors,  and  other  public  apartments  are  very  spacious  and  truly  palatial  in 
their  appointments.  The  general  style  of  architecture,  within  and  without,  is  the 
reverse  of  ornate,  but  there  is  solidity,  strength,  and  permanency  in  every  part.  The 
countless  bay  windows,  repeated  on  every  side,  form  perhaps  the  distinguishing  feat- 

34 


of  the 
V  Mont- 
and  the 
t  Grand 
as  been 

eastern 
into  the 
igh,  and 
k  around 
te  office, 
ant,  etc., 
nd  floor, 
id.    The 
nded  for 
has  been 
>ven  feet, 
ibove  the 
than  six- 
'here  are 
tubes  for 
oom,  din- 
)alatial  in 
ut,  is  the 
art.    The 
ning  feat- 


ures of  the  massive  fronts.  The  deep  foundation  wall  is  twelve  feet  thick.  Stone, 
iron,  brick,  and  marble  are  the  chief  materials  of  this  great  structure,  and  of  brick 
alone  31,000,000  were  used.  All  outer  and  inner  and  partition  walls,  from  base  to  top, 
are  solid  stone  and  brick,  built  around,  within,  and  upon  a  huge  skeleton  of  broad, 
wrought-iron  bands,  thickly  bolted  together,  and  of  such  immense  size  as  to  have 
required  3,000  tons  for  this  purpose  alone.  Four  artesian  wells,  having  a  tested 
capacity  of  28,000  gallons  an  hour,  supply  the  great  630,000-gallon  reservoir  under  the 
central  court,  besides  filling  the  seven  roof  tanks,  holding  130,000  gallons  more.  Not 
only  in  the  vast  proportions  of  the  edifice,  but  in  every  appointment,  the  stranger  is 
impressed  with  a  sense  of  the  fitness  of  the  name. 

Prom  San  Francisco  to  Santa  Cruz. 

Leaving  San  Francisco  Tuesday  morning,  May  24,  we  shall  proceed  to  Santa  Cruz, 
eighty  miles  distant.  Our  route  lies  over  the  narrow-gauge  division  of  the  Southern 
Pacific  Company's  line,  through  Alameda,  Newark,  Santa  Clara,  San  Jose,  and  Los 
Gatos  and  thence  through  the  picturesque  coast  range  of  mountains.  Los  Gatos,  like 
San  Jose,  is  famed  for  its  vineyards  and  fruit  orchards.  In  its  course  through  the 
mountains,  beyond  Los  Gatos,  the  road  makes  many  twists  and  turns.  There  are 
several  tunnels  on  this  part  of  the  line,  one  of  which  is  3,800  feet  in  length.  A  part  of 
the  way  lies  through  a  grand  redwood  forest ;  and  a  short  distance  beyo.  J  Felton,  and 
within  half  a  dozen  miles  of  Santa  Cruz,  are  the  *'  Big  Trees,"  a  group  of  giant  red- 
woods^ the  Sr^uosa  s^m/er  vtrgns  oi  the  botanist.  The  largest  of  these  is  said  to  be 
366  feet  high  and  twenty  feet  in  diameter.  "  Fremont's  Tree  "  contains  an  aperture 
in  which  the  late  General  Fremont  and  an  exploring  party  camped  several  weeks,  and 
in  which  at  another  time,  a  trapper  and  his  family  made  their  home.    Other  trees  and 

35 


n 


shrubs  grow  here  in  profusion,  including  the  Madrona^  the  Manzanita,  and  the  Cali- 
fornia laurel,  or  bay  tree,  together  with  a  variety  of  ferns,  some  of  which  are  very 

beautiful. 

Santa  Cruz. 

Santa  Cruz  is  situated  at  one  extremity  of  Monterey  Bay,  with  a  picturesque  coast 
and  a  matchless  beach.  The  forest-clad  slopes  of  the  Santa  Cruz  Mountains  are  only 
a  few  miles  away,  and  form  an  interesting  feature,  with  a  foreground  of  gardens, 
groves,  and  pretty  homes.  The  view  in  every  direction  is  charming.  The  cliffs  are  in 
places  very  abrupt,  and  the  sea  has  carved  them  into  grottoes,  natural  bridges,  and 
curiously  formed  towers.  In  the  course  of  our  stay  here  there  will  be  a  carriage  ride, 
in  which  both  the  beach  and  the  cliffs  will  be  visited. 

From  Santa  Cruz  to  Monterey. 

The  quaint  old  town  of  Monterey  lies  at  the  opposite  extremity  of  Monterey  Bay 
from  Santa  Cruz.  The  two  places  are  only  about  a  score  of  miles  away,  but  we  must 
travel  more  than  twice  that  distance  around  the  shore.  This  is  done  on  the  Southern 
Pacific  Company's  broad-gauge  Santa  Cruz  line,  which  connects  with  the  main  line  of 
the  Monterey  route  at  Pajaro  Juncrion.  There  are  many  magnificent  coast  views  on 
leaving  Santa  Cruz,  and  also  near  Soquel  and  Aptos.  Watsonville  is  the  most 
important  town  on  this  part  of  the  route. 

Monterey  and  the  Blegrant  Hotel  del  Monte. 

The  party  will  reach  the  famous  Hotel  del  Moiite,  at  Monterey,  late  in  the  after- 
noon.    Several  days  are  to  be  devoted  to  this  charming  resort. 

Monterey  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  of  the  old  Spanish  towns  on  the  Pacific 
Coast,  having  been  associated  with  the  earliest  historic  events  of  the  State  and  the 

36 


earlier  province,  and  is  delightfully  situated  upon  the  sloping  shores  of  the  beautiful 
bay  of  the  same  name.  That  California's  first  capital  became  simply  Monterey,  and 
was  robbed  of  its  former  pompous  position,  the  traveler  and  health-seeker  who  wan- 
ders through  its  peaceful  streets  will  have  no  reason  to  regret.  One  may  even  be 
thankful  that  its  beautiful  location  has  not  been  monopolized  by  trade  and  commerce, 
and  its  fine  bay  and  sea  view  marred  by  the  inevitable  disfigurement  of  traffic  and  its 
adjuncts.  The  bay  of  Monterey  is  a  magnificent  sheet  of  water.  There  is  a  wealth  of 
color  in  both  sea  and  sky  highly  suggestive  of  Southern  Italy.  Upon  the  beaches  below 
Monterey  are  foc:nd  many  varieties  of  sea  mosses,  shells,  pebbles,  and  agates,  and  some 
of  these  are  very  brilliant  in  color.  The  bay  is  well  protected,  and  is  delightfully 
adapted  to  yachting;  and  the  lovers  of  angling  also  find  abundant  sport,  both  on  the 
sea  and  in  neighboring  streams. 

In  1880  Monterey  became  a  fashionable  watering-place.  The  site  selected  for  the 
famous  Hotel  del  Monte  was  in  a  stately  grove  of  pine,  oak.  and  cedar,  the  trees  being 
sufficiently  scattered  to  admit  of  tho  adornment  of  the  grounds  by  means  of  driveways, 
foot-paths,  lawns,  and  beds  of  flowers.  A  plat  of  126  acres  was  set  aside  and  inclosed 
as  the  hotel  grounds,  while  7,ooct  acres  more  were  purchased  for  other  purposes.  The 
fact  that  *^he  visitor  may  ride  a  score  of  miles  over  well-kept,  macadamized  roads,  and 
be  nearly  all  the  time  within  the  borders  of  the  hotel  company's  properly,  serves  to 
show,  in  some  measure,  the  v.^st  extent  of  these  possessions.  The  new  Hotel  del 
Monte  is  much  larger  and  in  ev  ry  way  more  magq^cent  than  the  former  structure. 
It  has  the  same  situation  and  the  identical  picturesque  surroundings,  whereiu  na.ure 
and  art  have  combined  to  create  a  veritable  paraoise  of  groves  and  flowers. 

In  its  external  and  internal  appearance,  and  in  the  social  atmosphere  and  tcne 
which  pervade  the  entire  establishment,  the  Hotel  del  Monte  reminds  one  infinitely 

37 


?> 


Ill!;;i ! 


lil 
li  '' 


■#, 


irore  of  a  modern  English  country  mansion  than  of  an  American  watering-place  hotel. 
While  the  general  style  of  the  old  structure  has  been  preserved,  there  have  been  many 
importani,  modifications  of  the  former  plan  The  general  design  includes  a  central 
edifice,  with  two  extensive  wings  or  annexes,  connected  with  the  central  struct'^rc  by 
arcades,  which  extend  in  semi-circular  form  oil  each  side.  There  are  in  the  main 
stfacture  no  rooms  and  in  each  annex  i6o  rooms,  or  430  apartments  in  all.  The 
general  she  of  the  rov»n:is  is  16  by  19  feet.  The  verandas  are  very  apacious,  and  the 
profusion  of  tJowers  about  the  house  make^  it  especially  attractive.  There  is  a  mag- 
nincent  outlook  upon  shrubs  and  flowers  in  evory  direction.  The  Laguna  del  Rey  is  a 
beautiful  lake,  ornamented  with  a  mammoth  fountain ;  and  the  famous  beach,  with  its 
magnificent  bath  building,  containing,  in  addition  to  its  ^reat  swimming-tank,  210 
dressing-rooms,  h  but  a  short  distance  away.  Figures,  however,  convey  little  impres- 
sion of  the  peculiar  charm  of  this  elegant  anc"  unique  resort,  upon  which  many 
hundreds  of  thousands  of  doilurs  —  over  a  million  in  fact  —  have  been  lavished.  In 
the  grounds  ^re  the  stables,  elaborate  and  complete,  stocked  with  handsome  horses 
and  vehicles  *.  f  all  kinds ;  for  riding  and  driving  are  tavorUe  pastimes.  The  "eighteen- 
n.ile  drive  "  around  the  peninsuh  is  one  of  the  grandest  in  the  world. 

The  Hotel  del  Monte  is  under  the  personal  supervision  and  management  of  Mr. 
Georg  Schonewald,  who  has  been  identified  with  its  direction  nearly  from  the  start, 
and  to  whose  taste  and  skill  its  immense  popularity  is  largely  due. 


i^. 


m 


Prom   Monterey  to  San  Jone. 

Leaving  tht  Hotel  del  Monte  Frir'ay  afternoon,  we  shall  journey  northward  tr  r»xn 
Jose  via  Castioville.  Fajaro,  Gilroy,  and  Hillsdale.     From  all  these  i^ointt  t    ..ui 

38 


% 


lines  extend,  the  one  from  the  Utic  place  leading  to  the  famous  quicksilver  mines  at 
Almaden,  eight  miles  distant  in  the  mountains  west  of  Hillsdale. 

San  Jose. 

On  our  arrival  in  this  charming  city  wc  shall  proceed  to  the  elegant  Hotel  Vendome. 
With  a  population  of  about  50,000,  San  Jose  is  nevertheless  a  city  of  gardens, 
orchards,  and  vineyards.  It  is  one  of  the  great  centres  of  the  cherry  culture.  The 
streets  are  spacious  and  lined  with  shade  trees,  and  the  public  and  many  of  the 
private  buildings  are  quite  imposing.  Among  the  forme  are  the  Court  House,  City 
Hall,  and  the  Normal  School,  which  stands  in  a  park  of  twenty-eight  acres.  The 
State  Hospital  for  the  Chronic  Insane  is  at  Agnew's,  five  miles  distant.  The  Ven- 
dome occupies,  with  its  surrounding  park,  a  square  of  twelve  acres  in  the  prettiest 
section  oi  the  city.     It  is  one  of  the  neatest  and  best-equipped  hotels  in  California. 

■"-'"':  Mount  Hamilton  and  the  Lick  Observatory. 

Ok.  .^u»  Jay  the  party  will  make  an  excursion  by  stage  to  the  summit  of  Mount 
Hamiltoi"*.  '.us  site  of  the  Lick  Observatory.  The  elevation  of  the  observatory  is  4,209 
feet,  and  San  Jose  stands  eighty  lect  above  the  scu  level.  The  a'r-line  distance  between 
the  two  points  is  only  thirteer.  milej,  but  the  road  is  twenty-six  miles  in  length.  The 
gradient  is  in  all  places  kept  less  than  six  and  a  halt  feet  in  the  hundred  (343  feet  to 
the  mile),  this  being  maintained  through  a  series  of  turns  no  less  than  367  in  num- 
ber. The  road  was  built  by  the  county  of  Santa  Clara  at  a  cost  of  over  $75,000,  in 
Pvirdance  with  an  agreement  made  between  the  supervisors  and  James  Lick  a  few 
Kv  '•'^;  brljre  he  died.  It  is  a  remarkable  piece  of  engineering,  and  the  ride  is  a 
coY^t.  ft<it  source  of  delight,  not  onlythiough  the  matchless  views  of  the  beautiful 

39 


I 


yM  ! 


m 


Santa  Clara  Valley  and  beyond,  constants  g  unfolded,  but  also  by  reason  of  the 

ease  with  which  it  is  accomplished. 

The  observatory,  which  was  founded  by  Mr.  Lick,  was  erected  and  fitted  up  at  an 
expense  of  nearly  $1,000,000.  It  is  one  of  the  most  complete  in  the  world,  and  it  con- 
taino,  with  other  treasures  of  science,  the  world's  greatest  telescope.  The  remains  of 
the  princely  donor  rest  in  the  foundation  pier  of  this  great  instrument.  The  observa- 
tory 's  under  the  direction  of  Professor  Edward  S.  Holden,  as  president  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  California.  No  institution  of  its  kind  in  the  world  is  so  freely  accessible  ^o  the 
public,  who  may  even  look  through  the  great  telescope  between  the  hours  of  seven  and 
ten  o'clock  Saturday  evenings.  Visitors  are  admitted  to  the  observatory,  under  proper' 
restrictions,  every  day  in  the  year.  Those  who  are  not  fortunate  enough  to  gain  a 
glimpse  of  the  heavens  through  the  great  telescope  can  look  through  the  twelve-inch 
instrument,  which,  to  most  persons,  is  likely  to  be  quite  as  satisfactory.  The  excur- 
sion will  be  made  in  the  roomy  and  comfortable  vehicles  of  the  Mount  Hamilton  Stage 

Company, 

From  San  Jose  to  San  Francisco. 

Leaving  San  Jose  Monday,  May  3c,  the  party  will  proceed  northward  over  the  direct 
line  to  San  Francisco.  Menlo  Park,  Redwood,  San  Mateo,  and  Millbrae  are  charming 
places  of  residence,  and  scores  of  pretty  villas,  with  here  and  there  the  palatial  homes 
of  railway  and  mining  magnates,  are  seen  along  the  route.  Near  Menlo  Park  is  the 
recently  opened  Leland  Stanford  Junior  University.  This  noble  institution  of  learn- 
ing was  founded  in  1885,  when  the  Hon.  Leland  Stanford  and  his  wife,  as  a  monument 
to  their  only  child,  Leland  Stanford,  Junior,  made  a  deed  of  trust  to  a  board  of 
citizens,  whereby  they  dedicated  property  to  the  value  of  $20,000,000  to  be  expended 
in  the  establishment  of  a  university  having  for  its  main  object  the  preparation  of 

40 


young  men  and  women  for  self-maintenance,  with  facilities  also  for  those  higher  forms 
of  education  which  belong  to  an  institution  of  this  magnitude.  Among  the  83,000 
acres  of  land  included  in  the  deed  were  the  Vina  ranch  in  Tehama  county,  containing 
the  largest  vineyard  in  the  world,  and  the  famous  Palo  Alto  ranch  and  stock  farm  in 
Santa  Clara  and  San  Mateo  counties.  The  corner-stone  was  laid  in  1887,  and  the 
institution  was  formally  opened  in  the  autumn  of  1891. 

Tuesday  and  Wednesday  will  be  passed  in  San  Francisco,  the  Palace  Hotel  being 
made  our  abiding  place  as  before. 

From  California  to  Portland,  Ore. 

The  journey  from  California  to  Oregon  will  be  made  on  the  Southern  Pacific 
Company's  Mount  Shasta  line,  which  was  completed  for  its  entire  length  Dec.  17, 
1887.  This  is  an  all-rail  route,  which  extends  through  the  Sacramento  Valley,  over 
the  Siskiyou  Mountains,  and  down  through  the  Rogue,  Umpqua,  and  Willamette 
Valleys  of  Oregon.  Leaving  San  Francisco  by  the  Oakland  terry  Monday,  June  i, 
the  party  will  proceed  to  Oakland  Pier,  where  a  train  of  Pullman  palace  cars  will  be 
in  waiting.  Sacramento  will  be  reached  about  7.30  p.  m.,  and  there  will  be  a  halt 
of  several  hours  in  that  handsome  city.  A  short  distance  west  of  Sacramento  the 
Oregon  road  branches  northward  from  the  Ogden  line,  passing  up  the  rich  and  pro- 
ductive Sacramento  Valley  for  its  entire  length.  For  over  100  miles  the  valley  has  a 
wide  expanse,  and  the  railway  goes  through  Marysville,  Chico,  Tehama,  Red  Hluff, 
Redding,  and  other  large  towns.  The  early  morning  of  Thursday  finds  us  in  the 
picturesque  valley  of  the  upper  Sacramento  and  approaching  noble  Mount  Shasta. 
Frequent  glimpses  are  had  of  the  snow-white  peak  long  before  we  reach  Sisson's,  but 
from  that  point  the  massive  mountain  is  revealed  in  all  its  grand  proportions.  The 
elevation  of  the  road  at  this  place  is  only  3,555  feet;  and  the  mountain,  which   is 

41 


i' 


ill  i 


[iiiri 


m 


eight  miles  distant,  towers  to  the  height  of  14,442  feet.  Its  slopes  are  covered  ^rith 
everlasting  snows  far  down  from  its  shapely  summit ;  and,  as  it  stands  out  almost 
solitary  and  alone,  its  height  and  massiveness  are  all  the  more  impressive.  There  are, 
in  fact,  three  peaks,  the  central  one  being  flanked  on  the  west  by  a  large  crater,  whose 
rim  is  at  an  elevation  of  about  12,000  feet.  Strawberry  Valley,  from  whence  we  behold 
this  glorious  picture,  is  a  charming  bit  of  landscape  in  itself,  and  the  paradise  of  the 
fisherman  and  hunter.  As  we  continue  our  journey  over  into  Shasta  Valley,  we  gain 
fresh  and  even  more  expansive  views  of  the  noble  mourtain  from  lower  levels.  There 
are  scattered  volcanic  mounds  on  the  north  side,  and  not  far  away  is  another  extinct 
volcano  of  huge  proportions  known  as  Goose  Nest  (8,500  feet  high).  Among  the 
other  elevations  in  this  section  are  Muir's  Peak,  or  Black  Mutte  (6,150  feet),  the  Scott 
Mountains  (9,000  feet),  the  Siskiyou  range  (from  6,000  to  8,000  feet),  and  farther 
awa;  •  >unt  Pitt  (9,500  feet).  The  railway  strikes  across  to  the  Siskiyou  range,  first 
descending  to  and  crossing  the  Klamath  River,  the  second  largest  stream  in  California. 
Not  far  north  of  the  Klamath  we  cross  the  line  into  Oregon,  and  soon  after  dive  into 
the  Siskiyou  Tunnel,  losing  sight  of  the  great  California  mountain.  On  the  north  side 
of  the  range  we  emerge  into  the  charming  valley  of  the  Kogue  River,  a  region  of  rich 
farms.  Farther  north  is  the  valley  of  the  Umpc;ua  River,  and  from  thence  we  cross 
to  the  valley  of  the  Willamette,  which  we  descrnd  for  nearly  200  miles  to  Portland. 
This  valley,  with  its  vast  grain  fields  and  its  teeming  farms,  is  almost  a  repetition  of 
the  valley  of  the  Sacramento.  The  mountain  views  are  superb.  The  Three  Siisters 
are  seen  from  the  upper  part  of  ihc  valley.  As  we  near  Portland  some  of  the  great 
northern  peaks  are  in  view  —  Jefferson  (9,020  feet),  Adams  (9,570  feet),  St.  Helen's 
(9f750  feet),  Hood  (11,025  feet),  and  perhaps  far-away  Tacoma  (14,444  feet).  Later  in 
our  tour  we  see  most  of  these  beautiful  mountain  forms  at  closer  range. 

43 


Oregon  and  Washington. 

As  these  two  subdivisions  of  the  United  States  are  closely  allied  in  industry  and 
commerce,  as  well  as  in  geographical  features,  they  should  be  considered  together. 
Oregon  has  an  area  of  95,275  square  miles,  and  the  new  State  of  Washington  69,994 
square  miles.  The  recent  census  gave  the  former  a  population  of  312,490 — an 
increase  of  137,722  in  ten  years  and  221,467  in  twenty  years.  Washington  was  found 
to  have  349,516  —  an  increase  of  274,400  in  ten  years  and  325,561  in  twenty  years.  The 
Cascade  Mountains,  a  broad  volcanic  plateau,  separate  both  Oregon  and  Washington 
into  two  unequal  divisions.  Westward  c^  this  mountain  chain,  from  forty  to  seventy 
miles  distant,  as  we  have  already  seen,  is  still  another  and  lower  range  lying  along  the 
coast.  Within  this  great  basin,  about  400  miles  in  length,  are  many  fertile  valleys  and 
the  great  timber  region  of  the  Puget  Sound  district.  The  climate  of  this  section  is 
mild  and  equable,  with  an  abundant  rain*fall.  The  area  east  of  the  Cascade  range, 
extending  to  the  base  of  the  Blue  and  liitter  Root  Mountains,  presents  many  features 
in  marked  contrast  to  those  of  the  coast  region.  A  narrow  strip  on  the  north  is  moun> 
tainous  and  covered  with  forest,  but  the  greater  portion  embraces  the  immense  plains 
and  undulating  prairies  of  the  Columbia  Hasin  —  150  miles  wide  and  nearly  500  miles 
long.  Within  the  limits  of  this  basin  are  a  score  of  valleys,  several  of  which  are  larger 
than  some  European  principalities.  In  this  eastern  section  the  temperature  is  higher 
in  summer  and  lower  in  winter  than  in  the  coast  region,  and  the  rain-fall  is  only  half 
as  great ;  but  the  conditions  are,  in  a  large  part  of  the  tract,  excellent  for  cereal  crops. 
Agriculture  is  the  leading  industry,  and  wheat  the  principal  product.  The  raising  of 
cattle,  sheep,  and  horses  is  second  in  importance  only  to  agriculture.  Gold  mining  is 
carried  on  to  some  extent  at  scattered  points,  and  especially  in  Southern  Oregon  ;  but 
coal  and  iron  take  the  leading  places  among  the  mineral  productions,  the  principal 

4} 


If 


ml 


11  1 


III 
i 

'I!  I 


mines  being  near  Puget  Sound.    The  Columbia  River  may  be  navigated  for  725  miles, 
the  Willamette  for  138  miles,  and  the  Snake  for  a  considerable  distance. 

An  attempt  to  form  a  Territorial  government  was  made  as  early  as  1841,  before  the 
dispute  about  the  boundary  line  arose  between  the  United  States  and  Great  Britain. 
The  present  dividing  line  between  the  United  States  and  the  British  possessions  was 
established  by  the  treaty  of  June  15,  1846.  In  1853  the  Territory  was  divided,  and 
what  was  known  as  the  District  of  Vancouver  became  Washington  Territory.  Oregon 
was  organized  as  a  State  in  1859,  with  a  population  of  52,465 ;  and  Washington  was 
admitted  to  statehood,  together  with  Montana  and  the  two  Dakotas,  in  1889. 

From  Portland  to  Dalles  City. 

We  shall  reach  Portland  Friday  forenoon,  but  defer  our  inspection  of  the  city 
until  our  return  from  our  trip  on  the  Columbia  River.  Our  Pullman  train  will  be 
transferred  to  the  tracks  of  the  Union  Pacific  Company's  Oregon  line,  and  we  shall 
continue  our  journey  eastward  a  distance  of  eighty-eight  miles  to  Dalles  City,  where 
we  shall  remain  upon  the  cars  over  night.  The  views  of  the  Columbia  River  and 
its  noble  boundaries  had  from  the  cars  are  not  less  interesting  than  those  from  a 
steamer's  deck.  The  ftad  runs  almost  beneath  the  spray  of  Multnomah  Falls,  which 
in  two  great  plunges  descends  800  feet.  The  falls  are  situated  in  a  romantic  gorge 
only  a  short  distance  fron.  the  railway,  and  there  are  a  number  of  grand  points  of 
observation  readily  accessible.  The  train  passes  near  numerous  remarkable  rock  for- 
mations, and  directly  between  the  "  Pillars  of  Hercules."  There  are  several  fine  falls 
near  the  road  in  addition  to  beautiful  Multnomah,  but  they  are  better  seen  from  the 
steamer's  deck  than  from  the  cars.  The  railway  ride  will  occupy  the  greater  part  of 
the  afternoon. 

44  • 


Dalles  City. 

Just  below  the  Great  Dalles  of  the  Columbia,  where  the  whole  volume  of  the  river, 
at  its  ordinary  height,  runs  for  about  one  and  one-half  miles  through  a  narrow  gorge 
in  the  basalt,  averaging  not  over  loo  yards  in  width  and  in  the  narrowest  part  only 
sixty  feet  wide,  the  hills  open  out,  giving  position  to  a  charming  place  called  Dalles 
City,  one  of  the  oldest-settled  points  east  of  the  Cascades.  The  streets  are  laid  out 
regularly  along  and  up  the  slopes,  and  are  for  the  most  part  lined  with  shade  trees. 
Several  of  the  churches  and  school  edifices  are  very  handsome  and  attractive.  As  we 
are  to  reach  Dalles  City  at  an  early  hour,  there  will  probably  be  time  to  climb  the 
heights  in  rear  of  the  town,  from  whence  a  magnificent  view  is  obtained. 

The  Columbia  River, 

Thursday  morning  we  leave  the  cars  and  go  on  board  the  steamer  for  a  return  trip 
down  the  noble  Columbia  River.  The  first  stage  of  our  voyage  is  as  far  as  the  Upper 
Cascades.  The  scenery  in  this  pan  of  the  river  —  the  Middle  Columbia,  as  it  is 
generally  termed  —  differs  somewhat  from  that  below  the  cascades,  but  is  at  all  times 
very  picturesque.  The  banks  are  chiefly  mountainous  or  precipitous  cliffs,  save  at 
the  entrance  of  Hood  River,  on  the  south,  and  White  Salmon  River,  on  the  north, 
which  open  up  something  like  valleys.  With  the  exception  of  these  two  limited  dis- 
tricts, there  is  little  farming  land  for  seventy-five  miles  along  the  river.  Hood  River  is 
fed  by  the  snows  on  the  mountain  of  the  same  name.  Some  magnificent  views  of  this 
grand  mountain  form  are  had  on  the  way  down  the  river.  An  occasional  glimpse  is 
caught  of  Mount  Adams,  but  this  mountain  is  generally  hidden  by  nearer  hills.  The 
shores  are  for  the  most  part  densely  wooded  with  maple,  alder,  ash,  and  willow ;  while 
the  mountains  are  clothed  with  pines  and  firs.    Here  and  there  are  huge  cones  and 

•  45 


m 


walls  of  bare  rock.    In  one  place  a  great  mountain  of  solid  rock  rears  itself  i,ooo  feet 
or  more  above  the  river,  like  the  gable  end  of  some  giant's  habitation. 

A  Portage  Around  the  Cascades. 

Forty-five  miles  below  Dalles  City  and  a  short  distance  from  Bonneville,  the  pas- 
sengers are  forced  to  land  and  make  a  transfer  around  the  cascades  of  the  Columbia. 
This  is  done  by  means  of  a  narrow-gauge  railway,  six  miles  in  length,  which  runs  along 
the  northern  shore  to  the  Lower  Cascade  .  The  river  here  is  unnavigable,  the  water 
pouring  over  its  rocky  bed  in  a  tumultuous  torrent.  The  government  is  building  a 
canal,  with  locks,  around  the  obstruction,  but  the  work  is  beset  by  many  difficulties  and 
enormous  expense.  We  are  here  in  tht  very  heart  of  the  mountain  range  which  has 
derived  its  name  from  these  cascades,  and  which  is  continued  hundreds  of  miles 
southward  through  California  as  the  Sierra  Nevada.  Near  the  Upper  Cascades, 
on  the  Washington  side  of  the  river,  on  a  point  of  land  that  iuts  out  so  as  to  make 
a  good  defensive  position,  is  the  old  block-house,  built  nearly  forty  years  ago  as  a 
means  of  protection  against  the  Indians.  In  the  outbreak  of  1855  ^^^  block-house 
became  the  refuge  of  the  settlers,  and  it  was  successfully  defended  under  direction 
of  young  Lieutenant  —  afterwards  the  famous  Lieutenant-General — Phillip  Henry 
Sheridan. 

Near  this  same  point  the  Indian  village  of  Wish-ram,  referred  to  in  Washington 
Irving's  Astoria^  and  also  by  Lewis  and  Clark,  existed  early  in  the  present  century. 

Again  upon  the  Columbia. 

Embarking  upon  another  steamer  below  the  cascades,  we  continue  our  down-river 
trip  on  this  noble  stream.  We  are  still  in  the  heart  of  the  Cascade  range,  and  the 
scenery  is  wonderfully  picturesque.    We  are  near  Castle  Rock,  a  massive  mountain 

46 


which  stands  boldly  forth  on  the  north  shore  i,ooo  feet  high.  A  little  way  below,  on 
the  same  side  of  the  river,  is  Cape  Horn,  a  bold  headland  of  basaltic  rock  which  forms 
just  above  it  a  picturesque  little  bay.  On  the  opposite  cliffs,  marking  the  Oregon 
shore,  are  several  falls,  which  almost  rival  in  loftiness  those  in  the  Yosemite  Valley. 
Multnomah  we  have  already  seen  on  shore.  The  view  from  the  steamer's  deck  is 
even  more  enchanting  than  the  nearer  one,  since  it  includes  much  more  of  the 
surroundings.  The  Bridal  Veil,  the  Latourelle,  and  the  Oneonta  are  three  beautiful 
falls,  the  latter  being  nearly  as  high  as  Multnomah.  At  other  points  flashes  of  foam, 
high  amid  the  trees  of  the  mountain-side,  mark  the  presence  of  unnamed  and  unvisited 
cascades.  Other  strange  objects  of  interest  are  the  tall  pillars  of  rock  which  rise 
from  the  water  or  from  the  narrow  shelf  of  shore  along  which  the  railway  trains  are 
seen  creeping.  Rooster  Rock  and  the  Pillars  of  Hercules  are  the  most  prominent  of 
these.  In  places  the  cliffs  crowded  the  river  so  closely  that  the  jnen  who  did  the 
blasting  for  the  railway  were  let  down  from  above  bv  slings.  We  gradually  get 
beyond  the  mountains,  and  then  new  pictures  of  beauty  are  formed  by  the  tall 
symmetrical  snow  pinnacle  of  Mount  Hood,  which  rises  now  behind  us.  Washougal, 
La  Camas,  and  Vancouver  arc  towns  upon  the  Washingtoa  shore,  the  latter  being 
only  six  miles  above  the  mouth  of  the  Willamette,  and  an  important  military  post.  It 
occupies  the  site  of  old  Fort  Vancouver.  The  Union  Pacific  ^  ilway  Company  is 
building  a  bridge  across  the  Columbia  at  this  point.  Three  muv:.  up  the  Willamette 
there  is  a  magnificent  mountain  view,  five  of  the  snow-capped  peaks  being  visible  at  once. 
With  the  exception  of  Mount  Tacoma,  these  mountains  are  exceeded  in  loftiness  by 
many  hundred  elevations  in  the  Rocky  Mountain  chain ;  but  here  the  beholder  is 
nearly  at  the  sea  level,  while  no  other  high  mountains  aire  near,  so  that  the  glittenng 
silver  crowns  ssem  supreme,  towering  far  above  every  other  object. 

47 


iMB^MMMaMarifel 


mmtm 


mtmam 


liiiii 


ii-lfil 


Portland,  Ore. 

We  shall  reach  Portland  about  5.00  p.  m.,  and  there  will  be  an  omnibus  transfer  from 
the  wharf  to  the  new  and  magnificent  hotel,  The  Portland.  This  establishment  has 
been  erected  by  a  company  of  citizens  at  a  cost  of  about  ^750,000,  and  is  one  of  the 
finest  hotels  on  the  Pacific  Coast.  It  occupies  a  whole  square  in  one  of  the  pleas- 
antest  and  healthiest  sections  of  the  city,  and  has  been  furnished  in  a  lavish  manner. 
Its  manager  is  Mr.  Charles  E.  Leland,  a  member  of  a  famous  hotel-keeping  family,  and 
personally  popular  through  his  connection  with  well-known  Eastern  hotels.  Portland 
has  progressed  rapidly  within  the  past  few  years.  Populous  suburbs  are  growing  up 
on  the  east  or  op|>osite  side  of  the  Willamette,  in  connection  with  the  railroad  shops, 
flouring  mills,  and  other  manufacturing  establishments.  Portland  has  sixty  miles  of 
paved  streets  and  twenty  miles  of  street  railway.  Although  Astoria  was  settled  as 
early  as  181 1,  the  first  white  man  is  supposed  to  have  landed  upon  the  present  site  of 
Portland  in  1843.  Missionaries  had  established  themselves  in  Eastern  Oregon  nine 
years  before,  and  only  five  years  later  the  much-respected  Dr.  Marcus  Whitman  and 
his  companions  were  massacred.  The  founders  of  Portland  were  two  New  England 
men;  and,  in  bestowing  a  name  upon  the  place,  it  is  said  to  have  been  actually  a  toss 
up  whether  the  chief  city  of  Maine  or  the  city  at  the  head  of  Massachusetts  Bay 
should  bear  the  honor  of  the  designation.  The  business  thoroughfares  are  lined  with 
fine  edifices,  and  some  of  the  residences  on  the  upper  streets  are  very  tasteful, 
as  well  as  elegant  and  costly.  The  Chinese,  who  form  a  large  element  in 
the  population,  are  seen  everywhere.  "Chinatowti"  is  not  a  contracted  quarter, 
as  in  San  Francisco  and  Los  Angeles,  but  is  scattered  along  the  best  portion  of 
Second  street  for  a  dozen  squares  or  more.  Many  of  the  churches  and  school 
buildings  are  imposing,  and  the  same  may  be  said  of  the  Post  Office  and  some  of  the 

48 


:er  from 
lent  has 
i  of  the 
e  pleas- 
manner, 
nily,  and 
^)rtland 
wing  up 
d  shops, 
miles  of 
jttled  as 
;  site  of 
;on  nine 
nan  and 
England 
y  a  toss 
2tts  Bay 
ned  with 
tasteful, 
nent    in 
quarter, 
>rtion  of 
1  school 
le  of  the 


other  public  edifices.  Among  the  buildings  under  construction  are  a  commodious 
union  railway  station,  a  fine  edifice  on  Stark  street,  between  Third  and  Fourth  streets, 
for  the  occupancy  of  the  Chamber  of  Commerce,  a  City  Hall  of  handsome  propor- 
tions, and  a  Public  Library.  The  recent  census  gave  Portland  a  population  of  47,294, 
while  its  dependent  suburbs  —  East  Portland  and  Albina  —  were  credited  with  10,481 
and  5,104  respectively. 

From  the  slopes  back  of  the  city  the  views  are  magnificent.  Mount  Hood  is  here 
the  dominant  feature  in  the  landscape,  lifting  its  proud  head  above  the  far-stretching 
forests;  while  the  beautifully  rounded  snow-clad  top  of  Mount  St.  Helen's  and  some 
of  the  other  mountains  already  mentioned,  are  also  in  sight.  A  small  but  comfortable 
hotel,  called  "  Cloud  Cap  Inn,"  has  lately  been  erected  on  Mount  Hood,  and  excur- 
sions to  the  summit  are  frequently  made  from  Portland.  The  trip  occupies  several 
days. 

There  will  be  a  carriage  ride  Monday  morning  through  the  finest  business  and 
residence  portions  of  the  city,  and  to  the  heights  above. 

From  Portland  to  Tacoma. 

The  journey  from  Portland  to  Tacoma,  a  distance  of  145  miles,  will  be  made  upon 
the  Northern  Pacific  Railroad.  At  Hunter's,  thirty-eight  miles  from  Portland,  the 
train  is  taken  upon  the  large  ferry-boat  "Tacoma,"  and  conveyed  across  the  Columbia 
River  to  Kalama,  on  the  right  or  Washington  bank  of  the  stream.  P'or  eight  miles 
the  road  then  follows  the  Columbia,  and  for  a  farther  distance  of  eighteen  miles  it 
extends  up  the  east  bank  of  the  Cowlitz  River.  Then  it  crosses  to  the  valley  of  the 
Chehalis,  and  from  thence  to  the  valley  of  the  Puyallup,  at  the  mouth  of  which,  and 
on  the  shores  of  Puget  Sound,  the  city  of  Tacoma  lies. 

49 


:1  I 


The  Alaskar  Voyage, 

On  arriving  at  Tacoma  we  shall  go  at  once  on  board  the  Alaska  steamer  "  The 
Queen,"  which  is  to  b'^  our  home  during  the  coming  eleven  or  twelve  days.  This 
vessel  is  the  finest  of  the  Pacific  Coast  Steamship  Company's  fleet,  and  the  fact  that 
she  is  under  the  command  of  Captain  James  Carroll  will  render  the  voyage  especially 
^esirable.  "The  Queen,"  already  one  of  the  most  staunch,  comfortable,  and  besi 
ppointed  vessels  in  the  Pacific  Coabt  service,  has  been  put  in  the  best  possible  con- 
dition for  Alaska  tourist  travel.  New  and  commodious  staterooms  have  been  placed 
upon  the  uppjr  or  hurricane  deck,  and  furnished  in  tiie  most  comfortable  and  elegant 
style.  These  rooms,  v/nich  are  intended  for  two  passengers,  each  having  only  two 
berths,  have  been  reserved  for  the  members  of  oiir  party  exclusively,  together  with 
other  deck  rooms  of  the  best  class.  Cdptai  i  Carroll's  intimate  kiiowledge  of  all  the 
attractive  points  upon  the  Alaska  route,  and  the  fact  that  the  voyage  is  to  be  devoted 
to  the  service  of  the  passengers  wholly,  and  not  to  freighting  purposes  (freight  being 
carried  upon  other  steamers),  will  serve  to  make  the  trip  enjoyable  in  the  fullest  degree. 

Puget  Sound. 

The  first  part  of  our  voyage  lies  through  the  waters  of  picturesque  Puget  Sound. 
This  body  of  water  has  an  area  of  2,000  square  miles,  with  an  irregular  shore  line  of 
1,594  miles.  The  shores  are  generally  densely  wooded  with  gigantic  fir  trees,  and  at 
several  points  are  immense  saw  mills.  There  arc  many  islands,  and  for  the  most  part 
they  are  or  have  beun  covered  with  timber  like  the  mainland.  There  is  deep  water 
everywhere,  and  at  hundreds  of  places  large  ships  could  be  loaded  directly  from  the 
shore  if  necessary.  The  lumber  and  coal  trade  of  the  sound  is  very  great,  and  con- 
stantly increasmg.    Besides  the  mines  in  th'    Puyallup  Valley  near  Tacoma,  there  are 

SO 


ier"The 

rs.  This 
fact  that 
ispecially 
and  best 
sible  con- 
en  placed 
d  elegant 

only  two 
jther  with 
of  all  the 
devoted 
ght  being 

!3t  degree. 


et  Sound. 
3ie  line  of 
es,  and  at 

most  part 
Icep  water 
f  from  the 
:,  and  con- 

,  there  are 


others  near  Seattle,  from  which  i,ooo  tons  of  coal  a  day  are  shipped,  and  others  on 
Vancouver  Island.  Iron  ore  has  also  been  found  contiguous  to  the  coal  fields  near 
Seattle,  and  also  near  Port  'I'ownsend.  The  shores  of  the  sound  are  in  many  places 
abrupt,  and  ^Igh  mountains  seem  to  environ  this  beautiful  body  of  water.  From 
Commen',wment  Bay,  at  its  southern  extremity,  and  also  on  the  broader  part  of  the 
sound,  Mount  Tacoma  beco:nes  a  prominent  landmark;  while  farther  north  Mount 
Baker  replaces  it  with  its  handsome  cone  of  snow.  The  latter  is  situated  in«the 
northern  part  of  Whatcom  county,  near  the  line  of  British  Columbia,  about  thirty 
mi!c5  from  the  sound,  and  has  an  elevation  of  10,800  feet.  Northward  of  Puget 
Sound,  and  extending  to  the  Gulf  of  Georgia,  lies  Washington  Sound.  In  this 
region  are  San  Juan,  Orcas,  F'idalgo,  Lopez,  and  many  lesser  islands  belonging  to  the 
same  group.  At  the  head  of  the  broad  peninsula  west  of  the  sound,  extending 
towards  the  Strait  of  Juan  de  Fuca,  and  forming  the  northwestern  extremity  of  the 
State  of  Wasl.ington,  is  the  noble  Olympic  range  of  mountains,  from  6,000  to 
upwards  of  8,000  feet  in  height.  These  latter  elevations  constitute  a  grand  feature  in 
the  outlook  from  the  deck  of  the  steamer  while  crossing  the  sound. 

Tacoma,  Seattle,  and  Port  Townsend  are  the  chief  cities  on  Puget  Sound,  but  in 
our  northward  voyage  we  shall  pay  them  only  brief  visiti.  Time  will  be  afforded  for 
a  fuller  inspection  on  our  return. 

Victoria,  B.  C. 

A.0  part  of  a  day  will  be  spent  at  Victovia,  there  will  be  time  to  see  something  of  that 
pretty  city. 
Br'tlsh  Columbia,  which  extends  from  the  Kocl?>  Mountains  to  the  Pacific,  and  from 

5> 


mm 


mma^Sm 


— luma 


iii' 


the  northern  boundar>'  lines  of  Washington,  Idaho,  and  Northwestern  Montana  to 
Alaska  and  the  Arctic  Ocean,  comprises  about  350,000  square  miles. 

Victoria,  the  capital  of  the  Province  and  a  beautiful  city  of  about  15,000  inhabitants, 
is  charmingly  situated  at  the  southeastern  extremity  of  Vancouver  Island.  Fort 
Victoria,  a  subsidiary  depot  of  the  Hudson  Bay  Company, —  the  chief  depot  then 
being  at  Fort  Vancouvei,  on  the  Columbia  River, —  was  established  in  1843;  and  in 
1848,  at  the  time  of  the  "Cayuse  War,"  it  became  an  important  position  for  sending 
supj^lies  to  the  interior.  In  1858,  about  the  time  of  the  gold-mining  excitement  on  the 
Fraser  and  the  Skagit,  New  Georgia  and  New  Caledonia,  as  the  main  coast  and 
interior  had  previously  been  designated,  became  by  royal  edict  British  Columbia,  and 
in  1866  the  colony  of  Vancouver  Island  was  united  therewith.  Fort  Victoria,  mean- 
while, became  the  city  of  Victoria.  Vancouver  Island  is  200  miles  long,  and  contains 
lakes  and  mountain  ranges,  some  of  the  peaks  being  8,000  and  9,000  feet  high.  Vic- 
toria presents  many  interesting  features  to  the  stranger.  The  business  avenues  have  a 
substantial  appearance,  and  all  the  streets  are  wide  and  well  kept.  Most  of  the  chwell- 
ings  have  in  front  of  them  or  surrounding  them  pretty  gardens  in  which  flowers  abound 
through  a  large  part  of  the  year.  The  government  buildings,  fivo  in  number,  and  built 
in  Swiss  style,  comprising  the  l*arliament  House,  government  printing-office,  land  and 
works  departments,  government  offices,  messenger's  residence,  and  the  Provincial 
Museum,  occupy  a  prettily  adorned  square  just  across  James's  Bay.  In  front  of  these 
is  a  granite  shaft  erected  to  the  memory  of  Sir  James  Douglas,  the  first  governor  of 
the  colony.  There  is  -.  populou-^  "Chinatown,"  and,  mingled  with  the  Mongolians  on 
the  streets,  are  many  Songhi&h  Indiana.  There  is  a  reservation  of  this  tribe  near  the 
city. 


52 


utana  to 

abitants, 
id.    Fort 
ipot  then 
;•  and  in 
r  sending 
;nt  on  the 
coast  and 
imbia,  and 
•ria,  mean- 
d  contains 
igh.    Vic- 
ucs  have  a 
the  ih\ell- 
s  abound 
,  and  built 
,  land  and 
Provincial 
t  of  these 
verncr  of 
golians  on 
e  near  the 


Along  the  East  Coast  of  Vancouver  Island. 

Vancouver  Island  stretches  along  the  coast  of  British  Columbia  200  miles,  in  a 
northwesterly  direction,  and  our  course  lies  through  the  inward  channels  and  straits. 
From  Victoria  we  turn  north'vard  th'-ough  Haro  Strait,  which,  with  the  San  Juan 
Islands,  lying  easterly,  has  become  historic  through  the  contention  of  the  United  States 
and  Great  Britain  over  the  intf  rnational  boundary,  trouble  having  arisen  in  consequence 
of  the  somewhat  ambiguous  phraseology  of  an  old  treaty.  The  question  was  whether 
this  channel  or  Rosario  Strait,  one  of  the  lesser  channels  lying  fartlier  eastward 
toward  the  mainland,  was  meant  as  the  boundary  line.  The  emperor  of  Germajiy, 
then  king  of  Prussia,  to  whom  the  interpretation  of  the  treaty  was  left,  in  1872  decided 
in  favor  of  Haro  Strait,  and  thus  threw  into  the  United  States  the  valuable  group  of 
islands  referred  to.  The  view  from  the  steamer's  deck  i  superb.  Mount  liaker,  the 
noble  Olympian  range  south  of  Victoria  aud  across  ^  tan  de  Fuca  Strait,  hundreds  of 
other  peaks  on  the  islands  and  the  mainland,  and  even  distant  Mount  Taconm,  wiien 
the  atmosphere  is  exceedingly  clear,  may  be  seen  ;  while  the  p    luresque  shores  of  the 

[archipelago,  through  which  we  are  passing,  form  evcr-changin  '    visions    )f  beauty. 

[Emerging  from  Haro  Strait,  probably  through  Active  Pass,  we  are  for  a  time  in  the 
broader  waters  of  the  Strai    of  Georgia,  and  skirting  Galiano,  Valdes,  and  Gaurioia 

[islands,  which  lie  along  the  toast  of  Vancouver. 

The  passengers  are  quite  likely  to  awaken  the  succeeding  morning  near  Nanaimo, 

|an  old  Hudson  Bay  Company's  post  seventy  miles  north  of  Victoria.  Near  t1  it  town 
ire  extensive  coal  mines,  where  our  steamer  will  probably  stop  for  fuel  on  '  i  south- 
[vvard  trip,  coal  for  the  present  voyage  having  been  obtained  previous  to  t  u  embarka- 
tion.. The  mines  here  are  of  immense  value,  as  the  coal  is  of  unsurpassed  quality  for 
Ueaming  purposes.    Their  discovery  by  the  late  Richard  Dunsmuir  was  wholly  acci- 

53 


fl 


■ 


1- 


dental.  He  chanced  to  be  riding  a  horse  down  through  the  forest,  when  the  animal 
stumbled  over  an  outcropping  of  lignite.  A  partner  who  originally  put  in  ;^i,ooo  to 
develop  the  property,  later  on  sold  his  interest  to  Mr.  Dunsmuir  for  ^^  150,000,  and 
another  who  invested  the  same  amount  withdrew  at  the  end  of  ten  years  with  _^  50,000. 
A  railway  runs  from  Victoria  to  Nanaimo  and  the  Wellington  mines,  md  the  telegraph 
reaches  thus  far;  but  beyond,  the  traveler  is  shut  out  from  the  happenings  in  the 
world  at  large.  For  the  once  we  may  give  ourselves  over  to  the  full  enjoyment  of 
scenery  unrivaled  in  any  part  of  the  globe.  We  continue  through  the  Strait  of 
Georgia,  which  narrows  when  Lasqueti  and  Texada  Islands  are  reached. 

The  view  of  the  mountains,  especially  of  those  on  the  mainland,  is  superb.  Long 
lines  of  snow  peaks,  tossed  into  fantastic  forms  and  gleaming  in  the  declining  sun  like 
silver  and  gold,  fill  the  eastern  horizon.  There  is  a  series  of  wonderful  fio;ds,  pene- 
trating the  coast  in  some  instances  for  100  miles  or  more  north  of  IJurrard  Inlet, 
known  successively  as  Howe  Sound,  Jervis  Inlet,  Desolation  Sound,  Toba,  Buve, 
Loughborough,  Knight,  Kingcombe,  Seymour,  and  Belize  Inlets.  These  are  invariably 
lined  with  high  mountains,  the  waters  at  their  foot  being  of  untold  depths. 

About  Jervis  and  IJute  Inlets  are  peaks  between  8,000  and  9,000  feet  high.  A 
group  of  needle-like  spires  near  the  latter,  8,100  feet  hign,  is  especially  notable.  The 
whole  region  is  uninhabited  except  by  a  few  scattered  Indian  tribes ;  and  the  same 
may  almost  be  said  of  the  northwestern  two-thirds  of  Vancouver  Island,  where,  in 
fact,  no  signs  of  human  life  are  discernible  except  around  a  few  saw  mills,  salmon 
canneries,  and  two  or  three  native  villages.  We  enter  Discovery  Passage,  the  first  of 
the  river-like  channels  through  which  we  are  to  journey  for  many  hundreds  of  miles, 
passing  on  the  right  Cape  Mudgc,  and  from  an  expansion  of  the  p.  sage  caused  Uy  an 
indentation  of  the  Vancouver  shore,  known  as  Menzies  Bay,  pass  into  the  famous 

54 


J 


Seymour  Narrows.  Through  this  contracted  channel  the  tides  rush  with  great  velocity, 
sometime  running  nine  knots  an  hour.  The  steamer  is  so  timed  as  to  go  through 
the  Narrows  with  a  favoring  tide.  Discovery  Passage,  and  also  Johnstone  Strait, 
which  is  beyond,  lying  between  Vancouver  Island  and  the  mainland,  are  lined  with 
mountains  of  from  3,000  to  6,000  feet  elevation.  Farther  inland  on  botli  sides  are 
still  higher  peaks,  of  which  occasional  glimpses  are  had.  In  the  interior  jf  the  island 
are  mountains  over  8,000  feet  high.  Down  many  of  the  heights  cascades  are  seen 
coursing,  especially  after  a  recent  rain. 

Johnstone  Strait  is  fifty-five  miles  in  length,  and  is  succeeded  by  a  lesser  stretch  of 
water  called  IJroughton  Strait,  which  lies  between  Vancouver  ana  Malcolm  Islands. 
On  Cor.aorant  Island,  opposite  the  Nimkeesh  River,  is  the  Indian  village  of  Alert 
Bay  and  also  a  cannery.  At  the  south  extremity  of  the  town  is  a  native  burial-ground, 
where  the  graves  are  quaintly  decorated  with  flags  and  rude  carvings.  These  Indians 
are  mainly  of  the  Nimkeesh  tribe,  although  there  are  also  some  of  the  Kwawkewlths, 
who  come  chiefly  from  Fort  Rupert  above,  towards  the  head  of  Vancouver  Island.  The 
latter  are  among  the  most  degraded  people  living  on  the  coast,  and,  notwithstanding 
the  efforts  of  the  missionaries,  remain  to  a  large  extent  in  paganism.  The  conical 
peak  seen  on  Vancouver  Island,  and  long  visible,  is  Mount  Iloldsworth  (3,040  feet). 
When  the  open  water  is  reached  north  of  Uroughto'i  Strait,  Fort  Rupert,  an  old  Hud- 
son Bay  Company's  post,  and  now  an  Indian  agency,  is  seen  on  the  left. 

Above  Vancouver  Island. 

\Vc  new  leave  Vancouver  Inland,  its  northern  and  northwesternmost  capes,  Com- 
merell  and  Scott,  with  the  string  of  Scott  Islands,  being  seen  at  the  left  after  Queen 
Charlotte's  Sound  is  entered.    This  body  of  water,  less  than  forty  miles  in  extent,  and 

55 


1  «i 


r.^ 


4 


.jiiav^iiT.  s::r^:i:r' 


— I ??— "^^^BBB 


I    ! 


the  still  smaller  Milbank  Sound,  farther  north,  are  almost  the  only  places  where,  even 
under  the  proper  conditions  for  such  things,  the  steamer  is  exposed  to  the  roll  of  the 
sea,  unless  it  becomes  necessary  to  follow  an  outside  course  near  Sitka  instead  of 
threading  some  of  the  narrow  and  intricate  passages.  We  look  westward  over  the 
broad  expanse  of  the  Pacific  Ocean.  The  vessel  soon  passes  from  Queen  Charlotte's 
Sound  under  the  lee  of  Calvert  Island,  and  enters  the  landlocked  channel  of  Fitzhugh 
Sound.  Here  again  we  have  superb  scenery  on  either  side,  the  mountains  of  Calvert 
It:latfd  culminating  in  an  exceedingly  sharp  peak  known  as  Mount  Buxton  (3,430  feet), 
the  retrospective  view  of  which  is  fine.  The  soundings  for  the  most  part  indicate  very 
deep  water.  As  we  approach  the  northern  extremity  of  the  sound,  where  Burke 
Channel  opens  out  on  the  right,  opposite  Hunter  Island,  the  scenery  increases  in 
grandeur,  the  lesser  and  nearer  hills  being  clothed  to  their  summits  with  coniferous 
trees,  while  the  more  distant  elevations  are  covered  with  snow.  From  Fishe:  Channel 
the  vessel  turns  sharply  to  the  left  and  enters  the  narrow  Lama  Passage,  which,  far- 
ther on,  itself  makes  an  abrupt  turn  northward.  On  the  shores  of  Campbell  Island,  at 
McLaughlin's  Bay,  is  the  Indian  town  of  Bella-Bella,  and  near  it  are  some  curiously 
adorned  graves  of  the  natives.  To  this  point  the  Indians  come  from  Bella-Kula,  eighty 
miles  up  Burke  Channel,  in  the  mountains,  to  trade.  The  northern  entrance  to  Lama 
Passage,  through  which  we  emerge  into  the  broad  Seaforth  Channel,  with  its  multi- 
tude of  picturesque  islands,  is  extremely  narrow.  More  fine  scenery  awaits  us  at  this 
point,  the  grouping  of  mountains  being  grand  in  the  extreme. 

Another  turn  in  our  remarkably  devious  course,  and  we  are  steaming  northward 
through  Milbank  Sound,  through  whose  broad  entrance  we  again  lookout  to  the  open 
sea.  Islands  and  mountains  are  innumerable,  and  there  is  a  constant  panorama  of 
lovely  scenery.    A  prominent  object  seen  on  the  approach  to  Milbank  Sound  is  Hel- 

56 


thward 
le  open 
ama  of 
is  Hcl- 


met  Peak,  on  Lake  Island ;  and  another,  farther  north,  is  Stripe  Mountain,  on  the  north 
side  of  Dowager  Island.  The  latter  is  2,020  feet  Kigh,  and  is  marked  by  a  grert  land- 
slip down  its  southwest  face.  Leaving  Jorkins's  Point,  ^he  southern  extremity  of  the 
great  Princess  Royal  Island,  to  our  left,  we  continue  our  course  almost  directly  north- 
ward through  the  long  and  narrow  Finlayson  Channel,  some  twenty-four  miles  long, 
with  an  average  width  of  two  miles.  The  bold  shores  of  this  picturesque  water-way 
are  densely  wooded  to  a  height  of  1,500  feet  or  more,  precipitous  peaks  rising  in  places 
to  the  height  of  nearly  3,000  feet,  with  still  higher  mountains  showing  behind  with 
stripes  and  patches  of  snow.  Waterfalls  of  great  height  here  add  a  new  element  of 
beauty  to  the  scenery.  A  contraction  of  the  channel  known  for  twenty  miles  as  Gra- 
ham Reach,  and  for  the  next  ten  miles  as  Fraser  Reach,  brings  us  to  the  northern  end 
of  Princess  Royal  Island,  where  we  turn  westward  through  McKay  Reach  into  Wright 
Sound. 

Grenville  Channel,  which  we  enter  from  Wright  Sound,  and  v^hich  lies  betwcn 
Pitt  Island  and  the  mainland,  is  for  fully  fifty  miles  as  straight  as  au  arrow,  and  here 
are  fresh  scenes  of  wonderful  beauty  and  sublimity  —  mountains  several  thousand  feet 
in  height,  which  no  man  has  ever  visited  and  as  yet  unnamed;  cascades  which  seem 
to  tumble  from  the  sky  itself,  and  densely  wooded  shores  ».nere  solitude  reigns 
supreme.  Some  of  the  distant  hills  seen  through  the  openings  are  seamed  by  glaciers 
and  avalanches.  From  an  expansion  o£  this  channel  we  pass  through  a  narrow  strait 
known  as  Arthur  Passage,  which  has  Kennedy  Island  on  the  right,  and  the  large  Porcher 
Island  on  the  left.  There  are  many  fine  mountain  peaks  on  both  islands,  one  on  Ken- 
nedy Island  gaining  an  elevation  of  2,765  feet.  Just  above  Kennedy  Island  the  Skeena 
River  enters  from  the  east.  We  soon  reach  the  broad  waters  of  Chatham  Sound 
through  Malacca  Passage,  and  for  some  distance  course  along  the  shores  of  the  Tsimp- 

57  


I!i 


scan  Peninsula,  passing  both  Old  Metlakahtla, —  the  scene  of  Mr.  William  Duncan's 
early  labors,  successes,  and  struggles,  —  and  Port  Simpson,  an  important  post  of  the 
Hudson  Bay  Company,  established  as  early  as  1831,  on  the  right.  The  Tsimpsean 
Peninsula  is  thirty-two  miles  in  length,  and,  but  for  a  narrow  neck  of  land  between  the 
Skeena  and  Work  Channel,  would  be  an  island.  It  takes  its  name  from  the  tribe  of 
Indians  inhabiting  it,  and  who  were  until  recent  years  the  mortal  enemies  of  the  Hai- 
das,  who  live  on  the  Queen  Charlotte  Islands  and  in  the  Prince  of  Wales  Archipelago, 
the  former  being  on  the  British,  and  the  latter  on  the  American,  side  of  the  line.  It 
was  mainly  from  this  tribe  that  Mr.  Duncan  gained  his  converts.  In  1887  Mr.  Dun- 
ean  and  about  600  of  the  Indians  removed  from  Old  Metlakahtla  to  Annette  Island 
in  the  Alexandrian  Archipelago,  on  the  American  side,  to  save  themselves  from 
further  annoyance  at  the  hands  of  the  Church  of  England:  while  Bishop  Ridley  con- 
tinued in  possession  of  the  old  settlement  with  about  120  natives,  who  chose  to  remain 
rather-  than  leave  their  old  home.  The  church  at  Old  Metlakahtla,  now  a  cathedral, 
built  by  the  Indians  themselves,  like  everything  else  about  the  village,  under  Mr. 
Duncan's  direction,  is,  by  the  by,  the  largest  place  of  worship  in  all  British  Columbia. 
Continuing  northward  through  Chatham  Sound,  there  are  many  fine  views  of  dis- 
tant mountain  ranges,  one  of  which,  lying  back  of  Port  Simpson,  culminates  in  the 
massive  Mount  McNeill  (4,300  feet). 

Alaska.  ■ 

Leaving  the  picturesque  Portland  Inlet  on  our  right,  into  which  enter  the  Nass  River, 
Observatory  Inlet,  and  the  far-reaching  Portland  Canal,  we  soon  cross,  in  latitude 
54  degrees,  40  minutes,  the  boundary  line  between  British  Columbia  and  Alaska. 

Before  proceeding  farther  on  our  journey,  let  us  examine  into  the  extent  and  physi- 
cal condition  of  our  northernmost  and  westernmost  possession  —  the  land  we  have 

58 


crossed  a  continent  to  see  —  for  all  we  have  yet  viewed  is  only  preparatory  to  Alaska. 
That  the  area  of  Alaska  is  vast,  is  a  well-known  fact ;  but  few  persons  who  are  not 
versed  in  statistics  realize  that  it  is  nearly  one-sixth  as  large  as  the  entire  United 
States,  and  more  than  one-seventh  as  large  as  the  whole  of  Europe.  It  exceeds  in 
domain  three  of  the  largest  States  of  our  Union  —  Texas,  California,  and  Montana  — 
or  all  that  portion  of  the  United  States  lying  east  of  the  Mississippi  River  and  north 
of  Georgia  and  the  Carolinas.  England,  Ireland,  Scotland,  and  Wales,  together  with 
Prussia,  Spain,  and  Italy,  might  all  be  placed  within  its  borders,  with  an  area  to  spare 
that  would  measure  within  twenty-eight  square  miles  of  the  territory  of  Switzerland  ; 
for  Alaska  covers  no  less  than  580,107  square  miles.  The  islands  upon  its  coast  have 
an  area  of  31,205  square  miles,  or  nearly  as  much  as  the  State  of  Maine.  The  Alexan- 
der Archipelago,  lying  north  of  the  British  Columbian  boundary  line  and  along  South- 
ern Alaska,  of  itself  contains  several  thousand  islands.  The  Aleutian  Chain  has  an 
area  of  6,391  square  miles.  The  general  coast  line  of  the  Territory  is  4,750  miles  in 
extent,  or  within  less  than  a  thousand  miles  of  all  the  rest  of  our  sea  line  on  the 
Atlantic,  the  Pacific,  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  put  together.  Inclusive  of  islands,  bays, 
rivers,  etc.,  to  the  head  of  tide  water,  Alaska  figures  up  26,376  miles  of  shore  line. 
The  island  of  Attn,  the  farthest  of  the  Aleutian  Chain,  is  as  far  wcRt  of  San  Francisco 
as  Bangor  is  east  of  it,  and  in  fact  2,090  miles  west  of  Sitka.  It  is  as  far  from  the 
northern  to  the  southern  point  of  Alaska  as  from  Maine  to  Florida,  and  as  far  from 
its  eastern  boundary  to  its  westernmost  as  from  Washington  to  California.  It  con- 
tains in  Mount  St.  Elias  the  highest  mountain  on  the  North  American  Continent 
(19,500  feet),  unless  the  unmeasured  Mount  Wrangel,  a  volcano  in  eastern  central 
Alaska,  at  the  forks  of  Copper  River,  in  the  Chugatch  Alps,  is  found  to  be  higher,  as 
lately  claimed.     Mount  St.  Elias  belongs  to  the  third  highest  range  in  the  world.    Its 

59 


I 


I 

I 

I 
k 


r 


great  river,  the  Yukon,  computed  to  be  not  less  than  3,000  miles  long,  is  navigable  for 
a  distance  of  2,000  miles,  and  is  from  one  to  five  miles  in  width  for  1,000  miles,  while 
its  five  mouths  and  the  intervening  deltas  have  a  breadth  of  seventy  miles.  The 
glaciers  surrounding  Mount  St.  Elias  are  estimated  to  be  20,000  square  miles  in 
extent. 

One  of  the  most  popular  errors  extant  about  Alaska  has  reference  to  its  climate. 
The  winters  of  northern  and  interior  Alaska  are  undoubtedly  very  severe  ;  but  the 
coast  south  of  the  Aleutian  Islands  —  the  whole  of  Southern  Alaska,  in  fact  —  being 
under  the  influence  of  the  Kurisiwo,  or  Black  Cyirent  of  Japan,  possesses  in  reality  a 
mild  climate.  A  record  of  eight  degrees  below  zero  is  the  lowest  that  has  been  regis- 
tered at  Sitka  in  fifty  years,  and  only  four  times  during  that  entire  period  did  the 
mercury  descend  below  the  zero  point.  Fort  Wrangel,  although  farther  south  than 
Sitka,  is  warmer  in  summer  and  colder  in  winter,  because  it  is  farther  removed  from 
the  great  equalizer  —  the  ocean  current.  The  Queen  Charlotte  Islands,  on  the  other 
hand,  have  a  very  mild  climate. 

The  native  population  of  Alaska,  with  the  exception  of  a  single  tribe, —  the  Tinnehs, 
found  in  the  interior, —  estimated  by  the  census  reports  of  1880  at  something  over 
31,000  altogether,  is  not  of  Indian  origin.  Whether  Mongolian,  Aztec,  or  both, 
remains  to  be  proven.  Persons  who  have  devoted  attention  to  the  subject  have 
found  much  in  the  language,  customs,  and  arts  of  the  Haidas,  the  most  remarkable  of 
these  tribes,  to  support  the  Aztec  theory,  while  there  is  also  much  to  suggest  Japanese 
or  Chinese  origin.  According  to  the  census  reports,  there  are  five  distinct  tribes,  viz.: 
the  Innuit,  or  Esquimaux;  the  Aleuts,  inhabiting  the  Aleutian  Islands;  the  Tinnehs; 
the  Thlinkets,  of  Southern  Alaska ;  and  the  Haidas.  Those  mostly  seen  by  the  tourists  | 
are  Thlinkets,  but  at  Wrangel  there  are  likely  to  be  some  Haidas. 

60 


;ablc  for 
ss,  while 
s.  The 
miles  in 

climate. 
;  but  the 
t  — being 
,  reality  a 
een  regis- 
i  did  the 
outh  than 
)ved  from 

the  other 

e  Tinnehs, 
thing  over 
or  both, 
jject  have 
atkable  of 
t  Japanese 
tribes,  viz.: 
e  Tinnehs; 
the  tourists  i 


The  United  States  paid  Russia  the  sum  of  $7,200,000  for  the  country  in  1868.  The 
seal  fisheries,  the  monopoly  of  which  has  recently  been  extended  by  the  government 
for  the  second  time,  has  returned  a  good  rate  of  interest  on  this  expenditure.  The 
fisheries  are  valued  at  $3,000,000  a  year,  and  the  gold  production  is  large  and  of  grow- 
ing importance.  So  far  from  being  a  barren,  bleak,  untenantable  country,  as  the 
opponents  of  the  purchase  scheme  so  strongly  contended,  Alaska  is  likely  to  become 
one  of  the  richest  parts  of  our  national  domain. 

Along  the  Alaskan  Coast. 

In  entering  Alaska  from  British  Columbian  waters,  the  voyager  crosses  Dixon 
Entrance,  as  the  channel  north  of  Dundas  Islands,  and  between  Prince  of  Wales  and 
Queen  Charlotte  Islands,  is  called.  One  of  the  first  points  of  land  seen  jutting  into 
American  waters  is  Cape  Fox,  so  named  by  Vancouver.  Near  here,  at  Fort  Tongas, 
the  United  States  formerly  maintained  a  military  post,  and  later  a  custom  house,  but 
both  have  been  given  up.  The  situation  of  Fort  Tongas  renders  rains  very  frequent, 
and  the  excessive  rainfall  of  118  inches  is  said  to  have  been  recorded  in  a  single  year. 
From  Dixon  Entrance  we  course  northward  through  Clarence  Strait,  which  is  over 
100  miles  long  and  nowhere  less  than  four  miles  in  width.  We  are  now  within  that 
remarkable  geographical  area  known  as  the  Alexander  Archipelago,  a  bewildering 
collection  of  mountain-studded  islands,  rocks,  straits,  inlets,  and  passages,  as  yet  ])ut 
partially  explored.  Throughout  the  whole  of  Clarence  Strait  we  have  the  great  Prince 
of  Wales  Island  on  the  west.  At  Port  Chester,  on  Annette  Island,  which  is  one  of 
the  Gravina  group,  Mr.  Duncan  has  founded  the  new  Metlakahtla,  and  is  rapidly  build- 
ing up  a  substantial  town,  with  a  church,  schools,  and  self-supporting  industrial  estab- 
lishments.   North  of  the  Gravina  group  lies  Revilla  Gigedo  Island,  with  its  varied 

61 


I 


rail  '*^^ 

'': 

mh 

j 

• 

li 

v] 

\h 

i 
1 

and  picturesque  shores;  while  upon  the  left  Casaan  Bay  is  an  indentation  of  Prince  of 

Wales  Island.    The  several  islands  are  mountainous,  and  the  views  at  all  points  are 

exceedingly  fine. 

Fort  Wrangel. 

After  passing  Etoline,  Zarembo,  and  some  lesser  islands,  and  emerging  from 
Clarence  Strait,  we  reach  Fort  Wrangel,  an  old  Russian  settlement  that  stands  at  the 
head  of  Wrangel  Island,  and  at  the  mouth  of  the  Stikine  River,  one  of  the  water- 
ways that  lead  to  the  Cassiar  mining  region  in  the  interior  of  British  Columbia  The 
place  has  lost  its  old  importance,  and  is  given  over  chiefly  to  the  Stikine  tribe,  a  branch 
of  the  Thlinket  race,  but  is  interesting  to  the  stranger  as  possessing  the  best  display 
of  totem  poles  he  is  likely  to  see.  The  totem  pole  is  a  sort  of  ancestral  emblem 
formerly  held  in  high  esteem,  but  fast  disappearing.  The  natives  are  divided  into 
families,  or  clans,  of  which  the  Raven,  the  Wolf,  the  Whale,  and  the  Eagle  are  the 
chief  representatives,  and,  as  tradition  relates,  the  progenitors.  Thus  the  represen- 
tation of  these  animals  or  birds,  with  their  commingling  in  case  of  intermarriages, 
becomes  a  sort  of  family  crest.  United  with  the  rude  carvings  of  heads,  various  strik- 
ing events  in  the  career  of  the  family  are  sometimes  depicted.  The  poles  are  from 
twenty  to  sixty  feet  in  height,  and  from  two  to  five  feet  in  diameter,  the  carving  being 
in  front,  while  the  rear  portion  is  hollowed  out  to  make  them  light  enough  to  erect. 
These  carved  emblems  are  placed  in  front  of  the  house ;  and  in  some  of  the  totem 
poles  seen  among  the  Haidas,  where  the  oldest  and  best-executed  specimens  are  found, 
a  doorway  was  cut  through  the  trunk  of  the  totem  for  ingress  and  egress.  It  was  also 
customary  to  ornament  the  top  with  a  figure  wearing  a  Tyhee  hat,  in  case  the  house- 
holder was  a  chief,  and  upon  this  would  be  cut  a  series  of  rings,  corresponding  with 
the  number  of "  pot-latches  "  (a  feast  with  gifts)  with  which  the  inmate  had  honored 

62 


rince  of 
ints  are 


ig  from 
s  at  the 
e  water- 
la     The 
a  branch 
t  display 
.  emblem 
ided  into 
e  are  the 
represen- 
tiarriages, 
ious  strik- 
are  from 
ing  being 
I  to  erect, 
the  totem 
are  found, 
t  was  also 
the  house- 
iding  with 
d  honored 


his  f '  '•  nds.  The  totem  poles  seen  at  Wrangel  are  interesting  specimens,  though  not 
of  the  highest  order  of  totem  carving.  The  natives  generally  carve  their  household 
implements,  and  even  their  paddles  and  wooden-mounted  fish-hooks,  into  hideous 
shapes.  This  is  true  especially  of  the  Haidas,  who  are  also  expert  workers  in  silver. 
Sliver  bracelets  and  bangles,  <arved  horn  spoons  (now  becoming  rare),  Chilkaht 
blankotL,  and  black  stone  carvings  (from  Skidegate,  on  the  Queen  Charlotte  Islands) 
are  the  curios  mostly  sought  after  by  tourists  throughout  Alaska  and  at  British 
Colum'  .an  ports.    The  spoons  are  made  from  the  horn  of  the  mountain  goat. 

Ai  *'.-.r  quaint  relic  is  the  curiously  carved  rattles  of  the  shamans  or  medicine-men. 
In  addition  to  the  totem  poles  in  front  of  the  habitations  at  Wrangel,  there  were  some 
curiously  marked  graves,  one  being  surmounted  by  a  huge  carving  of  a  wolf.  Tiiis 
has  lately  been  removed  from  its  former  site  to  another  part  of  the  village,  near  the 
saw  null.  Some  of  the  dwellings  at  Wrangel  have  two  totem  poles,  one  representing 
the  male  side  and  the  other  the  female  side  of  the  house.  Indeed,  "women's  rights" 
prevail  among  the  Alaskans  to  an  extent  that  gives  the  mother  the  prominent  place  on 
the  totem  instead  of  the  father.  In  one  instance  a  pole  is  surmounted  by  the  image  of 
a  bear,  while  no  other  carving  is  shown  upon  the  column  except  the  footprints  of  the 
animal,  made  apparently  while  he  climbed  to  his  present  eminence. 

The  Alaskans  have  many  strange  customs,  one  of  which  is  for  the  young  women  to 

besmear  their  faces  with  a  hideous  black  paint,  which  is  said  to  be  put  on  to  preserve 

their  complexions.    Another  is  the  wearing  of  the  labrette^  a  silver,  Ivcry,  bone,  or 

I  wooden  ornament  that  is  thrust  through  the  under  lip.     A  Thlinket  woman  is  not 

always  an  object  of  beauty  under  favoring  circumstances,  and  certainly  a  blackened 

[face  and  a  labrette  do  not  serve  to  make  her  look  anywise  prettier. 

There  are  at  Wrangel  a  flourishing  school  and  mission. 

63 


Si 


34- • 


^ 


■an 


h  <' 


Northward  from  Fort  Wrangel. 

Resuming  our  voyage,  we  turn  westward  from  Fort  Wrangel,  and,  entering  Wrangel 
Narrow.?,  steam  northward  and  out  through  the  mouth  of  Souchoi  Channel  into  Prince 
Frederick's  Sound.  Ovi  emerging  from  the  Narrows  new  visions  of  grandeur  await 
our  wondering  gaze,  A  range  of  high  mountains  h.  seen  upon  the  opposite  shore, 
strongly  marked  in  black  and  white  patches  of  rock  and  snow.  From  one  ci  the 
elevations  rises  a  remarkable  monolith  called  the  Devil's  Thumb.  In  one  place  a 
huge  glacier,  the  blue  ice  succeeding  the  pure  white  of  the  snow  fields,  pours  its  frozen 
flood  nearly  down  to  the  sea.  Th's  glacier  has  been  named  in  honor  of  the  late  Car- 
lisle Patterson,  of  the  United  States  Coast  Survey.  As  we  sail  nearer  and  beyond,  we 
see  that  it  comes  tviinsvtirsely  from  the  mountains,  turning  a  corner  to  reach  its  lower 
slopes  i  while  at  one  point  a  great  mass  seems  to  overhang  from  the  mountain-side. 
Another  great  glacier  succeeds  this  one,  with  i^,feat  prongs  running  back  among  the| 
peaks,  and  then  a  third.  The  di.stant  mountain  tops,  when  viewed  under  varying] 
effects  of  shadow  and  sunshine,  or  under  the  flooding  golden  sheen  of  a  siiuset,  pre- 
sent no  end  of  entrancing  pictures. 

Leaving  Prince  Frederick's  Sound,  we  sail  northward  through  Stephen's  Passage,] 
which  has  for  the  greater  part  the  mainland,  on  the  right,  and  Admiralt>  island,  on  thclnecteJ 


left,  is  h&  boundariies. 


Taku  Inlet  and  its  Glacicrt. 


Meanwhile  we  pass  Holkham  Bay,  where,  in  1876,  the  first  placer  mining  in  Aiaak 
was  bi;gun,  and  Taku  Inlet,  a  great  f.ord  entering  from  the  east,  where  there  ar 
glaciers  running  down  to  the  water's  edge,  evidences  of  which  are  seen  in  floatin 
masstfa  of  icu  — miniature  icebcrg-s.    Captain  Carroll   is  accustomed  to  enter  i'ak 

64 


upon  il 
regionf 
this  ml 
iiarboJ 
linall 
't  renj 


g  Wrangel 
into  Prinre 
deur  await 
)site  shore, 
one  ci  the 
),ric  place  a 
■s  its  frozen 
le  late  Car- 
,  beyond,  wc 
ch  its  lower 
.)untain-side. 

among  thej 
ider  varying 

sunset,  pre- 

•n's  Passapc,' 
sland,  on  thc| 


ng  in  Aiaslt' 
ere  there  av 
;n  in  floatind 
o  enter   ia^' 


Inlet,  and  to  obtain  a  supply  of  ice  for  the  ship  at  first  hands.  The  glacier  at  the 
head  of  the  inlet  is  raagai.'cent,  extending  across  between  two  hills  with  a  perpen- 
dicular wall  of  ice  upwards  of  ico  feet  high.  The  ice  appears  singularly  pure 
and  free  from  earth  and  stones,  both  the  masses  oi  ice  which  arc  floating  about,  and 
the  gresrt,  crystal  mass  that  forces  its  way  into  the  sea,  sparkle  in  the  sunlight  as  if 
encrusted  with  myriads  of  jjems.  The  spectacle  here  presented  is  hardly  inferior  to 
that  of  the  Muir  Glaci.";r  fanner  north. 

Juneau  and  the  Gold  Mines  on  Douglas  Island. 

Leaving  Taku  Inlet  to  the  right,  we  ascend  Gastineaux  Channel,  a  river-like  body  of 
water  that  separates  the  mainland  from  Douglas  Island,  and  soon  reach  the  mining 
town  of  Juneau,  the  most  populous  settlement  in  ail  Alaska,     Here,  on  a  narrow  strip 
of  land,  at  the  foot  of  a  deep  ravine  flanked  by  precipitous  mountains,  is  a  cluster  of 
white  houses.     Half  a  mile  away,  ai^d  reached  by  a  muddy  foot  path,  is  an  Auk  village. 
Keyond  the  village  is  a  native  burial-place.    A  few  milei>  back  of  Juneau,  up  the 
inarrow  and  picturesque  ravine  or  gulch,  lies  the  Silver  Bow  mining  basin  ;  and  on  the 
[opposite  side  of  the  narrow  channel,  at  ihe  foot  of  the  heights,  are  the  buildings  con- 
nected with  the  fam<»us  Trcadwell  gold  mine.     This  settlement  dates  back  only  to  Oct. 
J,  i8<So,  when  Joseph  Juneau  and  Richard   Harris,  two  mining  prospectors,  camped 
upon  its  site.    The  place  was  named  Harrisburg,  after  one  of  the  prospectors,  and  the 
jregion  was  donominaied  the  Juneau  district,  in  honor  of  the  other.    Notwithstanding 
{this  mixed  nomenclature,  the  naval  officers  niade  the  muddle  the  deeper  by  naming  the 
[harbor  in  honor  of  Commander  rockwcll.of  the  United  States  steamer  "  Jamestown." 
jlinally,  in  1882,  the  miners  decided  that  the  town  should  be  called  Juneau,  and  Juneau 
(it  remains. 


iyi;; 


south  as  here-  ,n,l  .k       ,  .*'"'«  from  the  Chilkaht  .,  ,        ''""°'  '«  made  a 

ra.-e.  are  I    el'y  "o  5!  f'"'''"'.^''  ^''■''<»h'<'»nc    gbanL".?''  ':;'''-""y  come  as  , 

-x..  paper.  ^JVir^v:^^;-.  -.-.,«,  a^d'XeVr ,:;;:  ^'^-^  -^y 

'"S  mission  school     Th,.  „  "'"•^f '""■"' 's  published  here  »„hT  '^"  "«llent 

"re  densely  wooded  and  i"""«'  "<  •'""^au  are  vl  v  1,  '' '"'°  "  """"^l". 

cedars  which  find  root  o''r7""«  '°  ^^'  how  tenacTorsTfTr"    ''°'h  chores 

«s  elsewhere,  thererarlh''!f^"'''''Sh''y  removed  from  th°  "'  ">e  firs  a„d 

»h.ch  on  Oo'uglar    ,:;<^t:"of  T'""'  """'^  "'  ""'e^'ol  '^'Z'^T'"-    """■ 

-g  their  roaring  floodtwith  „  *='  "'«"'-pour  downZmn    ?"-'""'<'  "' 

VVe  a>e  likel/to  ,,e.    v   u I^Jr'"^  "'  '"'  «-  '"om"am.sides.  mingl- 

"- r;i'  :Lrr--  -  crLtr^r -  f--  --■  "ere . 

per  .on, -but  i,  U  n^":""?  P"  "«">"■•    The  oreToM         "P""""".  and  the  out- 
•heprofitsare     eXs    "7"^  '"exhaustible.  ."diHl  ""I '''''- '"■"■  *^ '<>  ^ 
'«en  worked  largl  "In        "'^    '^'"  """e  itself  i    o^  1'°"°'"'''"'  ^"'^"^  ">^ 
"■'••e  h,  July,  .a'   .  3 tTX:,  V"'-    «P"»"ons  wer    .^gurr"""";""'"''  -f  ha, 
e"large„,e„t8,       '       "  *'"<=''  "">«  'here  have  bee'  e.^?        ."■'*'  ""'«' «  <his 
^  -'-here  are  other  valuable  c.a'  ""Provement,  and 

S»h,ef.  rd.  in  one  of  h  stit  reT?"  "'"'«'"  '»'»»<1  «nd  near  r„ 
one  of  .he  most  pro  ific  ' ', , '«  7!'  "P^"»es  the  uelief  tLt  ,h         ":    ^^'^^ernor 
actually  in  sight  is"^.,.  m^.^d  '  t'"'  '"  'he  world.    A    the  iw  >'*' ,°"  "'"  ''«°"'« 
'"  'he  ....ire  Territory""""' '°  ''  -"h  «ve  time,  the  lVZjl:t  ""  °^' 

- «  uimea  states  paid 


As  Gas 

turns  to  S 

a  remark 

terrninatii 

scenery  si 

mountain 

down  the 

latter  on  i 

Glacier  w 

explored  i 

sail  in  fro 

sprung  up 

rock]  gor 

is,  in  fact, 

lessened, 

At  Pyri 

depart  fo 

steamers ; 

these  latit 

darkness. 

We  nov 
the  great 


Northward  Again  and  up  Lynn   Canal. 

As  Gastineaux  Channel  has  not  been  fully  surveyed  above  Juneau,  our  steamer  re- 
turns to  Stephen's  Passage  before  proceeding  northward.  We  soon  reach  Lynn  Canal, 
a  remarkable  fiord  that  extends  sixty  miles  directly  north  into  the  mountains,  there 
terminating  in  two  forks,  named  respecdvely  the  Cliilkaht  and  Chilkoot  Inlets.  The 
scenery  surpasses  in  grandeur  all  that  has  been  seen  in  more  southern  latitudes.  High 
mountains  line  the  shores,  and  no  less  than  nineteen  great  glaciers  pour  their  icy  floods 
down  their  sides.  Two  of  these,  the  Eagle  Glacier  and  the  Davidson  Glacier  —  the 
latter  on  the  west  near  the  head  of  the  channel  —  are  especially  notable.  The  Davidson 
Glacier  was  so  named  in  honor  of  Professor  George  Davidson,  the  astronomer,  who 
explored  its  lower  slopes  in  his  visits  to  the  Chilkaht  country  in  1S67  and  1869.  As  we 
sail  in  front,  the  lower  slopes  of  the  glacier  are  screened  by  a  growth  of  trees  that  has 
sprung  up  on  its  terminal  moraine.  Above  the  trees  it  is  seen  pouring  down  through  a 
rocky  gorge,  below  which  it  spreads  out  like  a  fan  to  the  breadth  of  three  miles.  There 
is,  in  fact,  a  glacier  in  almost  every  ravine;  and,  as  the  supply  of  vegetation  is  greatly 
lessened,  the  really  Arctic  appearance  of  the  latidscape  becomes  very  marked. 

At  Pyramid  Harbor,  which  is  near  one  of  the  Chilkaht  villages  from  which  miners 
depart  for  the  Yukon  country,  is  the  northernmost  point  reached  by  the  Alaska 
steamers ;  viz.,  latitude  59  degrees,  10  minutes,  and  36  seconds.  The  summer  days  in 
these  latitudes  are  notably  long,  there  being  only  two  or  three  hours  of  appreciable 
darkness. 

The  Qreat  Muir  Glacier,  in  Qlacier  Bay. 

We  now  turn  our  attention  to  the  crowning  glory  of  this  veritable  wonderland  — 
the  great  Muir  Glacier,  in  Glacier  Bay.    This  we  reach  by  retracing  our  way  south- 

67 


4 


..,!| 


turn 


ward  through  Lynn  Canal  to  the  point  where  its  waters  mingle  with  those  of  Cross 
Sound  or  Icy  Strait,  from  whence  we  turn  northwestward  into  Glacier  IJay,  an 
indentation  which  extends  about  thirty  miles  in  that  direction,  with  a  breadth  of  from 
eight  to  twelve  miles  in  its  lower  reach,  and  narro*ving  to  about  three  miles  at  its 
upper  end,  where  seven  enormous  glaciers  descend  to  its  waters.  The  peninsula 
enclosed  by  Glacier  Bay,  Cross  Sound,  and  the  Pacific  Ocean,  is  from  thirty  to  forty 
miies  wide,  and  contains  numerous  lofty  mountains,  including  Mounts  Crillon  (15,900 
(eet),  Fairweather  (15,500  feet),  Lituya  (10,000  feet),  D'Agelet  (9,000  feet),  and 
La  Perouse  (11,300  feet).  These  form  the  southern  extremity  of  the  Mount  St.  Elias 
Alps.  All  these  noble  summits  are  seen  from  the  steamer's  deck  while  ascending 
Glacier  Hay,  together  with  the  picturesque  White  Mountains,  which  line  the  east, 
between  Glacier  Bay  and  Lynn  Canal;  but  Mount  St.  Elias  itself  is  too  far  north  to 
be  visible.  Vancouver  found  a  wall  of  ice  extending  across  the  mouth  of  the  bay  in 
1794,  and  it  was  not  until  1S80  that  Glacier  Bay  occupied  a  place  on  any  printed 
map.  Near  the  mouth  of  the  bay  is  a  group  of  low  islands  named  after  Commander 
Bcardslee,  of  the  United  States  Navy,  and  composed  of  loose  material,  evidently 
glacial  debris.  Willoughby  Island,  near  the  middle  of  the  bay,  is  a  bare  rock,  about 
two  miles  long  and  1,500  feet  high,  showing  glacial  furrows  and  polished  surfaces  from 
the  bottom  to  the  top.  The  Muir  Glacier  enters  an  inlet  of  the  same  name,  near  the 
head  of  the  bay,  in  latitude  58  degrees,  50  minutes  north,  and  longitude  136  degrees, 
40  minutes  west  of  Greenwich.  It  was  named  for  Professor  John  Muir,  the  Pacific 
Coast  geologist,  who  in  1879  was,  with  Kev.  S.  Hall  Young,  of  Fort  Wrangel,  the 
first  to  explore  the  glacier.  It  was  not  until  1883  that  Captain  Carroll  began  bringing 
tourists  hither. 
The  glacier  enters  the  sea  with  a  gigantic  front  two  or  three  hundred  feet  above  thp 

68 


water,  an| 
land  huge 
Hill  Mot 
eautiful 
;randeur 
ice  mouni 
discharge 
ing  report 
lery,  when 
within  the 
that  is  he 
great  pinn 
somersaul 
elements  c 
rock  the  h 
val  of  ten 
are  mount 
more  elevj 
produced 
thick.    Tl 
dences  of 
On  either 
streams,  v 
On  the  w< 
uncoverec 


of  Cross 

Uay,   an 

I  of  from 

les  at  its 

peninsula 

'  to  forty 

n  (15,900 

:et),    and 

St.  Elias 

iscending 

the  east, 

north  to 

le  bay  in 

printed 

imandcr 

idenlly 

, about 

OS  from 

ear  the 

egrees, 

Pacific 

el,  the 

ringing 

)ve  the 


water,  and  a  mile  wide.  Imagine  a  wall  of  blue  ice,  splintered  into  columns,  spires, 
and  huge  crystal  masses,  with  grottoes,  crevices,  and  recesses,  higher  than  lUmker 
Hill  Monument,  and  of  such  far-reaching  extent  I  It  is  a  spectacle  that  is  strangely 
)eautiful  in  its  variety  of  form  and  depth  of  color,  and  at  the  same  time  awful  in  its 
grandeur  and  suggestion  of  power.  And  not  alone  is  the  sight  awe-inspiring.  The 
ice  mountain  is  almost  constantly  breaking  to  pieces  with  sounds  that  resemble  the 
discharge  of  heavy  guns  or  the  reverberations  of  thunder.  At  times  an  almost  deafen- 
ing report  is  heard,  or  a  succession  of  them,  like  the  belching  of  a  whole  park  of  ariil- 
ery,  when  no  outward  effect  is  seen.  It  is  the  breaking  apart  of  great  masses  of  ice 
within  the  glacier.  Then  some  huge  berg  topples  over,  with  a  roar  and  gigantic  plash 
that  is  heard  and  felt  for  miles,  the  waters  being  thrown  aloft  in  clouds  of  spray.  A 
great  pinnacle  of  ice  is  seen  bobbing  about  in  a  wicked  fashion,  perchance  turning  a 
somersault  in  the  flood  before  it  settles  down  to  battle  for  life  with  the  sun  and  the 
dements  on  its  seaward  cruise.  The  waves  created  by  all  this  terrible  commotion  even 
rock  the  huge  steamer,  and  wash  the  shores  miles  away.  There  is  scarcely  an  inter- 
val of  ten  minutes  in  the  day  or  night  without  some  exhibition  of  this  kind.  There 
are  mountains  each  side  of  the  glacier,  the  ones  upon  the  right  or  east  shore  being 
more  elevated.  High  up  on  the  bare  walls  are  seen  the  scoriated  and  polished  surfaces 
produced  by  glacial  action^  indicating  that  once  the  ic€  stream  was  thoimands  of  feet 
thick.  The  present  glacier  is  retrograding  quite  rapidly,  as  may  be  seen  by  many  evi- 
dences of  its  former  extent,  as  well  as  by  the  concurrent  testimony  of  earlier  visitors. 
On  either  side  is  a  moraine  half  a  niile  wide,  furrowed  and  slashed  by  old  glacial 
streams,  which  have  given  place  to  others  higher  up  the  defile  as  the  glacier  recedes. 
On  the  west  side  the  stumps  of  an  ancient  forest,  supposed  to  be  prc-glacial,  have  been 
uncovered.    Notwithstanding  the  contiguity  of  the  ice  and  the  generally  frigid  sur- 

69 


"M:l 


i 
I; 


roundings,  blue  bells  and  other  flowers  are  found  blooming.  In  the  centre  of  the  ice 
stream,  about  two  miles  from  its  snout,  is  an  island  of  rock,  the  summit  of  sor  ^  peak 
the  great  glacier  mill  has  not  yet  ground  down. 

Professor  George  Frederick  Wright,  who  has  a  world-wide  fame  on  account  of  his 
investigations  of  ancient  glacial  action,  devoted  a  month's  study  to  the  Muir  Glacier 
in  1886,  and  made  some  interesting  experiments  to  determine  its  rapidity  of  motion. 
The  main  body  of  the  glacier,  says  Professor  Wright,  occupies  a  vast  amphitheatre, 
with  diameters  ranging  from  thirty  to  forty  miles.  Nine  main  streams  of  ice  unite  to 
form  the  grand  trunk  of  the  glacier,  These  branches  come  from  every  direction  north 
of  the  east  and  west  line  across  the  mouth  of  the  glacier;  and  no  less  than  seventeen 
sub-branches  can  be  seen  coming  in  to  join  the  main  streams  from  the  mountains  near 
the  rim  of  the  amphitheatre,  making  twenty-six  in  all.  The  width  of  the  ice  where  the 
glacier  breaks  through  between  the  mountains  is  10,664  feet;  but  the  water  front,  as 
previously  remarked,  is  only  a  mile  wide.  The  central  part  of  the  mass  moves  more 
rapidly  than  the  sides,  and  formerly  extended  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  beyond  the 
corners.  It  should  be  said  that  the  front  frequently  changes  its  aspect,  in  consequence 
of  the  breaking  away  of  huge  masses.  Last  summer  the  sides  i)rojected  beyond  the 
centre  section.  The  depth  of  the  water  300  yards  south  of  the  ice  front,  according  to 
Captain  Hunter,  is  516  feet  near  the  middle  of  the  channel.  In  recent  years  a  still 
greater  depth  has  been  noted  by  Captain  Carroll,  a  short  distance  in  front  of  the 
glacier.  Professor  Wright's  measurements  showed  the  front  to  be  250  feet  high  at  the 
extremity  of  the  projecting  angle.  Gleaming  masses  of  crystal,  veritable  icebergs, 
wrenched  from  the  descending  glacier,  float  about  the  bay,  driven  hither  and  thither 
by  wind  and  tide.  As  from  five-eighths  to  seven-eighths  of  the  bulk  of  an  iceberg  ari; 
supposed  to  be  beneath  the  surface,  some  of  these  bergs  must  be  of  huge  proportions. 

70 


The  mej 
rate  of 
rememb< 
Saussur( 
of  the  S^ 
ice  strea 
different 
That  a  st 
feet  wide 
feet  per 
making  a 

In  the  ! 
Clevelanc 
conclusioi 
fessor  Wr 

The  ste 
enough, h 
for  a  land 


Leaving 
Alaska.    ' 
the  other 
chagoff  at 
Kruzoff  I 


The  measurements  made  by  Professor  Wright  and  his  companions  to  determine  the 
rate  of  motion  developed  some  interesting  facts.  In  this  connection  it  should  be 
remembered  that  the  calculations  made  as  to  the  rapidity  of  glacial  movement  by  De 
Saussure,  Agassiz,  Tyndall,  and  others  have  been  based  upon  measurements 
of  the  Swiss  glaciers,  which  are  small  and  shallow,  when  compared  with  the  enormous 
ice  streams  of  Alaska,  Greenland,  and  the  polar  seas.  Observations  made  upon 
different  sections  of  the  Muir  Glacier  led  Professor  Wright  to  these  conclusions : 
That  a  stream  of  ice,  presenting  a  cross-section  of  about  5,000,000  square  feet  (5,000 
feet  wide  by  about  1,000  feet  deep),  is  entering  the  inlet  at  an  average  rate  of  forty 
feet  per  day  (seventy  feet  in  the  centre,  and  ten  feet  near  the  margin  of  movement), 
making  about  200,000,000  cubic  feet  per  day  during  the  month  of  August. 

In  the  summer  of  1890,  Professor  Reed,  of  the  Case  School  of  Applied  Science, 
Cleveland,  O.,  made  an  elaborate  series  of  observations,  and  was  led  to  different 
conclusions.  His  opinion  is  that  the  glacier  flows  at  a  much  kss  rapid  rate  than  Pro- 
fessor Wright's  figures  would  indicate. 

The  steamer  generally  approaches  the  glacier  front  to  within  a  safe  distance,  near 
enough,  however,  for  a  close  examination  of  its  formidable  wall,  and  there  is  also  time 
for  a  landing  and  a  limited  exploration  of  its  surface  and  surroundings. 

Sitka. 

Leaving  Glacier  Hay  with  reluctance,  we  shall  steam  away  for  Sitka,  the  capital  of 
Alaska.  There  are  two  routes  thither — one  through  Cross  Sound,  or  Icy  Strait,  and 
the  other  through  Peril  Strait,  or  Pogibshi  Ch  mrcl.  Peril  Strait  lies  between  Chi- 
chagoff  and  IJaranoff  Islands.  .Sitka  is  on  the  western  shore  of  the  latter,  inside 
Kruzoff  Island.     It   is    very  picturesquely    situated,  with  a  noble    background  of 

71 


■m' 


m 
I 

fast 


mountains,  while  the  bay  is  dotted  with  scores  of  beautiful  green  islands.  Across  the 
bay  on  Kruzoif  Island  is  the  extinct  volcano,  Mount  Edgecumbe,  2,800  feet  in  eleva- 
tion. Mount  Verstovaia  rises  sentinel  over  the  town,  to  a  height  of  3,2 1 2  feet.  Mount 
Edgecumbe  (and  also  Mount  Fairweather)  received  its  name  from  the  intrepid  naviga- 
tor, Captain  James  Cook,  who  visited  these  shores  in  May,  1778,  in  the  course  of  his 
third  and  last  voyage  to  the  Pacific  Ocean.  Sitka  was  founded  in  1804  by  Baron 
Haranoff,  the  first  Russian  governor  of  Russian  America,  four  years  after  his  original 
settlement  at  Starri  Gavan  Bay  —  a  few  miles  north  of  the  present  site  —  had  been 
destroyed  by  the  natives,  in  the  first  year  of  its  existence.  There  are  many  reminders 
of  Russian  occupation,  the  chief  of  which  are  the  old  Baranoff  Castle  —  a  plain-looking 
block  edifice,  which  stands  on  Katalan's  Rock,  near  the  water  —  and  Se  Greek  Church. 
The  castle  is  the  third  edifice  erected  on  the  same  site  by  the  i^ussians,  the  first 
having  been  burned,  and  the  second  destroyed  by  an  earthquake.  Several  other  large 
structures,  built  during  Russian  occupancy,  remain  and  serve  for  barracks,  court  rooms, 
etc.  The  principal  street  of  the  town,  and  almost  its  only  one,  extends  from  the 
wharf  to  the  Greek  Church,  and  then,  bending  around  the  corner  of  that  notable 
edifice,  winds  along  the  beach  to  the  Presbyterian  Mission. 

If  the  visitor  continues  his  walk  in  that  direction,  he  will  discover  a  romantic  path 
throu^^h  the  woods  by  Indian  River.  A  little  square  at  he  left  of  the  main  street  near 
the  water,  —  beyond  which  is  the  modest  residence  of  the  governor  of  the  Territory, — 
was  once  a  Russian  shipyard.  Stretching  along  the  shore  to  the  left  is  the  native  town 
or  rauc/ierie^  where  800  or  1,000  Sitkans  live  in  the  peculiar  kind  of  frame  houses  com- 
mon to  other  parts  of  Southern  Alaska.  Nothing  in  the  form  of  totem  poles  is  seen  here, 
although  the  Sitkans,  once  a  powerful,  insolent,  and  really  dangerous  tribe,  have  many 
customs  common  to  other  Alaskan  peoples.    A  small  part  of  the  old  stockade  which 

72 


kept  the  natives  without  the  Russian  town  after  prescribed  hours  still  remains, 
although  most  of  the  barricade  was  destroyed  after  the  withdrawal  of  the  American 
troops  in  1877.  ^"  the  slopes  back  of  the  native  rancherie  are  the  burial-grounds  of 
the  Russians  and  the  Sitkans,  and  the  remains  of  an  old  block  house  that  commanded 
an  angle  of  the  stockade.  Katalaii's  Rock  bears  the  name  of  an  ancient  chief  who 
had  his  habitation  there.  The  Greek  Church,  with  its  green  roof  and  bulging  spire,  is 
the  most  picturesque  edifice  in  the  town,  and  is  one  of  the  chief  centres  of  attraction. 
It  contains  some  quaint  pictures  on  ivory,  with  settings  of  silver  and  other  metal. 
Although  few  Russiar.s  are  left  in  Alaska,  the  Russian  government  expends  about 
$50,000  a  year  in  maintaining  this  church  and  others  at  Kodiak  and  Ounalaska.  In  the 
belfrey  is  a  chime  of  six  sweet-toned  bells  brought  from  Moscow.  The  old  Russian 
mill  still  stands  beyond  the  church;  but  the  tea  garden,  clubhouse,  and  racecourse 
are  decayed  and  practically  forgotten.  The  Presbyterian  Mission  established  in  1877 
by  Rev.  Sheldon  Jackson,  D.  D.,  and  Mrs.  A.  R.  McFarland,  and  now  under  the 
charge  of  Rev.  Alonzo  £.  Austin,  is  the  largest  in  Alaska. 

The  Return  Trip. 

Sitka  is  accounted  the  end  of  the  northward  voyage,  although  situated  many  miles 
south  of  Glacier  Bay  and  Pyramid  Harbor.  We  have  yet  nearly  1,000  miles  of  water 
passage  to  accomplish  before  reaching  Victoria,  Port  Townsend,  and  the  other  Puget 
Sound  points.  Our  track  will  be  in  the  main  over  the  same  magnificent  course  we 
have  come,  with  the  omission  of  the  more  northward  portion.  There  will  perhaps  be 
landings  at  several  points,  including  Juneau  and  Fort  Wrangel,  although  this  is  not 
certain,  and  the  trip  will  possess  fresh  interest  from  the  fact  that  much  uf  the  scenery 
missed  in  the  night  during  the  north-bound  passage  will  now  be  visible.    Even  with 

73 


Eh; 


the  same  grand  scenes  to  gaze  upon  and  nothing  else,  the  experience  would  be  enchant- 
ing  ;  for  the  grand  panorama  along  the  Alaskan  and  British  Columbian  coast  is  match> 
less  in  its  beauty,  variety,  and  true  grandeur.  The  return  will  occ  y  five  or  six  days, 
but  the  exact  times  of  arrival  or  departure  cannot  be  predicted  ^vith  any  degree  of 
exactitude  in  a  voyage  of  such  extent.  It  is  expected  that  the  Puget  Sound  ports  will 
be  reached  not  later  than  Saturday,  June  i8,  and  possibly  by  Thursday,  June  i6. 

Port  Townsend. 

As  we  paid  a  visit  to  Victoria  before  going  to  Alaska,  we  shall  on  our  return  make  a 
brief  call  at  that  city,  and  continue  on  to  the  American  ports  on  Puget  Sound,  the  first 
of  which  is  Port  Townsend,  situated  at  the  head  of  the  Strait  of  Juan  de  Fuca,  and 
the  port  of  ent.y  for  the  whole  Puget  Sound  district.  With  every  possible  advantage 
in  the  way  of  situation  and  climate,  and  with  the  prospect  of  early  railroad  communica- 
tion with  the  rest  of  the  world,  this  place  is  making  very  rapid  progress.  The  Port 
Townsend  Southern  Railway  extends  southward  into  the  Olympic  Mountains  over  a 
route  of  great  picturesqueness. 

Seattle. 

From  Port  Townsend  we  proceed  to  Seattle,  the  remarkable  city  that  has  been 
built  up  on  the  east  shores  of  the  sound  —  twice  built  up,  in  fact  —  nearly  the  entire 
business  section  of  the  place  having  been  destroyed  by  fire  in  June,  1889.  The  new 
Seattle  is  more  substantial  and  handsomer  than  the  old  one,  and  in  many  ways  a  grati* 
fying  indication  of  the  pluck,  energy,  and  business  enterprise  of  her  citizens.  With  a 
population  of  43,914,  according  to  the  late  census,  against  4.533  ^^  1S80,  the  city  is 
already  one  of  the  leading  Pacific  Coast  points,  and  its  many  interests  are  constantly 
increasing  in  importance.     Nearly  $7,000,000  were  expended  in  1S89  in  the  erec- 

74 


ir 


tion  of  new  buildings ;  while  in  street  railways,  street  grading,  and  other  public 
improvements,  a  further  sum  was  added,  making  an  aggregate  expenditure  of 
$13,547,979  in  a  single  year.  In  the  city  and  suburbs,  no  less  than  3,465  buildings 
were  constructed.  Some  of  the  schools,  churches,  and  several  of  the  public  buildings 
—  notably  the  County  Court  House  —  are  imposing  edifices.  Numerous  railway 
lines  enter  here,  and  there  are  also  steamer  connections  with  near  and  distant  points. 
The  Northern  Pacific  Railroad  Company  has  a  line  runi.mg  to  Tacoma,  and  there 
are  also  several  lines  of  steamboats  between  the  two  cities.  Seattle  is  charmingly 
situated  betv/een  the  waters  of  the  sound  and  Lake  Washington,  a  body  of  fresh  water 
thirty  miles  in  length. 

It  may  be  deemed  advisable  to  divide  the  party  for  the  visits  to  Seattle  and  Tacoma. 
Both  cities  will  be  included,  one  section  seeing  Seattle  first  and  the  other  Tacoma. 


fi 


Tacoma. 


At  the  head  of  Puget  Sound  lies  another  beautiful  city — Tacoma  —  which  had 
scarcely  an  existence  a  dozen  years  ago.  In  1880  the  number  of  inhabitants  was  1,098. 
In  1890  it  was  35,858.  This  place  derived  much  of  its  early  importance  from  being  the 
terminus  of  the  Northern  Pacific  Railroad,  which  line,  however,  is  now  connected  with 
all  other  important  points  on  the  Northwest  Pacific  Coast.  Its  manufacturing  interests 
are  large  and  constantly  increasing.  The  city  occupies  a  high  bluff,  overlooking  the 
sound  and  the  Puyallup  Valley,  at  the  head  of  which  stands  the  giant  snow  peak  of 
Mount  Tacoma  {14,444  feet  elevation).  Many  of  the  new  buildings,  including  the 
Opera  House  block,  are  really  magnificent,  and  there  are  also  a  great  number  of 
handsome  residences.    The  buildings  erected  in  a  single  year  (1889)  cost  $5,901,195. 

75 


ii: 


New  and  costly  hotels  are  being  erected  both  in  Tacoma  and  Seattle.    During  our 
vbit  to  Tacoma  the  party  will  make  its  headquarters  at  The  Tacoma. 

Over  the  Cascade  Division  of  the  Northern  Pacific  Railroad. 

We  shall  leave  Tacoma  and  Seattle  on  our  homeward  journey,  via  the  Northern 
Pacific  Railroad,  Tuesday,  June  21.  The  first  part  of  our  trip  will  lie  over  the  pictur- 
esque Cascade  Division  of  this  great  transcontinental  line.  The  section  of  Western 
Washington  traversed  is  mountainous,  and  the  views  are  greatly  diversified.  The 
traveler  first  ascends  the  fruitful  Puyallup  Valley,  the  great  hop-growing  region  of  the 
Pacific  Coast,  where,  in  the  hop-picking  season,  the  strange  sight  is  presented  of 
2,000  or  more  Indians  laboring  in  the  fields,  some  of  the  copper-skinned  workers 
coming  many  hundred  miles  to  gain  employment.  The  great  snow  dome  of  Mount 
Tacoma  is  seen  ahead  of  us,  and  in  varying  aspects  as  we  speed  along,  now  west  of 
this  monarch  of  the  hills,  and  then  north.  Many  magnificent  views  are  had  of  this 
massive  mountain  and  of  the  nearer  hills.  At  South  Prairie  and  beyond,  we  are  in 
proximity  to  the  great  coal  fields  of  the  State.  The  ascent  of  the  Green  River 
discloses  some  charming  canon  scenery.  This  is  a  clear  mountain  stream  which  takes 
its  rise  in  the  Cascade  range.  At  an  elevation  of  2,809  ^^et  we  pass  thiough  the 
Stampede  Tunnel,  which  has  an  extent  of  9,850  feet  and  is  lighted  by  electricity. 

We  descend  on  the  east  side  of  the  Cascade  range  into  the  broad  valley  of  the 
Yakima  River,  which  is  reached  withm  five  miles  of  the  tunnel,  and  followed  for  165 
miles.  This  stream  is  from  200  to  300  feet  wide  for  much  of  the  way,  and  forms  one 
of  the  most  important  tributaries  of  the  Columbia.  About  seventy  miles  east  of  the 
Cascade  range  we  pass  through  the  Yakima  Caflon,  which  is  about  fifteen  miles  long. 
Ellensburg,  the  county  seat  of  Kittitas,  is  the  first  town  of  importance  reached  after 

76 


crossing  the  mountains,  although  several  new  places  are  springing  into  existence  in 
the  vicinity  of  the  coal  mines.  Ellensburg  is  one  of  the  growing  cities  of  ihe  young 
State,  and,  notwithstanding  its  devastation  by  fire  in  1S89, is  a  populous  aul  handsome 
place.  North  Yakima,  thirty-six  miles  farther  east,  is  another  stirring  town.  It  is 
situated  near  the  Yakima  Indian  reservation. 

Eastern   Washington. 

Crossing  the  Columbia  River  near  Pasco,  we  traverse  two  growing  counties  of 
Washington —  \Vhitman  and  Spokane.  In  the  latter,  more  especially,  several  impor- 
tant towns  have  come  into  being  along  the  road,  including  Sprague,  Cheney,  and 
Spokane  F.ills,  the  latter  being  the  only  one  of  the  three  that  hi^d  any  existence  before 
the  railway  was  built.  Cheney  contains  a  handsome  academy,  the  gift  of  IJenjamin  P. 
Cheney,  of  Boston,  in  whose  honor  the  town  was  named.  Spokane  Falls  is  a  large  and 
flourishing  city,  which,  like  Seattle  and  Ellensburg,  has  suffered  a  baptism  of  fire. 
The  place  has  been  rebuilt  in  a  more  substantial  way  than  ever,  and  has  already  taken 
its  stand  among  the  most  enterprising  and  important  cities  of  the  far  West.  Of  its 
20,000  population,  three-quarters  have  been  acquired  in  three  years,  and  19,000  in  five 
years.  Long  lines  of  magnificent  business  blocks  line  the  principal  streets,  and  there 
is  on  every  hand  evidences  of  thrift  and  prosperity. 

Idaho. 

Nineteen  miles  east  of  Spokane  Falls  the  boundary  line  between  Washington  and 
the  newest  State  of  the  American  confederation  —  Idaho  —  is  crossed.  The  Northern 
Pacific  Railway  traverses  a  very  narrow  strip  of  the  northern  part  of  the  last-named 
State,  the  distance  from  the  western  border  to  the  eastern  being  about  seventy-eight 

77 


'ii 


:.'^ 


•il)«lliU»a«MllMu«. 


!' 

% 

».'! 


milas  only.  Rounding  the  upper  extremity  uf  Lake  Pcnd  d'Ortille,  the  road  ascends 
Clark's  Fork,  a.  turbulent  stream  which  flows  down  through  a  succession  of  wild 
gorjjes,  to  the  Bitter  Root  iVJountfJris.  At  Hope,  which  is  on  the  sliores  of  the  lake, 
railway  time  advances  an  hour  —  trom  Pacific  to  Mountain  standard.  The  new  State 
of  Idaho  has  84,2.19  inhabitants,  accordiujj  to  the  recent  census. 

Montana. 

Near  Clark's  Fork  station  we  pa's  out  of  Idaho  and  into  the  new  State  of  Montana^ 
which,  with  its  143,776  square  inilc-?,  is  very  nearly  as  large  as  the  great  States  of  New 
York,  Pennsylvania,  and  Illinois  combined.  It  ha?  more  than  1,000,000  acrts  in  excess 
of  the  whole  of  New  England.  There  arc  in  Montana  nearly  40,000,000  acres  of 
gruzing  bnd.t,  and  16,000^000  acreii  which  are  suitabl-j  for  farming,  in  addition  to  its 
vast  we^  »  in  mines.  The  railroad  traveler  is  likely  to  declare  that  the  region  is  i)racti. 
c.\lly  ttcelcjis,  and  yet  the  State  cotitains  poless  tian  14,000,000  acres  of  forests,  or  more 
than  are  comprised  in  the  State  of  Michigan,  i  <  the  total  area  of  Montana,  the  Indian 
--•servations  lake  up  58,oor  square  miles,  or  about  two-fiftha  of  the  whole.  Of  the 
entire  number  of  Indians  ip  th-.  United  Siates,  upwards  of  250,000,  Mo/tana  is  credited 
v/ith  about.  20,000.  Monti  na  was  organir.ed  as  a  Tcritory  in  i{JC4, a  year  after  Idaho; 
and  until  )i8So  there  was  no^  a  mile  of  railroad  within  its  borders.  It  was  admitted  to 
statehood  in  1889,  and  \n  1890  was  ^icdiied  with  a  population  of  131,769.  Entering 
Montana  in  the  extreme  northwestern  cornci-,  v»e  reach  Heron,  a  t"^wn  of  several  hun- 
dred inhabitants,  in  the  midst  of  a  forest.  Uefore  the  railroad  came.  Heron  had  no 
existence.  Nov.!; ward  of  Horse  Plains,  and  extending  along  the  Jocko  and  Pend 
d'Orei'.le  Rivers  for  a  distance  of  sixty  miles,  is  a  reservation  of  the  Flathead  Indians. 

The  Bitter  Root  Mountain*  v.vsre   pierced    on   entering    Montana,   wliere   Clark's 

78 


Fork  makes  its  way  through.  One  hundred  and  thirty-five  miles  east  of  Ilercm, 
and  fourteen  miles  west  of  Missoula,  the  Coriacan  Defile  is  reached,  and  the  track 
crosses  Marent  Gulch  by  means  of  a  trestle  bridge  866  feet  long  and  226  feet 
high.  A  little  farther  on  are  other  trestle  bridges,  one  of  which  is  112  feet  high. 
Missoula,  the  county  seat  of  Missoula  county,  is  beautifully  situated  at  the  western 
gateway  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  on  the  north  side  of  Missoula  River,  near  its 
junction  with  the  Hitter  Root  and  the  Hell  Gate.  It  was  formerly  an  isolated  and 
remote  frontier  post,  but  the  railroad  has  made  of  it  a  stirring  town.  1  he  country  sur- 
rounding this  place  has  been  the  scene  of  many  fierce  conflicts  between  the  Klatheads 
and  the  lUackfeet  Indians.  We  are  now  approaching  the  main  range  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  although  the  actual  continental  divide  lies  106  miles  east  of  Missoul.i. 
The  road  follows  up  Hell  Gate  River,  passing  through  Hell  Gate  Caflon,  which,  how- 
ever, is  less  of  a  caflon  than  a  valley,  being  from  two  to  three  miles  wide.  The 
scenery  is,  nevertheless,  very  bold  and  picturesque,  the  pass  Ijeing  guarded  by  rock* 
ribbed  mountains.  We  are  in  the  midst  of  a  placer-mining  region ;  and  the  river, 
ordinarily  clear,  is  in  summer  stained  by  the  deposits  of  dirt  from  the  tributary  streams, 
along  which  many  mining-camps  are  located.  Some  of  the  mines  are  very  rich  ;  and  a 
large  amount  of  the  gold  production  of  Montana,  amounting  to  nearly  $9,000,000 
annually,  has  come  therefrom.  Near  Gold  Creek,  a  little  distance  west  of  Garrison, 
the  "last  spike  "was  driven  Sept.  8,  1883,  uniting  the  two  ends  of  the  Northern  Pacific 
Railroad.  There  is  some  grand  mountain  scenery  in  this  vicinity,  the  snow-covered 
peaks  of  Mount  Powell  being  prominent  south  of  the  railroad. 

CrosHing  the  Rocky  Mountains  at  the  Mullan  Tunnel,  which  has  an  elevation  of 
5,548  feet  above  the  sea,  we  descend  the  eastern  slopes  of  the  great  continental  divide, 
and  approach  Helena.    This  city,  with  a  population  of  about  15,000,  is  situated  at  the 

79 


# 


eastern  base  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  and  on  both  sidm  dt  the  famous  LjwT 
Gulch,  which  yielded  over  $ic/x>o,ooo  i»orth  of  nugg«tii  swMl  gdkl  dust.  Helena  '^^ 
tains  many  handsome  buildings,  and  is  the  commercial  and  lliiiHd<t  mfH^t.  of  the  n<*v« 
State,  as  well  a»  its  capital.  Continuing  eastward  from  If4l«na,  the  iCMMl  pAWMW 
through  a  mining  region,  and  forty-two  miles  from  that  city  crosMt  the  MMeoi»fi 
River.  It  follows  up  that  stream,  amid  much  wild  scenery,  to  Gallatin  City,  liiiipe  the 
three  rivers  forming  the  Missouri,  viz. :  the  Gallatin,  MactiMM,  and  Jefferson,  uflite. 
We  keep  on  through  the  Gallatin  Valley,  and  120  miles  from  Helena  reach  Bozemiiin, 
another  flourishing  and  bustling  town.  This  place  was  estak^hed  in  18C4,  fm^ 
named  in  honor  of  John  Hozeman,  an  old  frontiersman  who  lost  hie  life  at  the  handfi 
of  the  Indians  in  1867.  The  city  ])resent8  an  attractive  appearance,  and  he  mountain 
scenery  in  the  vicinitf  is  very  charming.  Aaeendtn^  throttg^  Koek  Calk>n,  we  cross 
the  llelt  range  of  mountains  at  an  elevation  '»f  5,'-  i  feet  aUive  the  sea  level.  Near 
the  summit  the  hills  »•  phftudl  hy  a  tunnel  i.soo  t«;rt  m  kngth.  Ltvmgston,  the 
di  -erging  point  fur  YiWuwHii  Fwrk  travelers,  aM  a  iarg«»  and  growing  town,  will  be 
reached  early  '1  hursday  morning. 

Up  the  Yeliovtrstone  VMii|f« 

From  LivingHton  a  branch  of  the  Northerly  Pacific  KaHi'— <  «rteil<ii1l#W  IMtow 
stone  Valley  to  Cinnabar,  a  distance  of  fifty^one  miles,  and  there  is  a  stsife  rMe  «l  cmly 
seven  miles  from  thence  to  the  Mammoth  Hot  Sprinpk  The  scenery  alm«r  this  part 
of  the  Ilro  is  bold  and  striking.  The  road  passes  through  the  lower  am  middle 
cafluns,  both  of  which  would  be  considered  grand  sights,  except  hi  comparison  with 
the  far  grandei  scenes  within  the  park.  We  are  already  amid  the  mountains;  and  at 
the  upper  end  of  Paradise  Valley  the  massive  form  of  Immigrant  Fei^  H0M  ^eet  in 

80 


1 


height,  becomes  a  prominent  landmark.  The  chief  objects  of  interest  above  this  point 
are  the  Sphinx  and  the  "  Devil's  Slide."  The  latter  consists  of  two  enormous  dikes  of 
trap-rock  on  the  steep  slopes  of  Cinnabar  Mountain. 

The  Yellowstone  National  Park. 

The  reservation  known  as  the  Yellowstone  National  Park,  set  apart  for  public  uses 
uy  an  act  of  Congress  passed  in  1S72,  originally  covered  a  tract  of  about  sixty-five  miles 
n  length,  from  north  to  south,  and  about  ftfty-five  miles  in  width,  from  east  to  west, 
fi.  ''iefly  in  Northwestern  Wyoming,  and  over-lapping,  to  a  small  extent,  the 
botwc  to^y  of  Montana,  on  the  north,  and  of  Idaho,  on  the  west.  This  gave  an  area  of 
ii|»o«»t  3,575  square  miles,  a  tract  that  was  nearly  as  large  as  the  States  of  Rhode 
Irta^d  and  Delaware  combined,  and  nearly  half  as  laige  as  the  State  of  Massachusetts. 
Toflrta  was  added  in  1891  a  forest  reservation  of  nearly  2,000  square  miles,  compiis- 
ing  tSt4iC9«ntry  adjacent  to  the  former  park  on  the  south  and  east.  Thus  the  area  of 
the  Mil^fMil  reservation  has  been  extended  eight  miles  south  and  ai^out  twenty-tour 
miles  4NiMr  The  name  "park  "  is  perhaps  mish;ading,  as  it  is  exceedingly  divcrsined, 
contains  /  lumerous  parks,  or  o|)en  tracts,  as  the  name  "park"  has  been  bestowed 
in  the  fl»<>\»»uain  sections  of  Colorado,  t)esides  high  mountains  and  beautiful  lakes.  The 
Ko(  ky  liMMIiiin  chain  crosses  the  southwestern  portion  in  an  irregular  line,  leaving 
li^r  far  tb<  l^^eater  expanse  on  the  eastern  side.  The  lowest  elevation  of  any  of  the 
narrgiwalUx' >^  ^^^^^^  f^^^ '^'^(l ''""'^  °^  them  are  from  1.000  to  j.oou  feet  higlur. 
ThcMMMNiin  ranges  which  hem  in  these  valleys  ara  from  10,000  to  upwards  of  1  r.ooo 
teat  in  llii|l»,y>lcctric  Peak  (in  the  northwest  corner  of  the  pat k,  not  far  back  of 
Mammcih  Hot  prings)  having  an  elevation  of  1 1,300  feet.  The  drainage  of  the  paik 
area  is   divi  icd  among  three  distinct  systems  —  the   Yellowstone   Kiver,  which   has 

81 


Hi 


nff 


i 


about  three-fifths  and  runs  in  a  sinuous  coursf)  from  the  southeast  to  the  northwest 
corner  of  the  park,  mainly  through  deep  canons,  and  the  Madison  and  Snake  Rivers, 
Mhich  have  about  one-fifth  each.  In  1871  Dr.  F.  V.  Hayden  made  his  preliminary 
survey,  the  report  of  which  prompted  Congress  to  set  aside  the  tract  as  a  public  park. 
Since  that  time  Dr.  Ilayden  and  his  assistants  have  made  further  surveys  of  the 
region,  and  his  twelfth  annual  report  for  1S78  (issued  in  1883)  gives  the  fullest  infor- 
mation about  the  park  yet  published,  tor  several  years  past  Mr.  Arnold  Hague, 
with  a  corps  of  scientific  assistants,  has  been  making  a  series  of  careful  surveys 
of  the  region.  "  The  numbers  of  geysers,  hot  springs,  mud  pots,  and  paint  pots,"  said 
Mr.  Hague  in  1887,  "exceed  3,500;  and  if  to  these  be  added  the  fttmarolts 
and  solfataras^  the  number  of  active  vents  would  probably  be  doubled."  The  same 
authority  enumerates  seventy-five  active  geysers  in  the  four  principal  basins. 

The  park  is  undtr  the  care  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  and  the  present  super, 
intendcnt  is  Captain  George  S.  Anderson,  of  the  United  States  Cavalry.  The  regula- 
tions  against  the  marring  or  removal  of  geyser  or  hot  spring  deposits  are  necessarily 
strict,  and  are  impartially  enforced. 

Mammoth  Hot  Springs. 

We  shal'.  first  viiii  Mammoth  Hot  Springs,  arriving  there  early  Thursday  afternoon, 
and  remaining  unt*!  the  ensuing  day. 

The  springs  have  build  up  a  series  of  remarkable  terraces  on  the  weit  side  of  a  little 
plateau,  or  basin,  1,000  feet  above  the  Gardiner  River,  into  which  their  waters  flow. 
On  the  opposite  side  of  the  river  rises  the  long,  rugged  mass  of  Mount  Kvarts,  which 
has  an  elevation  of  7,600  feet,  1,213  ^'^^^  higher  than  the  hotel.  The  whole  plateau 
and  the  steep  slopes  extending  down  to  the  river  are  mainly  composed  of  carbonate  of 
lime  deposits,  resulting  from  springs  now  extinct.    There  are  no  active  geyvers  at 


the  present  time  in  this  basin;  but  two  large  cones  of  extinct  a|)rings  stand  at  no 
great  distance  from  the  hotel,  and  are  almost  (he  first  objects  to  attract  attention. 
These  are  "Liberty  Cap,"  an  isolated  shaft  forty-five  feet  in  height  and  twenty  feet  in 
diameter  at  its  base,  and  the  **  Oiant's  l  humb,"  or  "Liberty  Cap  No.  2,"  about  100 
yards  distant  and  smaller.  Hoth  show  signs  of  considerable  age,  and  are  gradually 
crumbling  away.  All  around  are  a  number  of  shallow  l)asins;  and  in  other  parts  of 
the  plateau  are  cavities  and  caverns,  from  which  hot  springs  probably  tlowed  at  some 
period  more  or  less  remote.  The  beautiful  teriaccs,  now  in  prt)ccss  of  forn>ation  jnst 
below  the  active  springs,  are  the  most  interesting  object;*  to  be  seen,  however.  Ihe 
recent  deposits,  on  which  the  sprmj;s  are  at  present  foinul,  occupy  al)ont  170  acres,  ami 
the  total  area  covered  by  the  travertine  is  rb«)ut  two  scpiare  miles.  There  arc  scvcnty- 
five  active  springs,  varying  in  temperature  from  80  to  165  degrees  l-'alinMiheit,  In  all  of 
which  algx  have  beeti  found  growing.  This  vegetation,  according  to  the  investigations 
of  Mr.  Walter  IL  Weed,  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey,  has  been  found  to 
play  an  important  part  in  the  formation  of  the  travertine,  and  in  pro<lucing  its  varied 
coloring.  There  are  eight  well-defined  benches,  or  tcrrac-..  These  are  ornamented  with 
beautifudy  iormed  basins,  over  the  rims  >(  which  the  water  finds  its  wa'  in  gentle 
riviilats  au'l  mini.Tturc  cascades.  The  waJs  present  the  most  delicate  arabestpirs,  .nnd 
fretted  ::talactites  depenil  f' om  he  edges.  Rich  cream  anil  salmon  tints  predou  mate, 
but  these  'kepen  into  shades  of  red,  brown,  green,  an^.  yellow;  while  the  turfpioise 
bluj  of  the  waters  affords  a  striking  contrast  of  c«  lor.  The  principal  objects  of  Inter- 
est are  the  "Liberty  Cap"  and  "Tiuimb,"  aheady  mcntit.ned;  the  active  springs, 
*•  I*ul|>it  Hasins,"  "  Marble  liasins  "  and  "  Islue  Spring**,"  or  the  main  ten 'Ce;  and 
"  Cleopatra's  liowl,"  "  Cupid's  Cave,"  ai»d  the  "  <  'range  Spring,'*  which  are  ht-her  and 
farther  back. 

•3 


■%'. 


On  the  Road  to  the  Geysers. 

Leaving  the  hotel  at  Mammoth  Hot  Springs,  the  party  will  proceed  to  the  Lower 
and  Upper  Oeyser  liasins  via  the  Norris  Geyser  liasin.  This  journey  and  the  subse- 
quent trips  about  the  park  will  be  made  in  comfortable  wagons.  The  early  part  of 
the  ride  lies  over  a  road  which  ascends  the  banks  of  Glen  Creek  to  the  Golden  Gate 
and  Rustic  Falls,  near  which  is  Kingman's  Pass,  7,300  feet  above  the  sea.  On  the 
plateau  above,  from  which  a  grand  view  is  had  of  Electric  Peak,  Quadrant  Mountain, 
Hell's  Peak,  and  Mount  Holmes,  Swan  Lake  s  situatec.  Near  lieaver  Lake  are  the 
famous  Obsidian  Cliffs,  a  ridge  of  volcanic  glass  from  150  to  250  feet  high  and  1,000 
feet  in  length. 

The  Norris,  or  Gibbon  Geyser  Basin. 

This  ii  th:.  first  of  the  geyser  basins  encountered  in  our  round  (^f  the  park,  and  like- 
wise tUe  highest,  its  elevation  above  the  sea  being  7,527  feet.  There  are  numerous 
sprinji  and  a  few  veritable  geysers,  the  chiel  of  these  being  the  "  Monarch.'*  Dr. 
Peale  enumerates  ninety-seven  springs  of  various  kinds  within  this  basin.  The 
pecu  iarities  here  noticed  are  the  absence  of  any  very  great  accumulation  of  deposits, 
and  the  newness  of  some  of  the  important  geysers.  The  "Monarch  "  is  a  powciful 
geyser  which  is  in  eruption  once  in  about  every  twenty-four  hour*.  It  emits  a  stream 
to  the  height  of  about  100  feet.  Thr  "  Hurricane"  is  a  fierce,  roaring  s|>r>ng  that  is 
expected  to  develop  into  a  geyser,  and  the  "  Growler  "  is  tbt  significant  name  of 
another  vigorous  steam  and  water  vent.  The  "  Nw  Crater  "  broke  out  with  great 
vigor  in  1890,  but  is  now  less  violent.  The  "  Minute  Man"  is  a  small  geyser  near 
the  road. 


Gibbon  Palls. 

The  road  from  the  Norris  Basin  southward  crosses  a  ridge,  and,  descending  there- 
from  to  the  Gibbon  Meadows,  or  Elk  Park,  soon  enters  the  wild  cafton  of  the  Gibbon 
River.  A  new  road  has  been  constructed,  forming;  a  continuation  of.  the  old  route 
along  the  river  bank.  This  follows  the  river  to  a  p^int  below  the  picturesque  Gibbon 
P'alls,  and  is  eventually  to  be  extended  to  the  Firehole  Uasin  (or  Lower  Geyser  Basin), 
thus  avoiding  a  series  of  difficult  hills.  The  falls,  which  are  eighty  feet  in  height,  are 
seen  to  great  advantage  from  the  new  roadway,  which  at  this  point  occupies  a  high 
perch  directly  in  front  of  the  cataract. 

The  Lower  Qeyser  Basin. 

The  Fountain  Hotel  in  the  Lower  Geyser  Basin  will  be  reached  at  a  seasonable  after- 
noon hour.  This  basin  is  a  wide  v^illey,  with  an  area  of  between  30  and  40  square  miles, 
having  an  elevation  of  7, 150  ftet,  or  only  90  feet  less  than  the  Upper  Geyser  Basin,  from 
six  to  ten  miles  distant.  Above  thi.s,  the  surroimtling  platif.iu  rises  from  400  to  8co  feet, 
the  slopes  being  heavily  timbered.  In  this  section  Dr.  Ilayden's  party  found  693 
springs,  including  the  F.geria  .Springs  cf  the  Midway  Basin,  among  which  the  "Excel- 
sior "  Geyser  and  "  Prismatic  "  Lake  are  counted.  The  chief  points  of  interest  visited  by 
tourists  are  the  "  Fountain  "  Geyser  and  "  M iim'r.'^th  Paint  Pots,"  which  are  situate<l  near 
each  other.  The  ••  Fountain  "  is  a  very  handsome  geyser,  and  is  in  eruytion  five  or 
six  times  daily.  The  "  Paint  Pots"  constitute  one  of  the  chief  wonders  of  the  park. 
In  a  crater  forty  feet  or  more  in  diameter,  there  are  numerous  nuid  springs,  in  which 
the  material  cast  forth  has  the  appearance  of  paint  of  different  shades.  The  p  tsty 
material  is  exceedingly  6ne  to  the  touch,  and,  as  it  bubbles  up,  {generally  assumes  for 
a  moment  some  floral  form.     Nearly  two  miles  distant  easterly,  but  rather  difficult  of 

85 


1 

1 

1 
i 
1 

1; 

! 

ir' 
}■■■ 

■\' 

! 

access,  is  another  group  of  geysers  and  springs,  including  the  "  Great  Fountain,"  one 
of  the  most  powerful  geysers  in  the  park.  It  is  in  eruption  every  forty-six  hours,  and 
throws  water  to  the  height  of  from  125  to  150  feet. 

The  "  Excelsior  "  Geyser  and  **  Prismatic  "  Lake. 

In  the  ride  between  the  Lower  and  Upper  13a8in.s,  a  halt  will  be  made  in  the  Mia- 
way  Geyser  IJasin  for  the  purpose  of  inspecting  the  great  '*  Excelsior  *'  Geyser,  *'  Tur- 
quoise "  Spring,  and  **  Prismatic  "  Lake,  all  of  which  lie  on  the  west  bank  of  the  river. 
The  '*  Excelsior,"  the  largest  geyser  knowi\  in  the  world,  was  in  a  state  of  great  activ- 
ity during  18S8,  after  a  period  of  inaction  lasting  about  six  years.  The  eruptions 
occurred  at  intervals  of  about  an  hour,  and  were  very  powerful.  A  great  dome  of 
water,  oftctk  accompanied  by  lavatic  stones,  was  thrown  into  the  air  to  a  height  of 
between  200  and  300  feet,  while  the  accompanying  column  of  steam  rose  1,000  feet  or 
more.  Early  in  18S9  the  geyser  again  ceased  action,  but  in  1890  it  resumed  its  work 
for  a  short  time,  but  with  diminished  force.  Nevertheless,  its  eruptions,  which 
occurred  every  two  hours,  were  grand  spectacles.  The  crater  is  an  immense  pit  330 
feet  in  length  and  200  feet  in  width  at  the  widest  part,  the  cliff-like  and  treacherous 
walls  being  from  fifteen  to  twenty  feet  high  from  the  boiling  waters  to  the  surrounding 
level.  The  name  of  *•  Cliff  Cauldron  "  was  given  it  by  the  Hayden  Survey  in  1871, 
and  it  was  not  until  some  years  later  that  it  was  discovered  to  be  a  powerful  geyser. 
•'  Hell's  Half  Acre  "  is  another  expressive  title  given  to  this  terrible  pit.  Two  rivulets 
pour  forth  from  the  cauldron  and  from  the  neighboring  springs,  and  the  deposits 
along  their  channels  are  very  brilliantly  colored. 

The  "Tucquoise"  Spring,  near  the  "  Excelsior,"  is  beautiful  in  its  rich  tints  of  blue, 
and  "  Prismatic  "  Lake,  also  near  at  hand,  is  another  wonderful  display  of  color. 

86 


The  Upper  Qeyser  Basin  and  its  Wonders. 

About  five  miles  above  the  "Excelsior"  Geyser  we  come  to  the  Upper  (leyser  liasin. 
Here,  in  a  nearly  level  tract  inclosed  by  low  hills,  with  the  Firehole  Uiver  flawing 
through  it  and  mainly  upon  the  east  side,  are  found  the  chief  geysers  of  tlus  marvelous 
region.  The  basin  has  an  area  of  about  four  scpiare  miles,  and  a  general  elevation  of 
7,240  feet.  There  are  here  forty  geysers,  nine  of  which  are  large,  besides  many  beauti- 
ful hot  springs.  The  Upper  IJasin  group  includes,  with  others,  the  following:  *' Old 
Faithful,"  "Castle,"  "Bee  Hive,"  "Giant,"  "Giantess,"  "(irotlo,"  "Grand,"  "Ob- 
long," "  Splendid,"  "  Comet,"  "  Kan,"  "  Mortar,"  "  Riverside,"  "  Turban,"  "  Saw  Mill," 
"Lion,"  and  "Lioness."  These  are  scattered  over  the  surface  of  the  basin,  chiefly 
along  the  river  bank,  "  Old  Faithful  "  being  at  the  southern  extremity,  and  the  "  Fan," 
"Mortar,"  and  "Riverside"  at  the  northern  end,  near  where  the  wagon  road  enters 
the  basin.  The  "  Grotto,"  ♦•  Giant,"  "  Oblong,"  and  "  Castle  "  are  near  the  road.  The 
"  Hee  Hive,"  with  its  handsome  cone,  from  which  the  geyser  takes  its  name,  together 
with  the  "Giantess"  and  "Lion"  grou  is  upon  the  opposite  side  of  the  river  from 
the  hotel.  The  "Lone  *  lar"  Geyser,  celebrated  on  account  of  the  size  and  beauty  of 
its  cone,  is  between  four  and  five  miles  south  of  the  hotel.  On  the  new  road  leading 
to  the  "  Lone  .Star,"  or  near  it,  is  a  picturesque  fall  known  as  Kepler's  Cascade.  Many 
beautiful  springs  are  in  proximity  to  the  geysers,  forming  objects  of  interest  second 
only  to  the  mammoth  fountains  of  hot  water.  The  subterranean  forces  are  never  at 
rest,  and  the  Upper  Geyser  Uasin  at  all  times  presents  a  strikingly  weird  scene. 
Strange  sights  and  sounds  greet  the  visitor  on  every  side.  Clouds  of  steam  arise 
from  a  dozen  different  localities,  some  of  the  springs  being  hidden  in  the  timber  which 
covers  the  neighboring  mountain-sides.     There  are  daily  eruptions  of  some   of  the 

87 


'  iji 


geysers,  while  others  have  longer  intervals  of  quiescence.    "Old  Faithful  "  makes  a 
magnificent  display  once  an  hour,  and  is  one  of  the  handsomest  geysers  in  the  park. 

Pronn  the  Upper  Qeyser  Basin  to  Yellowstone  Lake. 

A  new  route  has  been  opened  from  the  Upper  Geyser  Basin  to  Yellowstone  Lake, 
which  is  much  easier  to  traverse  than  the  old  one  which  led  over  the  dangerous  steeps 
of  "Mary's  Mountain."  It  passes  over  the  continential  divide  twice,  and  affords 
splendid  views  of  Shoshone  Lake  and  a  portion  of  the  park  not  otherwise  seen.  The 
road  emerges  upon  the  lake  at  West  Bay,  or  "  The  Thumb,"  near  which  are  some 
interesting,  springs  and  "paint  pots,"  and  also  one  active  geyser  known  as  the  "  Union." 
A  small  steamboat  plies  upon  the  lake  between  West  Bay  and  the  hotel  near  the  out- 
let. Lunch  will  be  taken  at  this  point,  and  the  remainder  of  the  stage  ride  to  the 
Lake  Hotel  will  occupy  most  of  the  afternoon. 

Yellowstone   Lake. 

This  large  and  beautiful  sheet  of  water  lies  at  an  elevation  of  7,741  feet,  according 
to  the  latest  measurements  of  the  United  .States  Geological  Survey.  It  covers  a 
superficial  area  of  139  square  miles,  with  an  irregular  shore  line  of  about  100  miles, 
and  is  the  largest  lake  in  North  America  at  this  altitude.  Upon  a  bluff  at  the  entrance 
of  a  little  bay  near  the  outlet,  a  new  and  commodious  hotel  has  been  built.  The  view 
from  this  point  is  charming.  In  the  southeast  are  some  of  the  highest  mountains  in 
the  park  —  including  Eagle  Peak  (11,100  feet),  Silver  Tip  (fo,ooo  feet),  Mount  Chit- 
tenden (10,000  feet),  Cathedral  Teak  (10,500  feet).  Mounts  Doane,  Langford,  and 
Stevenson  (all  three  over  10,000  feet),  and  other  landmarks  of  the  Absaroka,  or 
Hoodoo  range.  In  the  south  are  Plat  Mountain,  Mount  Hancock,  and  Mount  Sheri- 
dan  (10,200).      The  latter  is  the  highest  of  the  Red  Mountains,  near  Heart  Lake. 

88 


These  peaks  are  blue  in  the  distance,  and  the  scenery  is  suggestive  of  the  picturesque- 
ness  of  the  Swiss  lakes.  About  three  and  a  half  miles  from  the  hotel,  at  an  elevation 
of  8,000  feet  above  the  sea,  is  a  natural  bridge.  A  little  stream  has  worn  its  way 
down  through  a  rock  wall,  and  directly  under  the  arch  is  a  fall  of  about  forty  feet. 

The  Falls  and  Grand  CaHon  of  the  Yellowstone. 

Leaving  the  Lake  Hotel  Tuesday  morning,  we  shall  proceed  to  Yellowstone  Falls 
and  the  Grand  Canon  of  the  Yellowstone.  We  pass  on  our  way  a  wonderful  object 
known  as  the  •*  Mud  Volcano."  It  is  a  pit  about  twenty  feet  in  depth,  and  from  a 
capacious  opening  on  one  side  at  the  bottom  boiling  mud  surges  forth  with  great 
vehemence.  The  road  follows  the  west  bank  of  the  river  nearly  all  the  way,  and  a 
few  miles  from  our  destination  passes  Sulphur  Mountain  or  Crater  Hills,  an  extensive 
deposit  of  sulphur  in  a  region  of  hot  springs,  one  of  which,  at  the  base  of  the  hill 
near  the  road,  is  especially  active.  » 

Upon  an  elevated  plateau  above  the  river,  nearly  a  mile  from  the  former  house,  a 
new  and  capacious  hotel,  fitted  up  with  modern  improvements,  has  been  built.  In  its 
approach  to  the  hotel  the  road  crosses  Cascade  Cieek,  just  above  the  pretty  Crystal 
Cascades.  The  Yellowstone  Falls  are  two  in  number.  At  the  head  of  the  Upper 
Fall  the  river  has  a  width  of  about  eighty  feet,  and  the  waters  plunge  over  a  shelf 
between  walls  that  are  from  200  to  300  feet  in  height,  upon  a  ]>artially  submerged  reef 
109  feet  belo\y.  Dense  clouds  of  spray  and  mist  veil  fully  one-third  of  the  cataract 
from  view. 

Half  a  mile  below  this  fall  is  the  Lower  or  Great  Fall,  which  is  grander  and  more 
impressive  than  the  other,  though  not  more  picturesque.  Here  the  waters  pour  'nto 
the  fearful  abyss  of  the  Grand  Cafion,  the  sheer  descent  l)elng  308  feet.  The  wooded 
slopes  of  the  gorge  tower  '  <  .  bove  the  flood,  and  one  has  to  descend  a  steep  incline  to 

89 


1 

B 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


/y  >  >^  .       « 


1.0 


I.I 


us     .^o 


22 
2.0 

1.8 


1-25      1.4      1.6 

.« 6"     

► 

Photographic 

Sciences 
Corpomtion 


23  WEST  MAIN  STRHT 

WEBSTER,  NY.  MS80 

(716)  873-4503 


,\ 


^q\^ 


L 


^ 


\ 


\ 


^^ 


^ 


'O 


^^ 


% 


1.^ 


;\ 


'^j^ 


<^ 


■V 


'^WJ> 


s 


;* 


V 


o'^ 


^ 


«H 


reach  a  platform  which  serves  as  a  good  view  point  at  the  verge  of  the  fall.  The  best 
views,  however,  are  had  farther  down  the  trail,  where  many  favoring  points  afford  an 
outlook  into  the  wonderful  canon.  Clouds  of  mist  ascend  from  the  foot  of  the  falls, 
and  the  walls  are  covered  with  a  rank  growth  of  mosses  and  alga. 

The  cafion  may  well  be  considered  the  greatest  of  the  park  marvels.  The  height  of 
the  plateau  at  the  falls  is  7,800  feet.  It  increases  slightly  northeastward,  until,  in 
passing  the  mountains,  it  has  an  elevation  of  about  8,000  feet.  There  may  be  deeper 
canons  elsewhere,  but  they  cannot  exceed  in  impressive  beauty  the  marvelously  pict- 
ured rift  through  which  the  Yellowstone  winds  its  way  after  its  last  grand  leap.  A 
narrow  trail  runs  alongs  the  western  edge,  and  there  are  many  jutting  points  from 
which  new  vistas  are  opened  through  this  enchanted  land.  The  walls  are  in  places 
perpendicular,  though  generally  s  oping  ;  while  at  the  bottom  is  the  fretted  and  fuming 
river,  a  ribbon  of  slivery  whiteness  or  deep  emerald  green.  Along  the  bottom  of  the 
cafion  are  domes  .na  spires  of  colored  rock,  some  of  them  hundreds  of  feet  in  height, 
yet  reduced  to  much  smaller  proportions  by  the  distance.  On  the  apex  of  one  of 
these  pillars  is  an  eagle's  nest.  But  the  gorgeous  coloring  of  the  cafion  walls  is  its 
distinguishing  feature.  The  beholder  is  no  longer  left  in  doubt  as  to  the  reason  for 
bestowing  the  name  of  Yellowstone  upon  this  remarkable  river.  The  beautifully 
saffron-tinted  walls  give  the  exf)lanation.  There  are  other  tints  in  opulenrtT.  Crimsons 
and  greens  are  seen  with  all  their  gradations  and  blendings.  Emerald  mosses  and 
foliage  form  the  settings  for  dashes  of  bright  rainbow  colors. 

From  the  Cafion  to  the  Mammoth  Hot  Springs. 

From  the  Grand  Cafior.  of  the  Yellowstone  a  road  extends  directly  west  to  Norris 
Geyse'"  Basin,  which  is  about  a  dozen  miles  distant.  The  latter  part  of  the  way  is 
bbside  the  upper  Gibbon  River.    The  Virginia  Cascades,  which  are  at  the  side  of  the 

90 


i 


stage  road,  form  one  of  the  prettiest  sights  in  the  park.  From  the  Norris  Geyser 
Basin  Hotel,  where  we  dine,  we  proceed  to  Mammoth  Hot  Springs,  arriving  at  the 
latter  point  in  the  afternoon. 

It  may  bQ  deemed  advisable  to  divide  the  party  for  the  round  of  the  park.  In  that 
case  one  section  will  reverse  the  order  of  travel  described  in  the  foregoing  pages. 

From  the  Yellowstone  National  Park  Eastward. 

Taking  our  departure  from  the  hotel  at  Mammoth  Hot  Springs  Thursday,  June  30, 
by  stage,  the  party  will  proceed  to  Cinnabar,  where  our  vestibuled  train  of  Pullman 
palace  cars  will  be  in  waiting.  Our  route  takes  us  back  to  Livingston  on  the  Park 
Branch,  and  then  eastward  on  the  main  line  of  the  Northern  Pacific  Railroad.  For 
some  350  miles  we  follow  the  banks  of  the  Yellowstone.  Billings,  named  in  honor  of 
Hon.  Frederick  Billings,  a  former  president  of  the  Northern  Pacific  Railroad,  is  a 
flourishing  town  of  1,500  inhabitants,  1,020  miles  from  Tacoma  and  891  miles  from 
St.  PauL  Twenty-eight  miles  east  of  Billings  is  Pompey's  Pillar,  a  mass  of  sandstone 
about  400  feet  high,  on  the  side  of  which  Captain  William  Clark,  the  explorer,  carved 
his  name,  July  25,  1806.  At  Big  Horn  the  railroad  passes  through  a  tunnel  1,100  feet 
long,  and  immediately  after  crosses  the  Big  Horn  River  on  a  bridge  600  feet  in  length. 
Custer,  Forsyth,  and  Miles  City  are  places  named  in  honor  of  military  heroes.  The 
latter  is  a  young  city  of  considerable  importance,  and  a  few  miles  west  of  it  is  P'ort 
Keogh.  Friday  afternoon  we  shall  reach  Glendive,  a  growing  town  near  the  eastern 
line  of  Montana  and  the  last  point  of  importance  within  that  State. 

North  Dakota. 

Thirty-six  miles  east  of  Glendive  and  one  mile  west  of  Sentinel  Butte,  we  pass  otit 
of  Montana,  through  which  we  have  journeyed  on  the  main  line  of  railway  780  miles* 

91  I 


.i>- 


t'< 


X  : 


'r 


■BP 


The  succeeding  367  miles  lie  within  the  new  State  of  North  Dakota.  Both  North  and 
South  Dakota  were  admitted  to  statehood  in  1889,  together  with  Montana  and  Wash 
ington.    The  former  has  a  population  of  182,425. 

Pyramid  Park  or  the  **  Bad  Lands." 

On  entering  North  Dakota  we  soon  find  ourselves  in  the  famous  "  Bad  Lands." 
The  mighty  forces  of  water  and  fire  have  here  wrought  strange  confusion.  Buttes 
from  fifty  to  150  feet  high  are  seen,  with  rounded  summits,  steep  sides,  and  varie- 
gated bands  of  color.  The  black  and  brown  stripes  are  due  to  veins  of  impure  lignites, 
from  the  burning  of  which  are  derived  the  shades  of  red  ;  while  the  raw  clay  varies 
from  a  glaring  white  to  a  dark  gray.  The  mounds  are  in  every  conceivable  form,  and 
are  composed  of  different  varieties  of  argillaceous  limestone,  friable  sandstone,  and 
lignite,  lying  m  successive  strata.  The  coloring  is  very  rich.  Between  these  curiously- 
shaped  elevations  are  ravines  and  g  Iches  through  which  streams  meander;  and  there 
are  occasional  park-like  tracts  that  afford  nutritious  grazing  for  cattle.  The  term 
"  Bad  Lands,"  as  applied  to  this  region  and  generally  understood,  is  certainly  a  mis- 
nomer. The  old  French  voya-^eurs  described  the  region  as  "  mauvaises  tetres  pour 
traverser^*  meaning  that  it  was  a  difficult  country  to  travel  through,  and  the  term  has 
been  carelessly  translated  and  shortened  into  "  Bad  Lands."  ^ 

Eastward  from  the  "  Bad  Lands." 

The  region  lying  east  of  the  remarkable  section  just  referred  to  is  devoted  chiefly  to 
cattle  grazing.  The  appearance  of  the  country  is  that  of  a  rough,  rolling  prairie,  with 
here  and  there  a  bold  elevation  in  butte  form.  At  Mandan,  an  important  railroad 
town  and  the  county  seat  of  Morton  county,  the  time  changes  from  Mountain,  or  105th 
meridian,  to  Central,  or  90th  meridian  standaid.     Between  Mandan  and  Bismarck,  the 

92 


Offl( 

I    less 

t 


railroad  crosses  the  Missouri  River  on  a  magnificent  three-p.ier  iron  bridge,  which  cost 
^1,000,000.  The  thriving  city  of  Bismarck,  which  lies  on  the  east  side  of  the  Missouri, 
is  the  capital  of  North  Dakota.  Jamestown  is  another  flourishing  place,  and  east  of 
there  we  pass  through  the  great  Red  River  wheat  belt.  The  famous  Dalrymple  farms 
comprise  some  75,000  acres  of  land.  Fargo,  the  financial  met  ropolis  of  the  Rei  River 
Valley,  is  a  stirring  city.    It  is  situated  251  miles  from  St  Paid. 

Minnesota. 

The  State  of  Minnesota,  which  we  enter  at  Morehead,  embm  ces  83,530  square  itniles, 
and  in  1S90  contained  a  population  of  1,300,017.  Its  elevation  is  from  1,000  to  i,Soo 
feet  above  the  ocean,  and  there  are  within  its  borders  upwardii  of  7,000  small  lakes. 
The  Northern  Pacific  Railroad  traverses  this  great  empire  of  tie  West  from  the  Red 
River  to  St.  Paul,  and  in  an  important  easterly  extension  from  Itrainerd  to  Duluth  and 
Ashland,  on  the  shores  of  Lake  Superior.  There  are  also  several  important  branches. 
Among  the  principal  towns  passed  through  during  this  part  of  our  journey  are  Glyn- 
don.  Lake  Park,  Detroit  (which  is  beautifully  situated  near  D«:troit  Lake),  Perham, 
Wadena,  Verndale,  Little  Falls,  Sauk  Rapids,  and  Anoka. 

Although  less  than  thirty  years  old,  Minneapolis  has  a  popuhition  of  164,780 —  an 
increase  of  117,893  in  ten  years  —  and  its  builders  can  hardly  keep  pace  with  the 
demands  of  trade  and  the  calls  of  new-comers  for  residences.  Its  streets  and  avenues 
are  spacious,  and  in  many  instances  lined  with  trees ;  while  its  business  blocks  are 
among  the  most  substantial  and  elegant  in  the  country.  Its  immense  manufacturing 
interests  are  headed  by  twenty-five  flouring  mills,  which  turned  out  7,000,000  barrels 
of  flour,  and  by  fifteen  lumber  mills  in  which  343,000,000  feet  of  lumber,  valued  at 
$30,000,000,  were  cut,  in  1890.  In  1891  these  figures  were  doubtless  increased,  as  no 
less  than  903,000  barrels  of  flour  were  produced  in  a  single  month.    "    ere  will  be  a 

93 


m 


carriage  ride  Saturday  afternoon  through  the  most  interesting  business  and  residence 
sections  of  the  city,  and  out  to  the  picturesque  Falls  of  Minnehaha. 

St.  Paul. 

Monday  morning  the  party  will  proceed  from  Minneapolis  to  the  sister  city  of  St. 
Paul,  only  ten  miles  distant.  Ttiere  will  be  a  transfer  from  the  Union  station  in  the 
latter  city  to  the  elegant  Hotel  Ryan.  St.  Paul  is  a  city  of  recent  and  very  rapid 
growth,  although  tht  oldest-settled  portion  of  that  empire  of  the  Northwest,  Minne- 
sota. It  was  long  an  Indian  town,  and  in  1680  was  visited  by  Father  Hennepin.  The 
first  white  s'ettlement  was  founded  in  1838,  and  a  Catholic  mission  was  called  St. 
Paul's;  hence  the  name  of  the  city.  The  town  was  incorporated  in  1849  ^"vhh  a  popu- 
tion  of  400,  and  the  city  in  1854,  with  a  population  of  4,500.  The  St.  Paul  of  today 
has  a  population  of  133,156,  according  to  the  recent  census,  and  is  one  of  the  hand- 
somest as  well  as  one  of  the  busiest  cities  in  America.  Its  wholesale  trade  amounts 
to  over  $72,000,000  per  year.  It  is  the  capital  of  the  State  and  the  county  seat  of 
Ramsey  county.  Its  situation,  at  the  head  of  navigation  on  the  Mi'.cissippi  River, 
was  at  the  outset  greatly  in  its  favor,  and  the  centering  here  of  the  great  railway 
systems  of  the  Northwest  has  given  it  still  greater  importance.  The  public  buildings 
of  St.  Paul,  and  many  of  the  business  edifices,  are  truly  magnificent  structures. 
Summit  avenue,  which  leads  toward  Fort  Snelling,  is  lined  with  handsome  residences. 
The  fort  is  situated  on  the  high  banks  of  the  Mississippi  River  near  the  mouth  of 
the  Minnesota  River.    There  will  be  a  carriage  ride  thither  Monday  afternoon. 

From  St.   Paul  Eastward. 

Going  on  board  our  Pullman  train  at  the  Minneapolis  &  St.  Louis  Railway  station 
Tuesday  evening,  we  continue  our  journey  eastward.    The  Albert  Lea  route,  over 

94 


esidence 


;y  of  St. 
n  in  the 
ry  rapid 
,  Minne- 
in.  The 
ailed  St. 
1  a  popu- 
of  today 
he  hand- 
amounts 

seat  of 
)i  River, 

railway 
auildings 
ructures. 
sidences. 
nouth  of 
)n. 


ly  station 
utc,  over 


which  we  travel,  is  a  part  of  the  popular  Rock  Island  system,  being  made  up  of  the 
following  named  roads  :  The  Minneapolis  &  St.  Louis  Railway  from  Minneapolis 
to  Albert  Lea,  Minn. ;  the  Burlington,  Cedar  Rapids  &  Northern  Railway  from  Albert 
Lea  to  West  Liberty,  la.,  and  the  Chicago,  Rock  Island  &  Pacific  Railway  thence  to 
Chicago.  This  line  traverses  some  of  the  richest  portions  of  Southern  Minnesota  and 
Northeastern  Iowa,  and  then  crosses  the  northern  part  of  the  great  State  of  Illinois. 
The  train  proceeds  southward  across  some  half-dozen  counties  of  Minnesota,  passing 
through  several  flourishing  places,  including  Waseca  and  Albert  Lea.  Reaching  the 
borders  of  Iowa,  portions  of  eleven  counties  in  that  rich  and  productive  State  are 
passed  through.  Cedar  Rapids  and  Davenport  are  the  chief  Iowa  cities  lying  upon 
this  line.  Between  Davenport  and  Rock  Island  the  lordly  Mississippi  rolls,  and  its 
floods  are  crossed  by  a  magnificent  bridge. 

From  Blue  Island  Junction,  or  Chicago  Eastward. 

Persons  who  return  upon  other  dates  than  is  contemplated  by  the  regular  itinerary, 
or  those  who  wish  to  stop  over  at  Chicago,  may  proceed  directly  through  to  that  city, 
and  take  the  train  eastward  from  the  new  Dearborn  station  of  the  Chicago  &  Grand 
Trunk  Railway  (between  Polk  and  Taylor  streets  and  Third  and  Fourth  avenues);  but 
arrangements  have  been  made  for  the  party  to  change  from  the  Cliicago,  Rock  Island 
&  Pacific  Railway  to  the  Chicago  &  Grand  Trunk  Railway  at  the  intersecllon  of  the 
two  roads,  near  Blue  Island,  seventeen  miles  from  the  city  on  the  former  line.  The 
homeward  route  from  that  point  will  be  over  the  Chicago  &  Grand  Trunk  Railway,  the 
Crr'nd  Trunk  Railway,  the  New  York  Central  &  Hudson  River  Railroad  from  Sus- 
pension Bridge  to  liuffalo,  and  the  West  Shore  Railroad  thence  to  Rotterdam 
Junction,  and  the  Fitchburg  Railroad  from  that  point  to  Boston. 

95 


In 


p^ 


Members  of  the  party  returning  independently  will  be  required  to  exchange  their 
east-bound  passage  and  sleeping-car  coupons  at  the  station  ticket  offices,  either  at  the 
Chicago  &  Grand  Trunk  Crossing,  Blue  Island,  or  the  new  Dearborn  station  (Polk 
street  and  Fourth  aveiiue),  Chicago;  or  at  the  city  office  of  the  Chicago  &  Grand 
Trunk  Railroad,  103  South  Clark  street,  Chicago,  E.  H.  Hughes,  agent,  to  whom  all 
applications  in  advance  for  sleeping-car  berths  should  be  addressed.  In  order  to 
avail  themselves  of  the  stop  at  Niagara  Falls,  passengers  can  leave  Chicago  at  3.15 
p.  M.,  and  remain  over  at  Niagara  Falls  until  afternoon.  Niagara  Falls  is  the  only 
ptiint  east  of  Chicago  where  any  "stop-over  "  privileges  can  be  allowed. 

Niagara  Falls. 

The  party  will  arrive  at  Niagara  Falls  at  9.00  A.  M.  (Eastern  standard  time)  Thurs- 
day, July  7.  The  forenoon  can  be  spent  in  an  inspection  of  the  great  cataract  and 
the  other  attractions  of  the  place,  the  time  being  ample  for  a  round  of  all  the  chief 
points  of  interest.  The  hotels  are  in  proximity  to  Prospect  Park,  the  Rapids,  and  the 
entrance  to  Goat  Island,  and  also  near  the  upper  suspension  bridge  that  leads  across 
to  the  Canada  shore  just  below  the  falls.  The  train  will  leave  Niagara  Falls, from  the 
New  York  Central  &  Hudson  River  Railroad  station,  at  5.08  P.  M.,  anji  proceed  east- 
ward over  the  West  Shore  Railroad  line,  the  route  lying  over  the  Fitchburg  Railroad 
ea^t  of  Rotterdam  Junction. 

Price  of  Tickets. 

The  price  of  tickets  for  the  excursion,  as  described  in  the  foregoing  pages,  will  be 
srx  HU^:nKKD  and  seventy-five  dollars.  This  sum  will  cover  first-class  travel 
over  all  railway  and  steamer  routes  going  and  returning,  with  double  berths  in  Pullman 

96 


sleeping-cars,  and  only  two  persons  in  each  room  on  board  the  Alaska  steamer;  all 
stage  rides  to  and  throughout  the  Yellowstone  National  Park,  hotel  accommodations 
according  to  the  itinerary,  for  the  period  of  the  regular  tour  (seventy-five  days),  with 
sojourns  at  Manitou  Springs,  Coronado  Beach,  Los  Angeles,  Santa  Barbara,  San 
Francisco,  San  Jose,  Santa  Cruz,  Monterey,  Portland,  Tacoma,  Seattle,  the  Yellow- 
stone National  Park  (at  Mammoth  Hot  Springs,  Lower  Geyser  Basin,  Upper  Geyser 
Basin,  Yellowstone  Lake,  and  Yellowstone  Grand  Cafion),  St.  Paul,  Minneapolis, 
etc. ;  meals  in  dining-cars,  at  hotels,  dining-stations,  or  on  steamers  en  route;  omnibus 
or  carriage  transfers  from  railway  stations  to  hotels,  and  vice  versa,  wherever  the  same 
may  be  needed  (San  Diego,  Los  Angeles,  Santa  Barbara,  San  Francisco,  San  Jose, 
Santa  Cruz,  Monterey,  Portland,  Seattle,  Tacoma,  St.  Paul,  and  Minneapolis);  special 
carriage  rides  in  Denver,  Pasadena,  Santa  Barbara,  San  Francisco,  Portland,  St.  Paul, 
and  Minneapolis;  all  expenses  for  transportation,  transfer  and  care  of  baggage  (to 
the  extent  of  150  pounds  for  each  person,  all  excess  of  that  amount  to  be  liable  to 
excess  charges  at  regular  transportation  rates),  and  the  services  of  the  conductors,  —  in 
short,  EVERY  NEEDED  EXPENSE  of  the  entire  round  trip  from  Boston  back  to  Boston. 

Price  for  children  between  the  ages  of  five  and  twelve  years,  five  hundred  and 
NINETY  dollars.  This  includes  a  separate  sleeping-berth  throughout  the  entire 
journey,  the  same  as  for  an  adult.  Where  no  separate  berth  is  required,  the  price  for 
children  between  the  ages  of  five  and  twelve  years  will  be  five  hundred  and 
thirty-five  dollars. 

Price  of  tickets  for  the  Yosemite  Valley  trip,  thirty-five  dollars,  in  addition  to 
cost  of  ticket  for  the  regular  excursion.  (See  pages  following  itinerary  and  distance 
table.) 

Extra  Sleeping-car  Accommodations. —  The  cos.  of  an  extra  double  berth  (giv- 

97 


1 
1 


I 

as 
'J 

I 


i 

Eg 


yn 


ing  an  entire  section  to  one  person),  for  the  journey  between  Boston  and  San 
Bernardino  or  San  Diego,  is  $25.  Drawing-room  for  one  occupant,  $67 ;  for  two 
occupants,  $42  —  $21  for  each  passenger  ;  for  three  occupants,  entire  extra  charge,  $17. 

The  charges  for  extra  sleeping-car  accommodations  between  Los  Angeles  (or  Santa 
Barbara)  and  San  Francisco  are  as  follows  :  Extra  double  berth,  $2.50  ;  drawing- 
room  for  one  occupant,  $6.50 ;  drawing-room  for  two  occupants,  $4,  or  $2  each ; 
drawing-room  for  three  occupants,  entire  extra  charge,  $1.50. 

The  cost  of  an  extra  double  berth  from  San  Francisco  to  Tacoma  is  I9; 
drawing-room  for  one  occupant,  $23 ;  drawing-room  for  two  occupants,  $14 — $7  for 
each  passenger ;  drawing-room  for  three  occupants,  entire  extra  charge,  $5.  The  side 
trip  from  Portland  to  Dalles  City,  with  sleeping-car  accommodations  for  one  night,  is 
included  in  these  rates. 

For  an  extra  double  berth  from  Tacoma  to  Boston,  $21 ;  drawing-room  for  one 
occupant,  $58;  drawing-room  for  two  occupants,  $37  —  $18.50  for  each  passenger; 
drawing-room  for  three  occupants,  entire  extra  charge,  $16. 

ITINERARY. 

MoKDAV,  April  25.  First  Day. —  Leave  Boston  from  the  Fitchburg  Railroad  station,  Causeway 
street,  at  4.00  p.  M.,  and  proceed  westward  by  the  Hoosac  Tunnel  line.  The  transcontinental  journey 
will  be  made  in  a  special  train  of  elegant  vestibuled  Pullman  palace  cars,  inclusive  of  palace  dining-car. 
On  arrival  at  the  station  members  of  the  party  should  check  their  baggage  to  Manitou  Springs,  Col.  The 
checks  will  be  taken  up  by  the  baggage  master  of  the  party,  who  will  attend  to  the  delivery,  col- 
lection, and  transportation  of  the  baggage  during  the  trip.  Tags  are  supplied  with  the  excursion  tickets, 
and  these,  with  the  owner's  name  and  home  address  plainly  inscribed  thereon,  should  be  attached  to  every 
trunk,  valise,  or  other  piece  of  baggage,  to  serve  as  a  ready  means  of  identification.  Hand  luggage 
must  be  looked  after  by  the  passenger. 

Tuesday,  April  a6.    Stcond  Day. —  On  the  West  Shore  Railroad,  ^»  rMv/^  westward;  arrive  at 

98 


Buffalo  9.30  A.  M. ;  leave  Buffalo  10.00  a.  m.  ;  from  Suspension  Bridge  westward  via  Grand  Trunk  Rail- 
way ;  from  Port  Huron  westward  on  Chicago  &  Grand  Trunk  Railway. 

NoTR. —  Railway  time  changes  at  Port  Huron,  Mich.,  from  Eastern  standard,  or  75th  meridian,  to 
Central  standard,  or  90th  meridian  —  one  hour  slower. 

Wednesday,  April  27.  Third  Day.—  From  Blue  Island  Junction  westward  via  Chicago,  Rock 
Island  &  Pacific  Railway. 

Thursday,  April  a8.  Fourth  Day.—  Arrive  at  Kansas  Ciiy  at  6.00  a.  m.  ;  leave  Kansas  City  at 
it.30  a.  m.,  via  Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  Railroad,  and  proceed  westward  through  Kansas. 

Note. —  Railway  time  changes  at  Dodge  City,  Kan.,  from  Central  standard,  or  90th  meridian,  to 
Mountain  standard,  or  105th  meridian  —  one  hour  slower. 

FRIDAY)  April  29.  F/fih  Day. — Arrive  at  Pueblo  10.00  A.  m.  ;  leave  Pueblo  12.80  M.,  via  the  Denver 
&  Rio  Grande  Railway,  for  a  visit  to  the  famous  Royal  Gorge ;  the  trip  through  the  Royal  Gorge  will  be 
made  in  observation  cars ;  return  to  Pueblo,  and  thence  proceed  over  Denver  &  Rio  Grande  Railway  to 
Denver. 

Saturday,  April  30.  Sixth  Day. —  Arrive  at  Denver  4.00  a.m.,  the  passengers  remaining  on  the 
cars  until  morning ;  carnage  ride  during  the  forenoon,  visiting  the  chief  places  of  interest  in  and  about 
the  city;  leave  Denver  at  i.oo  p.  m.  via  the  Denver  &  Rio  Grande  Railway ;  arrive  at  Manitou  Springs 
4.00  p.  M. ;  omnibus  transfer  to  the  Barker  House,  C.  W.  Barker,  proprietor,  and  the  Cliff  House,  £.  £. 
Nichols,  proprietor.  Both  hotels  are  situated  in  proximity  to  the  principal  springs  and  the  large  bathing- 
establishment. 

Sunday,  May  i.  Seventh  Day. —  At  Manitou  Springs.  Omnibus  transfer  from  the  hotels  to  the 
cars  at  9.00  p.  m. 

Monday,  May  2.  Eighth  Day. —  Leave  Manitou  Springs,  i/»(  Denver  &  Rio  Grande  Railway,  at 
1.00  A.  It. ;  from  Pueblo  southward  via  Atchison,  ToD«ka  &  Santa  Fe  Railroad;  anive  at  Las  Vegas, 
N.  M.,  11.30  A.  M. ;  and  thence  by  Hot  Springs  BraWW'  to  Las  Vegas  Hot  Springs,  arriving  'here  at 
X2.00  M. ;  leave  Las  Vegas  Hot  Springs  3.00  p.  m.,  and  Las  Vegas  3.30  p.  m.  ;  cross  the  Glorieta  Pass  by 
daylight,  and  proceed  from  Lamy  Junction  to  Santa  Fe  by  branch  line;  arrive  at  Santa  Fe  10.00 
p.  M.|  the  passengers  remaining  on  the  cars. 

99 


m 


i\    j 


TuBSDAv,  May  3.  Ninih  Day. —  At  Santa  Fe.  Leave  Santa  Fe,  via  Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  Fe 
Raiiroadi  at  12.00  m.;  arrive  at  Albuquerque  4.00  P.  m.  ;  leave  Albuquerque,  via  the  Atlantic  &  Pacific 
Railroad  (Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  system),  at  5.00  p.  m. 

Whdnbsdav,  May  4.     Tenth  Day. —  En  route  through  Arizona,  on  the  Atlantic  &  Pacific  Railroad. 

Thursday,  May  5.  Eleventh  Day. — Arrive  at  Barstow,  Cal.,  5.00  a.m.;  thence  south  via  the 
Southern  California  Railway  (Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  system);  arrive  at  San  Bernardino  11.00 
A.  M. ;  from  San  Bernardino  to  Riverside,  arriving  there  at  12.00  m.  ;  leave  Riverside  8.00  p.  m. 

Note. —  Railway  time  changes  at  Barstow  from  Mountain  standard,  or  105th  meridian,  to  Pacific 
standard,  or  laoth  meridian — one  hour  slower. 

Friday,  May  6.»  Twelfth  Day. —  Arrive  at  San  Diego  6.00  a.  m.  ;  cmnibus  transfer  from  the  station 
to  the  Hotel  del  Coronado,  Coronado  Beach,  E.  S.  Babcock,  Jr.,  manager. 

Saturday,  May  7.     Thirteenth  Day. —  At  the  Hotel  del  Coronado,  Coronado  Beach. 

Sunday,  May  8.    Fourteenth  Day. — At  the  Hotel  del  Coronado,  Coronado  Beach. 

Monday,  May  9.  Fifteenth  Day. —  Omnibus  transfer  from  th-  Hotel  del  Coronado  to  the  station  of 
the  Southern  California  Railway,  and  leave  San  Diego  by  said  line  at  8.40  a.m.;  arrive  at  San  Bernardino 
2.00  p.  M. ;  dinner  at  station  dining-rooms ;  leave  San  Bernardino  4.00  p.  m.  ;  arrive  in  Los  Angeles  6.30 
p.  M. ;  omnibus  transfer  from  the  Southern  Railway  Company's  station  to  The  Westminster,  O.  T.  John- 
son, proprietor,  and  M.  M.  Potter,  manager;  The  Hollenbeck,  Cowley,  Baker  &  Co.,  proprietors;  and 
The  Nadeau,  Bennett  &  Burns  Brothers,  proprietors. 

T>.3SDAy,  May  10.  Sixteenth  i?<y.— Omnibus  transfer  to  the  Southern  California  Railway  Com- 
pany's station,  and  leave  at  10.15  A.  m.  for  Redondo  Beach ;  arrive  at  Redondo  Beach  11.02  a.  m.  ;  leave 
Redondo  Beach  3.05  p.  m.  ;  arrive  in  Los  Angeles  3.53  p.  M. ;  omnibus  transfer  to  the  hotels. 

Wednesday,  May  11.  Seventeenth  Z)<y.^^mnibus  transfer  to  the  Southern  California  Railwaj 
Company's  station,  and,  leave  Los  Angeles  ain^so  a.  m.  for  Pasadena ;  arrive  at  Pasadena  9.03  a.  m.  ; 
carriage  ride,  visiting  the  most  picturesque  sections  of  Pasadena,  including  The  Raymond  Hill,  Raymond 
avenue,  Orange  Grove  avenue,  Colorado  street,  etc. ;  leave  Pasadena,  on  the  return  by  railway,  1.48  p.  m.  ; 
arrive  in  Los  Angeles  2.25  p.  M. ;  omnibus  transfer  to  the  hotels. 

100 


&  Santa  Fe 
;  &  Pacific 

;  Railroad. 

th  via  the 
rdico  ii.oo 
t. 

I,  to  Pacific 
\  the  station 


te  station  of 
Bernardino 
Lngeles  6.30 
0.  T.  John- 
ietors;  and 

ilway  Com- 
M. ;  leave 

lia  Railway 
,  9.03  A.  M. ; 
11,  Raymond 
r,  1.48  P.M.; 


Thursday,  May  12.  Eighteenth  Day.—  Omnibus  transfer  to  the  Southern  Pacific  Company's  Arcade 
station,  and  leav  :  Los  Angeles  7.25  a.  m,  ;  arrive  in  Santa  Barbara  12.05  ^-  i^-  \  omnibus  transfer  to  The 
Arlington,  C.  C.  Wheeler,  manager.  Carriage  ride  with  visits  to  the  most  interesting  and  picturesque 
parts  of  the  city  and  its  surroundings. 

Friday,  May  13.    Nineteenth  Day. —  In  San  ^  Barbara. 

Saturday,  May  14.     Twentieth  Day. —  In  Fai  ta  Barbara. 

Sunday,  May  15.     Twenty-first  Day.—  '  1  Sar.:.>.  Barbara. 

Monday,  May  16.     Twenty-second  Day. —  In  !^' mta  Barbara. 

Tuesday,  May  17.     Twenty-third  Day. —  I:^  Santa  Barbara. 

Wednesday,  May  18.     Twenty-fourth  Day--  In  Santa  Barbara. 

Thursday,  May  19.     Twenty-fifth  Day.—  In  Santa  Barbara. 

Friday,  May  20.  Twenty-sixth  Day. —  In  Santa  Barbara.  Om..Ibiis  transfer  to  the  Southern  Pacific 
Company's  station,  and  leave  Santa  Barbara  at  11. 10  a.  m.  ;  dinner  at  the  station  diniiig-rooms,  Saugus  ; 
supper  at  station  dining-room,  Mojave. 

Note. —  The  parties  for  the  Yosemite  Valley  will  be  made  up  during  the  stay  at  Sant,\  Barbara,  to 
leave  on  different  days.    The  carriage  ride  in  Santa  Barbara  may  be  taken  on  any  day  during  the  stay. 

Saturday,  May  21.  Twenty -seventh  Day. —  On  the  Southern  Pacific  Company's  line  en  routenoxxh- 
ward;  breakfast  at  the  station  dining-room,  Lathrop;  arrive  at  Oakland  Pier  11.45  a.  M.,and  in  San 
Francisco  by  ferry  12.15  A.,  m.  ;  transfer  from  the  Oakland  ferry,  foot  of  Market  street,  in  the  coaches  of 
the  United  Carriage  Company,  to  the  Palace  Hotel,  C.  Percy  Smith,  manager. 

Note. — The  Yosemite  Valley  passengers  will  reach  Berenda  (on  this  and  preceding  dates)  at  3.05  a.  m., 
and  Raymond  (by  branch  railway  line  from  Berenda)  at  6.15  a.  m.  The  stage  journey  begins  at  Ray- 
mond. Through  sleeping-cars  will  be  run  from  Santa  Barbara  to  Raymond, for  the  accommodation  of  the 
members  of  the  party. 

Sunday,  May  22.     Twenty-eighth  Day. —  In  San  Francisco. 

Monday,  May  23.  Twenty-ninth  Day. —  In  San  Francisco.  The  members  of  the  party  will  have  a 
carriage  ride  while  in  San  Francisco,  the  route  being  to  Golden  Gate  Park,  and  thence  to  the  Cliff  House, 

lOI 


5,',( 


'1/ 


o 


rp-p« 


esgag 


S»5HSH!i 


innniiiPiiiiiBi 


PHi 


■ma 


I'i 


returning  w/a  Point  Lobos  road,  which  overlooks  the  Presidio  with  Fort  Point  and  the  Golden  Gate  ia 
the  distance.    This  ride  may  be  taken  on  any  day  of  the  stay  in  San  Francisco. 

TuBSDAV,  May  24.  T^AtWiVM  Z>/Ty.— Omnibus  transfer  from  the  Palace  Hotel  to  the  Alameda  ferry, 
foot  of  Market  street,  and  leave  San  Francisco  by  the  Santa  Cruz  Division  of  the  Southern  Pacific 
Company's  line  8.15  a.  m.  ;  visit  the  "  Big  Trees"  en  routt  and  arrive  in  Santa  Cruz  1.00  P  M. ;  dinnerat 
the  Pacific  Ocean  House,  W.  J.  McCoIlum,  proprietor;  carriage  ride,  visiting  the  beach»  cliff,  etc. ;  leave 
^anla  Cruz  4.00  p.  m.  and  proceed  to  Monterey  via  Pajaro,  arriving  at  Hotel  del  Monte  station  6.10 
p.  iti. ;  carriage  transfer  to  the  Hotel  del  Monte,  Georg  Schbnewald,  manager. 

Wednesday,  May  25.     Thirty-first  Day.—A.X.  Hotel  del  Monte,  Monterey. 

Thursday,  May  26.     Thirty-second  Day.—  Ai  Hotel  del  Monte,  Monterey. 

Friday,  May  27.  Thirty-third  Day.— kxYioXt\At\  Monte,  Monterey.  Transfer  to  the  Hotel  del 
Monte  station  and  leave  at  1.38  p.  m.  ;  arrive  in  San  Jose  4.21  p.  M. ;  omnibus  transfer  to  The  Vendome, 
oeorge  P.  Snell,  manager. 

Saturday,  May  28.  Thirty-fourth  Day. —  In  San  Jose.  Stage  excursion  to  the  Lick  Observatory, 
on  the  summit  of  Mount  Hamilton,  leaving  the  the  Hotel  Vendome  in  the  morning,  and  returning  in  the 
pfternoon. 

Sunday,  May  29.     Thirty-fifth  Day.— In  San  Jose. 

Monday,  May  30.  Thirty-sixth  Day. —  In  San  Jose.  Omnibus  transfer  to  the  Southern  Pacific 
Company's  station  (broad  gauge  division,  and  leave  at  3.00  p.  M. ;  arrive  in  San  Francisco  (station  corner 
ofThir4and  Townsend  streets),  5.10  p.m.;  transfer  to  the  Palace  Hotel  in  the  coaches  of  the  United 
Carriage  Company.  ^ 

Tuesday,  May  31.     Thirty-seventh  Day.—  In  San  Francisco. 

Wednesday,  June  i.  Thirty-eighth  Day.— In  San  Francisco.  Transfer  from  the  Palace  Hotel  to 
th*  Market  street  ferry  in  the  coaches  of  the  TTnited  Carriage  Company,  and  leave  San  Francisco  by  ferry 
at  3.30  p.  M. ;  leave  Oakland  Pier  in  Pullman  palace  cars,  via  Southern  Pacific  Company's  line,  at  4.00 
p.  M. ;  arrive  in  Sacramento  7.30  p.  m. 

Thursday,  June  2.  Thirty-ninth  Day.—  LiAvt  Sacramento  at  11.50  a.  m.  ;  during  the  day  on  the 
Southern  Pacific  Company's  Oregon  line  en  route  through  the  upper  valley  of  the  Sacramento,  through 

102 


the  Mount  Shasta  region,  over  the  Siskiyou  Mountains,  and  down  through  the  valleys  of  the  E.ogue  and 
Umpqua  Rivers. 

Friday,  June  3.  Fortieth  Day. —  On  the  Southern  Pacific  Company's  Oregon  line  /»  route  through 
the  valley  of  the  Willamette  ;  arrive  at  Portland  9.35  a.  m.  ;  leave  Portland  10.30  a.  m.  via  Union  Pacific 
Railway  Company's  main  line  of  railway ;  the  train  will  halt  at  Multnomah  Falls,  with  sufficient  time  for 
the  passengers  to  inspect  the  falls ;  arrive  at  Dalles  City  4.00  p.  m.  ;  remain  on  the  cars  over  night,  the 
train  being  placed  upon  a  side  track  at  Dalles  City. 

Saturday,  June  4.  Forty'first  Day. —  Leave  Dalles  City  on  one  of  the  Union  Pacific  Railway 
Company's  steamers  at  7.00  a.  m.  for  a  trip  down  the  Columbia  River;  breakfast  on  the  boat;  arrive  at 
the  Upper  Cascades  11.30  a.  m.  ;  transfer  by  narrow-gauge  railway  to  the  Lower  Cascades  (six  miles), 
and  leave  there  at  ia.15  p.  m.  by  steamer;  dinner  on  the  boat;  arrive  at  Portland  4.50  p.  M. ;  omnibus 
transfer  from  the  Ash  street  wharf  to  The  Portland,  Charles  E.  Leiand,  manager. 

Sunday,  June  5.    Farty-eecond  Day. —  In  Portland. 

Monday,  June  6.  Forty-third  Day, —  In  Portland.  Carriage  ride  through  the  business  and  finest 
residence  portions  cf  the  city,  and  also  to  the  park,  which  affords  a  grand  view  of  the  city,  the  river,  and 
the  mountains.  Omnibus  transfer  from  The  Portland  to  the  Union  station,  and  leave  via  the  Northern 
Pacific  Railroad  at  10.4s  A.  m.  ;  dinner  on  Northern  Pacific  dining-car;  arrive  in  Tacoma  6.30  p.  m.,  end 
go  on  board  the  Pacific  Coast  Steamship  Company's  steamer  "  Queen  "  for  the  Alaska  voyage. 

Tuesday,  June  7.    Forty-fourth  Day. 


Wednesday,  Jur^  8.    Forty-fifth  Day. 
Thursday,  June  9.    Forty-sixth  Day. 
Friday,  June  10.     Forty-seventh  Day, 
Saturday,  June  11.     Forty-eighth  Day. 
Sunday,  June  la.    Forty-ninth  Day. 
Monday,  June  13.    Fiftieth  Day. 
Tuesday,  June  14.    Fifty-first  Day. 
Wudnesdw,  June  13.    Fifty-second  Day. 
Thursday,  June  16.    Fifty-third  Day. 
Frii  AY,  June  17.    Fifty-fourth  Day. 
Sat(  i\iday,  June  t8.    Fifty-fifth  Day, 


On  the  Alaska  trip,  visiting  Fort  Wrangel,  Ju- 
neau, Douglas  Island,  Chilkaht,  the  great  Muir 
Glacier,  in  Glacier  Bay,  Siika,  etc.  The  steamer 
will  return  to  Port  Townscnd,  .Seattle,  and  Tacoma 
on  Thursday,  Friday  or  Saturday  —  and  probably 
on  Thuivday.  On  the  northward  voyage  from 
Puget  Sound,  a  visit  will  be  paid  to  Victoria,  B.  C. 


m 


103 


NoTB.—  On  the  return  the  steamer  will  remain  at  Port  Townsend  long  enough  to  permit  <rf  an  inspec- 
tion of  that  city.  Both  Seattle  and  Tacoma  will  also  be  visited,  and  for  the  better  accommodation  of  all 
it  may  be  deemed  advisable  to  divide  the  party  into  two  divisions,  one  of  which  will  visit  Seattle  first  and 
the  other  Tacoma.  The  Rainier,  De  L.  Harbough,  manager,  in  Seattle,  and  The  Tacoma,  William  K. 
Hatch,  manager,  in  Tacoma,  will  be  made  the  sojourning  places  in  those  cities,  and  there  will  be  coach 
transfers  to  and  from  the  hotels. 

Sunday,  June  19.    Fifty-sixth  Day, —  In  Seattle  and  Tacoma. 

Monday,  June  ao.     Fifty-seventh  Day.—  In  Seattle  and  Tacoma. 

Tuesday,  June  31.  Fifty-eighth  Day. —  In  Seattle  and  Tacoma.  Omnibus  t*^nsfers  from  the  hotels 
to  the  stations,  and  ?eave  Seattle  at  2. 12  p.  m.,  and  Tacoma  at  3.40  p.  M.,  via  Northern  Pacific  Railroad. 

Wbdnbsday,  June  32.  Fifty-ninth  Day.— On  the  Northern  Pacific  Railroad  en  rout*  eastward 
through  Idaho  and  Montana. 

Note. —  Railway  time  changes  at  Hope,  Id.,  from  Pacific  standard,  or  laoth  meridian,  to  Mountain 
standard,  or  105th  meridian—  one  hour  faster. 

■  Thursday,  June  33.  Sixtieth  Day. —  Arrive  at  Livingston  4.15  a.m.;  thence  via  National  Park 
Branch  of  the  Northern  Pacific  Railroad  to  Cinnabar,  arriving  there  at  an  early  morning  hour ;  leave 
Cinnabar  by  stage  at  9.00  a.  m.;  arrive  at  Mammoth  Hot  Springs  Hotel  ii.oo  a.  m. 

NoTB. —  All  the  hotels  in  the  Yellowstone  National  Park  are  owned  by  the  Yellowstone  Park  Asso- 
ciation, of  which  W.  G.  Johnson  is  general  manager.  The  transportation  is  under  the  charge  of  George 
W.  Wakefield.  ~^ 

Friday,  June  34.  Sixty-first  Day. —  Leave  Mammotii  Hot  Springs  in  George  W.  Wakefield's 
stages  at  8.00  a.m.,  for  the  lour  through  the  park;  arrive  at  Norris  Geyser  Basin  13.30  p.m.;  dinner 
there '  leave  Norris  Geyser  Basin  1.30  p.  m.,  passing  near  the  principal  geysers  in  this  basin,  including 
the  "  Monarch,"  and  later  near  the  Gibbon  Falls ;  arrive  at  the  Fountain  Hotel  5.30  p.  m. 

Saturday,  June  25.  Sixty-second  Day.—  Leave  Fountain  Hotel  at  8.00  a.  m.,  and  visit  the  *'  Foun- 
tain" Geyser,  the  "  Mammoth  Paint  Pots,"  etc. ;  then  continue  to  the'Midway  Geyser  Basin,  which 
contains  the  "  Excelsior  "  Geyser  ("  Hell's  Half  Acre  "),  "  Turquoise  "  Spring,  and  "  Prismatic"  Lake ; 

104 


1: 


arrive  at  th«  Upper  Geyser  Basin  Hotel  zt.oo  a.  m.    The  hotel  is  situated  near  "Old  Faithful,"  the 
•*  Bee  Hive,"  "  Giantessi,"  «'  Castle,"  and  others  of  the  great  geysers. 

Sunday,  June  a6.    Sixty-third  Day.  —  At  the  Upper  Geyser  Basin. 

Monday,  June  ay.  Sixty-fourih  Day. —  Leave  Upper  Geys»er  Basin  9.00  a.  m.,  and  proceed  to  Yel- 
lowstone Lake  via  West  Bay,  or  "Thumb;"  arrive  at  West  Bay  la.oo  m.  ;  lunch  there;  leave  West 
Bay  a.oo  p.  m.  ;  arrive  at  Yellowstone  Lake  Hotel  5.00  p.  m. 

TuBSDAY,  June  a8.  Sixty-fifth  Day. —  Leave  Yellowstone  Lake  10.00  A.  m.  ;  arrive  at  Grand  Cafion 
Hotel  i.oo  p.  M. 

Wbdnbsday,  June  29.  Sixth-sixth  Day. —  Leave  Grand  Cafion  Hotel  10.30  a.  m.  ;  arrive  at  Norris 
Geyser  Basin  ia.30  p.  m.  ;  dinner  there ;  leave  Norris  Geyser  Basin  1.30  r.  M. ;  arrive  at  Mammoth  Hot 
Springs  Hotel  5.00  p.  m. 

Thursday,  June  30.  Sixty-seventh  Day. —  Leave  Mammoth  Hot  bprlngs  4.00  p.  m.  ;  arrive  at  Cin- 
nabar 6.00  p.  M. ;  leave  Cinnabar,  via  National  Park  Branch  of  the  Northern  Pacific  Railroad,  6.15  p.  m.  ; 
arrive  at  Livingston  8.15  p.m.  ;  leave  Livingston  8.30  p.  m.  on  Northern  Pacific  Railroad,  main  line. 

NoTB. —  In  case  it  Is  deemed  advisable  to  divide  the  party  for  the  round  of  travel  through  the  park, 
one  division  will  reverse  the  foregoing  itinerary. 

Friday,  July  i.  Sixty-eighth  Day. —  On  the  Northern  Pacific  Railroad  en  route  through  Montana 
and  North  Dakota. 

NoTB. —  Railway  time  changes  at  Mandan,  N.  D.,  from  Mountain  standard,  or  losth  meridian,  to 
Central  standard,  or  90th  meridian  —  one  hour  faster. 

S4VTURDAY,  July  a.  Sixty^inth  Day.-~  On  the  Northern  Pacific  Railroad  en  route  through  North 
Dakota  and  Minnesota.  Arrive  in  Minneapolis  ii.cx}  a.  m.  ;  omnibus  tranfer  to  the  West  Hotel,  John 
T.  West,  proprietor ;  in  the  afternoon  carriage  ride,  with  visits  to  Minnehaha  Falls,  the  chief  business 
and  residence  sections  of  the  city,  the  great  flouring  mills  (the  largest  in  the  world),  the  bridge  below  St. 
Anthony's  Falls,  the  Exposition  Building,  the  Suspension  Bridge,  etc. 

Sunday,  July  3.    Seventieth  Day. —  In  Minneapolis. 

Monday,  July  4.    Seventy-first  Day.—  In  Minneapolis.    Omnibus  transfer  to  the  Union  station, 

105 


and  leave  Minneapolis  13.05  '•  m.  ;  arrive  in  St.  Paul  ia.40  p.  m.;  omnibus  transfer  to  the  Hotel  Ryan, 
Eugene  Mehl  &  Son,  proprietors ;  in  the  afternoon  carriage  ride,  visiting  the  chief  business  and  residence 
portions  of  the  city,  the  Capitol,  Summit  avenue,  the  Observatory  (midway  between  St.  Paul  and  Minne- 
apolis, and  affording  a  view  of  both  cities),  Fort  Snelling,  etc. 

TuBSDAV,  July  5.  Stveniy-stcond Day. —  In  St.  Paul.  Omnibus  transfer  from  the  Hotel  Ryan  to 
the  station  of  the  Minneapolis  &  St.  Louis  Railway  station,  and  leave  St.  Paul  via  the  Albert  Lea  route 
at  6.35  P.M. 

Wkdnbsdav,  July  6.  Stvtnty-thirdDay.—T^xwx^  Iowa  and  Illinois  on  Chicago,  Rock  Island  & 
Pacific  Railway  (Albert  Lea  route).  Arrive  at  Blue  Island  Junction  about  13.30  p.  m.  ;  transfer  to 
Chicago  &  Grand  Tnmk  Railway,  and  thence  eastward  on  that  road.  Persons  desiring  to  go  through  to 
Chicago  can  do  so,  the  train  arriving  in  that  city  at  1.15  p.  m. 

NoTBS. —  Members  of  the  party  who  return  independently  from  Chicago  eastward  will  be  required  to 
exchange  their  e&st-bound  passage  and  sleepim  car  coupons  at  the  station  ticket  offices  of  the  Chicago  & 
Grand  Trunk  Railway,  either  at  Chicago  &  Grand  Trunk  Railway  Crossing,  Blue  Island,  or  the  new 
Dearborn  station  (Polk  street  and  Fourth  avenue),  Chicago,  or  at  the  city  ticket  office  of  the  Chicago  & 
Grand  Trunk  Railway,  103  South  Clark  street,  Chicago,  E.  H.  Hughes,  agent,  to  whom  all  applications 
in  advance  for  sleeping^berths  should  be  addressed.  Niagara  Falls  is  the  only  point  east  of  Chicago 
where  "  stop-over  "  privileges  are  permitted. 

Railway  time  changes  at  Pori  Huron,  Mich.,  from  Central  standard,  or  90th  meridian,  to  Eastern 
standard,  or  75th  meridian— one  hour  faster. 

Thursday,  July  7.  StvtMty/ourth  Day. —  From  Port  Huron  eastward  on  the  Grand  Trunk  Rail- 
way; arriveat  Clifton,  Ont.,  7.30  a.  M.,and  at  Niagara  Falls,  N.  Y.,  8.06  a.  m.  ;  leave  Niagara  Falls, 
via  the  West  Shore  route,  from  the  station  of  the  New  Yoia  Central  &  Hudson  River  Railroad,  at 
5.08  p.  M. 

Friday,  July  8.  Stvtniy^/lhDay.—  Ytoxn  Rotterdam  Junction  eastward  via  Hoosac  Tunnel  & 
Fitchburg  line ;  »«'rive  at  Athol,  Mass.,  6.S7  a.  m.  ;  breakfast  at  station  dining  rooms,  W.  £.  Wood,  pro- 
prietor; arrive  in  Boston  (Fitchburg  Railroad  station,  Causeway  street)  9.50  a.  m. 


u 


f 


t* 


106 


p 


1  Ryan, 
esidence 
I  Minne- 

Ryan  to      || 
^ea  route 

Island  & 
ansfer  to 
irough  to 

squired  to 
Chicago  & 
r  the  new 
Chicago  & 
plications 
Chicago 


lo  Eastern 

unk  Rail- 
jara  F^lUi 
.ailroad,  at 

Tunnel  & 

Vood,  pro- 


Table  of  Distances. 

MILKS. 

From  Boston  to  Rotterdam  Junction,  N.  Y.,  Fitchburg  Railroad aia 

"    Rotterdam  Junction  to  Suspension  Bridge,  West  Shore  Railroad 396 

"    Suspension  Bridtce  to  Port  Huron,  Mich.,  Southern  Division  of  the  Grand  Trunlc  Railway 179 

'*    Port  Huron,  Mich.,  to  Blue  Island  Junction,  Chicago  &  Grand  Trunk  Railway 314 

"    Blue  Island  Junction  to  Kansas  City,  Mo.,  Chicago,  Rock  Island  &  Pacific  Railway 501 

"    Kansas  City  to  Pueblo,  Col.,  Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  Railroad 635 

**  Pueblo  to  Parkdale  and  return  (loa  miles),  Pueblo  to  Denver  (120  miles),  Denver  to  Colorado 
Springs  (75  miles),  Colorado  Springs  to  Manitou  Springs  and  return  (13  miles),  and  Colorado 

Springs  to  Pueblo  (45  miles),  Denver  and  Rio  Grande  Railway 354 

"  Pueblo  to  La  Junta,  and  thence  to  Las  Vegas,  N.  M.  (279  miles),  Las  Vegas  to  Las  Vegas  Hot 
Springs  and  return  (12  miles),  Las  Vegas  to  Lamy  Junction  (65  miles),  Lamy  Junction  to 
Santa  Fe  and  return  (36  miles),  and  Lamy  Junction  to  Albuquerque  (68  miles),  Atchison, 

Topeka&  Santa  Fe  Railroad 460 

"    Albuquerque  to  Barstow,  Cal.,  Atlantic  &  Pacific  Railroad.*. 747 

"    Barstow  to  San  Bernardino  (81  miles),  San  Bernardino  to  Riverside  (9  miles),  ar     Riverside  to 

San  Diego  (13a  miles),  Southern  California  Railivay  Company's  line 2aa 

"    San  Diego  via  San  Bernardino  to  Los  Angeles,  Southern  California  Railway  Company's  line. .  aoa 

*'     Los  Angeles  to  Redondo  Beach  and  return,  Southern  California  Railway  Company's  line 45 

*'    Los  Angeles  to  Pasadena  and  return,  Southern  California  Railway  Company's  line 10 

"    Los  Angeles  to  Santa  Barbara  ( I  la  miles),  and  Santa  Barbara  to  San  Francisco  (529  miles), 

Southern  Pacific  Company's  Railway 641 

*'    San  Francisco  to  Santa  Cruz,  Southern  Pacific  Company's  Santa  Cruz  (narrow  gauge)  Division    80 
*'    Santa  Cruz  to  Monterey  (47  miles),  and  from  Monterey  to  San  Jose  (74  miles),  Southern  Pacific 

Company's  Monterey  line lai 

'*    San  Jose  to  the  summit  of  Mount  Hamilton  and  return,  Mount  Hamilton  Stage  Company 52 

**    San  Jose  to  San  Francisco,  Southern  Pacific  Company's  Monterey  line 50 

Distances  carried  forward 5,1a  t 

107 


.  I 


(< 


MILBS. 

Distances  brought  forward 5,iai 

From  San  Francisco  to  Portland,  Southern  Pacific  Company's  Mount  Shasta  route 772 

"    Portland  to  The  Dalles,  Or.,  Union  Pacific  Railway 88 

"    The  Dalles  to  UpF>er  Cascades,  steamer  of  the  Union  Pacific  Company's  River  line 45 

"    Upper  Cascades  to  Lower  Cascades,  Portage  Railway 6 

"     Lower  Cascades  to  Portland,  steamer  of  the  Union  Pacific  Company's  River  line 62 

Portland  to  Tacoma,  Wash.,  Pacific  Division  Northern  Pacific  Railroad 145 

Tacoma  to  Sitka  and  return  to  Seattle,  Pacific  Coast  Steamship  Company's  steamer 
'•  Queen  "  — Tacoma  to  Victoria  (no  miles),  Victoria  to  Fort  Wrangel  (680  miles),  Fort 
Wrangel  to  Juneau  (199  miles),  Juneau  to  Douglas  Island  (3  miles),  Douglas  Island  to  Chil- 
kaht  (89  miles),  Chilkaht  to  Muii-  Glacier  in  Glacier  Bay  (191  miles),  Muir  Glacier  to  Sitka 
via  Icy  Strait  (147  miles),  Sitka  to  Nanaimo  (1,027  miles  if  route  via  Juneau  and  Fort 
Wrangel  is  taken,  or  745  outside  Baranof  Island  and  through  Duke  of  Clarence  Strait), 
Nanaimo  to  Victoria  (78  miles),  and  Victoria  to  Seattle  via  Port  Townsend  (74  miles), 

distances  given  in  nautical  miles 2,598 

Add  to  above  for  difference  between  nautical  and  geographical,  or  statute  miles 397 

Seattle  to  Tacoma,  Northern  Pacific  Railroad 40 

Taco.'iia  to  Livingston,  Northern  Pacific  Railroad 904 

Livingston  to  Cinnabar,  Yellowstone  Park  Branch  of  Northern  Pacific  Railroad 51 

Cinnabar  to  Mammoth  Hot  Springs,  stage 7 

Mammoth  Hot  Springs  to  Norris  Geyser  Basin,  stage ^ 22 

Norris  Geyser  Basin  to  Lower  Geyser  Basin,  stage 20 

Lower  Geyser  Basin  to  Upper  Geyser  Basin,  stage 8 

Upper  Geyser  Basin  to  Yellowstone  Lake,  stage 33 

Yellowstone  Lake  to  Grand  Cafion  of  the  Yellowstone,  stage 18 

Grand  Cafion  of  the  Yellowstone  to  Mnmmoth  Hot  Springs,  stage 33 

Mammoth  Hot  Springs  to  Cinnabar,  stage 7 


<t 


«< 
<( 


Distances  carried  forward . 


108 


W.377 


■Ml 


I 


MILBS. 

Distauces  brought  forward '0,377 

From  Cinnabar  to  Livingston,  Yellowstone  Park  Branch  of  Northern  Pacific  Railroad 51 

"    Livingston  to  St.  Paul,  Northern  Pacific  Railroad  (main  line) 1*007 

"    St.  Paul  to  Albert  Lea,  Minn.,  Minneapolis  &  St.  Louis  Railway 120 

"    Albert  Lea  to  West  Liberty,  la.,  Burlington,  Cedar  Rapids  &  Northern  Railway 191 

"    West  Liberty  to  Chicago  &  Grand  Trunk  Crossing,  Blue  Island,  111.  (205  miles),  or  from  same 

point  to  Chicago  (222  miles),  Chicago,  Rock  Island  &  Pacific  Railway  (main  line) 22a 

"    Chicago  &  Grand  Trunk  Crossing,  Blue  Island,  to  Port  Huron,  Mich.  (316  miles),  or  from 

Chicago  to  same  point  (335  miles),  Chicago  &  Grand  Trunk  Railway 333 

'*    Port  Huron  to  Suspension  Bridge,  Southern  Division  of  Grand  Trunk  Railway 179 

"     Suspension  Bridge  to  Rotterdam  Junction,  N.  Y.,  West  Shore  Railroad 296 

"    Rotterdam  Junction  to  Boston,  Fitchburg  Railroad. ...    \ 21a 

Total 12,988 

It  will  be  observed  that  none  of  the  incidental  carriage  drives  nor  the  side  trip  to 
the  Yosemite  Valley  are  included  in  the  above  enumeration,  only  the  regular  journeys 
by  railway,  steamer,  and  stage  being  taken  into  consideration. 

In  the  course  of  the  tour  the  excursionists  will  pass  through  the  following  States 
and  Territories:  States  —  Massachusetts,  Vermont,  New  York,  Michigan,  Indiana, 
Illinois,  Iowa,  Missouri,  Kansas,  Colorado,  California,  Oregon,  Washington,  Idaho, 
Montana,  Wyoming,  North  Dakota,  and  Minnesota  (18).  Territories  —  New  Mexico, 
Arizona,  and  Alaska  (3) ;  and  also  the  Provinces  of  Ontario  and  British  Columbia  (2) 
in  the  Dominion  of  Canada. 

The  Excursion  to  the  Big  Tree  Qroves  and  the  Yosemite  Valley. 

It  has  been  deemed  advisable  to  make  a  visit  to  the  Yosemite  Valley  and  the  Big 
Trees  a  side  or  supplementary  trip,  at  a  slight  additional  expense,  the  same  as  in 

109 


m 


^previous  years,  rather  than  to  include  it  in  the  regular  round.  This  course  is  taken  in 
order  that  every  ;:erson  may  exercise  his  or  her  own  preference  in  the  matter,  not  only 
in  reference  to  making  the  trip,  but  also  in  regard  to  the  time  to  be  occupied  in 
connection  therewith.  Special  and  very  advantageous  arrangements  have  been  made 
for  the  accommodation  of  the  members  of  our  parties,  and  the  expense  of  the  trip 
will  be  comparatively  light.  The  stage  transportation  will  be  furnished  by  the  Yosem- 
ite  Valley  Stage  &  Turnpike  Company.  No  horseback  riding  is  now  required  to 
reach  either  the  Yosemite  Valley  or  the  Mariposa  Groves  of  Big  Trees;  and  the  con- 
struction of  a  branch  railway  from  Berenda  to  Raymond,  a  distance  of  twenty-one 
miles,  has  materially  decreased  the  stage  ride.  The  distance  from  Raymond  to  the 
Wahwonah  Hotel,  1  g  Tree  Station  (formerly  known  as  Clarke's),  is  only  thirty-four 
miles,  and  from  thence  to  the  valley  twenty-six  miles. 

As  it  is  essential  that  all  arrangements  for  stage  transportation  and  hotel  accommo- 
dations shall  be  made  in  advance  of  the  arrival  of  the  parties  in  California,  persons 
desiring  to  make  the  trip  are  requested  to  purchase  their  stage  tickets  for  the  Yosemite 
tour  when  the  general  excursion«tickets  are  taken,  or  at  least  before  starting  out  from 
Boston.  The  cost  of  the  ticket,  covering  railway  and  stage  transportation  from 
Berenda  to  the  Big  Trees  and  Yosemite  Valley,  returning  to  Berenda,  is  thirty-five 
DOLLARS.  As  the  trip  will  be  made  during  some  portion  of  the  period  allotted  to  the 
sojourn  at  Santa  Barbara  or  at  the  Palace  Hotel,  some  of  the  hotel  coupons  will 
remain  unused.  All  such  will  be  redeemed,  thus  lessening  the  cost.  The  sleeping-car 
ticket  (good  from  Los  Angeles  to  Raymond  or  San  Francisco)  will  be  taken  up  before 
Berenda  is  reached,  and  cannot  be  used  on  a  subsequent  date.  Therefore,  Yosemite 
Valley  excursionists  who  desire  sleeping*car  or  drawing-room  car  places  on  the  return, 
will  be  required  to  pay  for  the  same.    Hotel  accommodations  at  Clarke's  and  in  the 

no 


taken  in 
not  only 
lupied  in 
en  made 

the  trip 
;  Yosem- 
[uired  to 

the  con- 
enty-one 
id  to  the 
lirty-four 

ccommo- 
,  persons 
^osemite 
out  from 
on  from 
ITY-FIVE 

ed  to  the 
•ons  will 
eping-car 
ip  before 
fosemite 
e  return, 
nd  in  the 


Yosemite  Valley,  and  meals  en  ro%tte^  are  also  extra.  The  entire  cost  of  the  trip,  inc!ud> 
ing  transportation,  board,  meals,  excursions  in  and  about  the  valley,  etc.,  after  deduct- 
ing the  value  of  unused  hotel  coupons  in  the  regular  excursion  ticket  book,  will  be 
less  than  I50. 

As  the  accomiAodations  to  be  furnished  on  certain  parts  of  the  route  are  limited, 

the  party  will  necessarily  be  restricted  in  numbers.    Persons  desirous  of  becoming 

members  are  earnestly  requested  to  enroll  their  names  at  as  early  a  date  as  possible. 

Tickets  must  be  taken  on  or  before  Wednesday,  April  20,  five  days  previous  to  the 

date  of  departure. 

W.  RAYMOND. 

I.  A.  WHITCOMB. 


jg^ Tickets  for  the  excursion,  additional  copies  of  this  circular,  and  all  needed 
information  can  be  obtained  of 

RAYMOND  &  WHITCOMB,  296  Washington  St.  (opposite  School  St.).  Boston.  Msss. 


XII 


i|ii; 


'i 


- 

* 

r 

A 

• 

•                            « 

-*• 

^^^WfiVKMS^^SaSHflMS^^^ 

^ 

« 

Colon 

T] 

Ths 

1 

m^ 


SEAS0N  0F  1592. 


NINTH  ANNUAL  TOUR 

ACROSS  THE  CONTINENT 


AND    THROUGH    THB 


*     PACIFIC     rlOt^THWEST,     * 


WITH  VISITS  TO 


Colorado,  Now  Mexico,  Arizoni,  Califomli,  the  Mt.  Shaota  Region,  Oregon,  Washington,  the  Picturesque  Columbia 
River,  Puget  Sound,  British  Columbia,  Idaho,  INontar.ai  North  Dakota,  Minnesota,  and 

THE  YELLOWSTONE  NATIONAL  PARK. 


A  Magnificent  Train  of  Vestibuled  Pullman  Palace  Cars,  including 

Pullman  Palace  Dining- Cars. 

A  GRAND  EXCURSION"  OF  68  DAYS. 

Tbb  Party  to  Leave  Boston  Monday,  April  25,  and  to  Return  Friday,  July  1, 1892. 

Priee  of  Tickets  (all  Traveling  Eipenses  Included),  -  -  $550.00. 

Incidental  Bzoanion  to  the  Tosemite  Valley  and  the  Big  Tree  Qroyes. 

W.  Raymond,  I.  A.  Whitcomb, 

296  Wasliington  Street,  opposite  Sohool  Street,  Boston,  Mass. 

"3 


li 


i 


•    COLORADO,    CALIFORNIA.    * 

THE     PACIFIC     HOt^THWEST, 


AND  THE 


Vellouistone  ]4ational  Pairk. 


APRII^     25    TO    JULY    1,    1892, 


Our  annual  spring  excursion  across  the  continent  and  through  the  wonderfully 
picturesque  regions  of  the  Pacific  Northwest,  which  has  been  exceedingly  popular 
during  the  past  eight  years,  will  be  made  fully  as  attractive  as  ever.  This  trip  is  like 
the  excursion  alreatly  described,  except  that  the  Alaska  voyage  is  omitted.  The 
outward  journey  through  Colorado,  New  Mexico,  and  Arizona  will  possess  peculiar 
interest  on  account  of  its  many  attractive  features.  The  tour  through  California 
extends  from  one  end  of  the  Golden  State  to  the  other,  and  could  not  well  be  made 
more  comprehensive,  including,  as  it  does,  its  famous  picturesque  points,  its  groves 

114 


E9I 


tif^fmamemsm!^^ 


5T, 


nderfully 
popular 
ip  is  like 
ed.  The 
peculiar 
:alifornia 
be  made 
ts  groves 


and  gardens,  all  its  prominent  cities,  and  all  its  great  seashore,  health,  and  pleasure 
resorts.  The  journey  from  California  to  Oregon  is  to  be  made  over  the  magnificent 
Mount  Shasta  route,  and  the  round  of  travel  through  Oregon,  Washington,  and  the 
Puget  Sound  region  will  be  quite  elaborate,  so  that  little  that  is  possible  in  the  way  of 
sight-seeing  is  left  undone.  The  return  trip  lies  over  the  entire  length  of  the  Northern 
Pacific  Railroad  from  Portland  and  Tacoma  to  St.  Paul,  inclusive  of  its  picturesque 
Cascade  Division,  and  a  week  will  be  passed  in  inspecting  the  matchless  wonders  of 
the  Yellowstone  National  Park.  » 

Thus  the  tour  will  be  made  to  include  Kansas  City,  the  famous  Royal  Gorge,  Den- 
ver, Manilou  Springs,  Las  Vegas  Hot  Springs,  Santa  Fe,  Redlands,  San  Diego  and 
C  ionado  Beach,  Riverside,  Redondo  Beach,  Los  Angeles,  PavSadena,  Santa  Barbara 
(the  Yosemite  Valley  and  Big  Tree  Groves  on  a  side  trip  if  desired),  San  Francisco, 
Monterery,  Santa  Cruz,  San  Jose,  the  summit  of  Mount  Hamilton,  Sacramento,  the 
Mount  Shasta  region,  Portland,  the  Columbia  River,  Multnomah  Falls,  Dalles  City, 
the  Cascades  of  the  Columbia,  Tacoma,  Seattle,  Port  Townsend,  Victoria,  B.  C, 
Spokane  Falls,  all  the  places  of  interest  within  the  Yellowstone  National  Park,  St. 
Paul,  Minneapolis,  and  the  Niagara  Falls,  —  a  truly  grand  list  of  places  to  be  seen, 
and  indicating  a  far-reaching  round  of  travel  along  almost  the  whole  extent  of  the 
southern,  western,  and  northern  borders  of  our  country.  An  examination  of  a  map  of 
the  United  States,  with  the  adjacent  British  possessions  on  the  Pacific  Coast,  will  give 
the  best  idea  of  the  wide  extent  and  comprehensiveness  of  this  grand  pleasure  trip. 

A  feature  cJ  special  attractiveness  will  be  the  luxurious  accommodations  for  travel. 
The  journey  will  be  made  In  a  magnificent  train  of  vestibuled  Pullman  palace  cars, 
with  a  Pullman  palace  dining-car  included.  Our  vestibuled  Pullman  trains  are  the 
most  elegant  ever  seen  in  America  —  comprising  not  only  magnificently  furnished 

"5 


Il  ! 


sleeping-cars,  but  Pullman  palace  dining-cars,  and  composite  cars  containing  a  bath- 
room, barber's  shop,  libra  I  y,  and  other  novel  appointments.  The  dining-car  will  be 
under  the  supervision  of  an  official  from  the  Commissary  Department  of  the  Pullman 
Company,  and  three  meals  will  be  served  therein  daily.  The  vestibuled  train  is  the 
latest  development  of  the  Pullman  palace  car,  and  combines  many  comforts  and  lux- 
uries hitherto  unattainable  in  railway  traveling.  The  adoption  of  a  dining-car  service 
across  the  continent  is  a  feature  of  special  importance  to  the  passenger,  whose  meals 
are  thus  assured  at  regular  hours,  in  spite  of  enforced  delays  or  any  other  untoward 
circumstance. 

The  party  will  be  under  the  charge  of  competent  conductors,  who  will  devote  their 
entire  time  and  attention  to  the  welfare  and  comfort  of  the  passengers,  and  who  will 
superintend  all  business  arrangements.  Hotel  accommodations  will  be  arranged  in 
advance,  baggage  will  at  all  times  be  cared  for,  and  in  other  particulars  the  members 
of  the  party  will  be  relieved  of  many  petty  cares  and  annoyances  inseparable  from 
ordinary  travel.  Thus  the  traveler  will  be  left  to  the  fullest  enjoyment  ot  the  journey 
while  appointed  agents  attend  to  the  task  of  arranging  its  details. 

The  route  of  the  excursion  will  be  set  forth  very  briefly,  inasmuch  as  it  is  the  same 
that  has  been  described  in  the  foregoing  pages  in  connection  with  the  Alaska  tour. 
We  would  refer  the  reader  to  the  more  detailed  description  there  to  be  found.  There 
will  be  no  variation  in  the  two  itineraries  of  the  outward  journey  as  far  as  San  Fran- 
cisco, and  up  to  May  24.  From  that  time  the  two  parties  will  travel  separately.  The 
same  points,  both  in  California  and  the  Pacific  Northwest,  will  be  visited  (with  the 
exception  of  Alaska),  but  on  different  dates.  The  return  journey  from  Tacoma,  with 
the  Yellowstone  National  Park  side  trip,  will  be  duplicated,  the  two  parties  traveling 
•eparately,  however,  over  that  entire  section  of  the  route. 

116 


: 


i! 


g  a  bath- 
will  be 
Pullman 
in  is  the 
and  lux- 
ir  service 
se  meals 
untoward 

ote  their 
i  who  will 
ranged  in 
members 
ible  from 
le  journey 

the  same 
Lska  tour, 
d.  There 
5an  Fran- 
ely.  The 
(with  the 
oma,  with 
traveling 


From  Boston  to  the  Missouri  River. 

Leaving  Boston  by  special  train  over  the  Fitchburg  &  Hoosac  Tunnel  line  at  4.00 
p.  M.,  Monday,  April  25,  the  party  will  proceed  westward  over  that  line  to  Rotterdam 
Junction,  N.  Y.,  and  thence  via  the  West  Shore  Railroad  to  Buffalo  and  Suspension 
Bridge.  From  the  latter  point  the  train  continues  over  the  Southern  Division  of  the 
Grand  Trunk  Railway  to  Port  Huron,  Mich.,  the  Chicago  &  Grand  Trunk  Railway 
from  Port  Huron  to  Blue  Island  Junction,  111.,  and  the  Chicago,  Rock  Island  &*  Pacific 
Railway  from  the  latter  place  to  Kansas  City.  The  train  will  reach  Kansas  City 
Thursday  morning,  and  after  a  halt  of  several  hours  continue  westward. 

Kansas. 

From  this  poiat  through  Kansas  and  into  Colorado,  and  later  on  through  New  Mex- 
ico, we  travel  over  the  Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  Railroad.  This  portion  of  the 
trip  will  be  full  of  interest.  The  rich  farming  region  of  Eastern  Kansas,  in  early  May 
made  especially  attractive,  will  be  passed  through  by  daylight.  On  the  succeeding 
day  the  travelers  will  find  themselves  on  the  great  grazing  plains  of  Western  Kansas 
and  Eastern  Colorado.  After  leaving  the  Missouri  River,  the  route  lies  for  a  consid- 
erable distance  along  the  Kansas  or  Kaw  River,  and  later  up  the  valley  of  the  more 
important  stream,  the  Arkansas  River.  The  State  of  Kansas  is  traversed  for  486 
miles — from  Kansas  City  to  the  Colorado  line  —  far  enough  to  afford  the  traveler  a 
pretty  thorough  iaipection  of  this  section  of  the  "  great  plains.*' 

Colorado  and  the  Rocky  Mountains. 

At  La  Junta  we  diverge  from  the  main  line  of  the  Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  Fe 
Railroad  for  a  detour  amid  some  of  the  great  scenic  wonders  of  the  Rocky  Mountains. 

117 


f;  iauj 


iilll 


^ri 


We  proceed  first  to  Pueblo  over  a  branch  of  the  Santa  Fe  line,  and  from  thence 
over  the  Denver  &  Rio  .'irande  Railway  to  several  of  the  grandest  scenic  points  in  the 
mountain  section.  The  famed  Royal  Gorge,  which  forms  a  part  of  the  Arkansas 
CaRon,  will  first  claim  our  attention.  At  a  distance  of  a  little  over  fifty  miles  from 
Pueblo  we  enter  a  narrow  defile  with  the  river  by  our  side.  While  the  massive  walls 
of  rock  reach  to  greater  heights  as  we  advance,  the  canon  becomes  more  contracted. 
The  scenery  is  grand  and  inspiring  beyond  description.  A  mountain  has  apparently 
been  rent  in  twain,  leaving  a  narrow  pathway  for  the  iron  horse  on  the  river's  brink. 
The  turrets  and  domes  of  rock  rise  in  sheer  precipices  half  a  mile  or  more,  confronting 
each  other  at  the  top  with  almost  equal  nearness.  The  train  will  proceed  through  the 
gorge  and  then  leturn,  and,  continuing  on  through  Pueblo,  proceed  to  Denver. 

The  forenoon  of  Saturday,  April  30,  will  be  spent  in  that  pretty  city,  with  a  carriage 
ride  as  an  aid  to  sight-seeing  in  the  city  and  its  neighborhood.  Leaving  Denver  in  the 
afternoon,  we  shall  proceed  to  Manitou  Springs,  arriv  g  there  by  4.00  p.  m.  This 
delightful  resort,  which  is  situated  near  the  base  of  Pike's  Peak  and  but  a  short 
distance  from  the  famed  Garden  of  the  Gods,  will  be  made  our  halting-place  over  Sun- 
day, the  visitors  making  their  headquarters  at  the  Barker  and  Cliff  Houses.  Going 
on  board  our  train  Sunday  evening,  we  shall  leave  Manitou  Springs  in  the  night, 
and  journey  southward  into  New  Mexico.  ' 

New  Mexico. 

We  cross  the  boundary  line  between  Colorado  and  the  Terrifto-y  of  New  Mexico  at 

the  summit  of  the  Raton   Mountains,  and  traverse  the  latter  for  nearly  500  miles 

before  reaching  the  borders  of  Arizona.     We  first  visit  the  popular  health  resort  of 

I-AS  Vegas  Hot  Springs,  six  miles  from  the  city  of  I, as  Vegas.     From  this  place  we 

cross  the  mountains,  ano  visit  the  quaint  eld  capital  of  the  Territory  —  Santa  Fe  —  a 

118 


f:; 


n  thence 
Its  in  the 
^.rkansas 
ilea  from 
sive  walls 
)ntracted. 
pparcntly 
r's  brink, 
infronting 
rough  the 
;r. 

a  carriage 
iver  in  the 
M.  This 
It  a  short 
over  Sun- 
Going 
the  night, 


Mexico  at 

500  miles 

resort  of 

place  we 

ta  Fe  —  a 


city  which  today  is  more  Mexican  than  American.  On  leaving  Santa  Fe,  we  return 
to  the  main  line  of  the  Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  Railroad,  and,  descending  the 
Rio  Grande  Valley  through  a  number  of  Mexican  and  native  towns,  reach  Albu- 
querque, from  which  we  turn  westward  towards  Arizona  and  California. 

Arizona. 

Our  passage  through  this  great  Territory  will  be  rendered  interesting,  as  we  are  to 
cross  the  Cafion  Diablo,  and  journey  near  the  lofty  San  Francisco  Mountains,  the 
highest  in  all  Arizona.  Other  picturesque  peaks  are  also  seen,  and  the  distant  boun- 
daries of  the  Grand  Cafion  of  the  Colorado,  which  at  one  point  is  only  twenty-three 
miles  away,  may  likewise  be  discerned.  Many  pre-historic  remains  are  found  at  no 
great  distance  from  the  road,  but  as  yet  there  are  scanty  means  of  reaching  them,  and 
little  of  them  is  seen  from  the  car  windows. 

Southern  California. 

We  cross  the  Colorado  River  at  the  Needles,  and  enter  upon  a  deiert  plain.  The 
river  is  here  a  wide  stream,  having  escaped  from  the  narrow  coivfines  of  the  mountains. 
The  town  takes  its  name  from  a  group  of  sharp  peaks  in  the  north.  It  is  not  until  ve 
cross  the  mountain  barrier  of  the  San  Bernardino  range,  and,  descending  from  the 
Cajon  Pass,  approach  the  richly  cultivated  valley  which  lies  at  its  base,  that  we  reach 
the  paradise  of  California,  although  the  application  of  water  on  the  desert  section  has 
made  oases  here  and  there.  It  is  a  transition  from  desolation  to  plenty  —  from  a 
sandy  waste  to  blooming  orchards  and  gardens -— from  the  skeleton-like  yucca  palm 
to  the  vine  and  the  oi»ange.  As  we  reach  the  southern  slopes  we  see  a  teeming  valley, 
dotted  with  cities  and  towns,  intermingling  with  green  patches  of  orange  groves  and 
vineyards,  stretching  to  the  right  and  left.   From  San  Bernardino  we  proceed  to  River- 

"9 


'1 


i^ 


; 


side,  one  of  the  most  beautiful  towns  upon  the  Pacific  Coast,  and  the  centre  of  the 
orange  culture. 

On  leaving  Riverside  we  proceed  to  San  Diego,  reaching  there  Friday  morning,  May 
6.  The  magnificent  Motel  del  Coronado,  which  is  on  Coronado  Beach,  on  the  oppo- 
site side  of  San  Diego  Bay,  will  be  our  abiding  place  from  that  time  until  Monday 
morning.    This  is  one  of  the  largest  and  best-appointed  hotels  in  the  country. 

From  San  Diego  we  proceed  northward,  passing  in  daylight  a  charming  region 
previously  traversed  in  the  night,  and  also  journeying  through  the  beautiful  valley 
lying  at  the  foot  of  the  Sierra  Madre  range. 

Tuesday,  Wednesday,  and  Thursday  will  be  passed  in  Los  Angeies  and  in  excursions 
therefrom.  On  Wednesday  there  will  be  a  visit  to  Redondo  Beach,  and  on  Thursday 
the  charms  of  Pasadena  and  its  neighborhood  will  be  inspected. 

Leaving  Los  Angeles  Friday,  May  13,  we  proceed  to  Santa  Barbara,  112  miles  dis- 
tant. Considerable  time  is  assigned  to  this  famous  place  of  resort,  as  the  parties  for 
the  Yosemite  Valley  will  be  made  up  here.  Instead  of  going  in  one  large  body,  those 
who  intend  to  visit  the  Yosemite  Valley  will  take  their  departure  in  small  bodies 
on  different  days.  This  will  be  to  the  advantage  of  all.  The  dates  of  departure  of 
the  several  detach m'M\ts  will  be  arranged  as  far  as  possible  to  meet  individual  wishes. 
There  will  be  ample  time  to  see  both  Santa  Barbara  and  the  celebrated  valley  without 
hurry  or  unnecessary  fatigue.     There  will  be  a  carriage  ride  at  Santa  Barbara. 

San  Francisco. 

After  a  thorough  inspection  of  Southern  California,  the  party. will  visit  San  Fran- 
cisco, making  its  headquarters  at  the  famous  Palace  Hotel.  This  is  one  of  the  most 
interesting  cities  in  America,  and  It  has  progressed  very  rapidly  in  every  way  during 

lao 


the  past  few  years.  It  occupies  a  delightful  situation  upon  the  shores  of  a  large  bay 
which  forms  one  of  the  finest  harbors  in  the  world.  Its  business  streets  and  residence 
sections  contain  long  lines  of  elegant  and  costly  buildings.  Some  of  the  dwellings  are 
veritable  palaces.  The  Palace  Hotel  is  one  of  the  largest  and  most  elegant  hostelries 
in  either  Europe  or  America.  The  Chinese  quarter  forms  a  distinct  feature  in  this 
cosmopolitan  town,  and  the  well-filled  shops  of  the  almond-eyed  merchants  are  always 
a  source  of  attraction  to  the  eastern  visitor.  The  stranger  can  step  off  some  of  the 
chief  business  thoroughfares  into  a  populous  corner  uf  China,  which  presents  scenes 
entirely  foreign  to  American  eyes.  There  are  restaurants,  playhouses,  and  all  the  con 
comitant  elements  of  a  Mongolian  community.  The  cable  cars  of  San  Francisco  afford 
cheap  and  quick  transit  to  all  parts  of  the  city,  and  all  the  chief  lines  pass  the  Palace 
Hotel.  The  visitors  will  also  .lave  the  aid  of  a  carriage  ride  to  see  the  sights  of  the 
city  and  its  environs,  foremost  among  which  should  be  mentioned  Golden  Gate  Park 
and  the  Cliff  House. 

For  a  more  detailed  account  of  San  Francisco,  we  would  refer  the  reader  to  the 
description  of  the  Alaska  tour. 

Santa  Cruz. 

Up  to  the  thirtieth  day  of  the  tour  (Tuesday,  May  24)  the  itineraries  of  this 
excursion  and  the  one  previously  described  are  nearly  identical.  From  this  time  forward 
they  differ  to  some  extent,  the  parties  being  divided,  not  only  for  their  movements 
north  of  San  Francisco,  but  also  for  the  visits  to  Santa  Cruz,  Monterey,  and  San  Jose. 
The  members  of  this  party  will  make  a  similar  round,  departing  from  San  Francisco 
Friday,  May  22,  and  proceeding  first  to  Santa  Cruz,  where  the  "  Dig  Trees,"  the 
beach,  the  cliffs,  and  other  sights  of  that  charming  resort  will  be  seen. 

121 


Monterey  and  the  Hotel  del  Monte. 

The  journey  will  then  be  continued  to  Monterey  and  the  famous  Hotel  del  Monte. 

Three  days  are  assigned  to  this  charming  resort,  and  the  visit  will  be  made  at  a  most 
delightful  season.  The  Hotel  del  Monte  is  commodious  and  magnificently  appointed, 
while  its  surroundings  of  lawn,  garden,  grove,  and  park  are  scrupulously  cared  for. 
The  hotel  grounds  comprise  126  acres,  and  the  whole  area  is  made  accessible  by  drive- 
ways and  foot-paths.  The  beach,  with  its  extensive  bathing-establishment,  is  a  short 
distance  away,  and  the  town  is  beyond  the  beach.  Stretching  down  the  picturesque 
coast  and  returning  through  the  town  is  the  celebrated  "  eighteen-mile  drive."  Money 
has  been  lavished  upon  the  Hotel  del  Monte  and  its  surroundings,  and  nothing  has 
been  neglected  that  could  contribute  to  their  beauty  or  attractiveness. 

San  Jose  and  Mount  Hamilton. 

Leaving  Monterey  Monday  afternoon,  we  shall  proceed  to  San  Jose.  In  that  city 
the  new  and  popular  Hotel  Vendome  will  be  made  the  sojourning-place  of  the  party 
until  Thursday  morning.  On  Tuesday  there  will  be  an  excursion  by  stage  to 
the  summit  of  Mount  Hamilton,  where  the  Lick  Observatory  is  situated.  It  is  in  this 
Institution  that  the  largest  telescope  in  the  world  is  seen.  The  stage  ride  is  one  of 
the  most  delightful  experiences  of  the  kind  that  can  be  enjoyed  anywhere  m  America. 
The  road  crosses  the  rich  and  beautiful  valley,  and  then  winds  up  the  mountain  slopes 
at  an  easy  and  uniform  grade.  The  views  are  magnificent  at  every  turn,  the  fruitf til 
Santa  Clara  Valley  being  spread  out  almost  beneath  the  traveler's  feet.  The  observa- 
tory is  made  accessible  to  the  public  at  certain  hours,  through  the  expressed  wishes 
of  its  founder,  who  bequeathed  nearly  j^i,ooo,ooo  for  its  arection  and  uses. 

San  Jose  is  a  beautiful  city  and  a  great  centre  of  the  fruit  culture.    Its  streets  are 

122 


. 


el  Monte. 
}  at  a  most 
appointed, 
cared  for. 
c  by  drive- 
is  a  short 
)icturesque 
I."  Money 
othing  has 


n  that  city 
the  party 
y  stage  to 
It  is  in  this 

• 

J  is  one  of 
in  America, 
itain  slopes 
the  fruitftil 
he  observa- 
ssed  wishes 

Streets  are 


EggJSt, 


wide  and  well  shaded,  and  several  of  its  public  buildings  are  really  imposing.  The 
Hotel  Vendome  occupies  a  square  of  a  dozen  acres  in  one  of  the  handsomest  sections 
of  the  city. 

Northward  from  San   Francisco. 

Our  second  sojourn  in  San  Francisco  will  be  shorter  than  the  first,  but  will  continue 
several  days.  The  party  will  then  leave  by  the  Southern  Pacific  Company's  line  for 
Portland,  Or.  The  route  will  be  first  to  Sacramento,  the  capital  of  California, 
and  thence  northward  by  the  Mount  Shasta  line.  The  ride  takes  the  traveler  up  the 
entire  length  of  the  great  Sacramento  Valley.  Thursday  morning  finds  the  train 
approaching  the  mountains  and  the  picturesque  reaches  of  the  upper  valley  of  the 
Sacramento.  For  more  than  half  the  day  the  massive  form  of  glorious  Mount  Shasta 
rivets  the  attention  as  the  railway  winds  its  way  around  three  sides  of  its  snow-clad 
slopes.  There  are  many  fine  views  of  this  noble  peak  to  be  had  along  the  way.  Then 
the  road  crosses  the  Siskiyou  range  and  enters  Oregon.  In  descending  the  mountains 
on  the  Oregon  side,  another  series  of  grand  outlooks  is  had,  although  the  prospect  is 
of  a  different  kind,  the  fruitful  Rogue  River  Valley  taking  the  place  of  the  far-reach- 
ing plain  which  had  Mount  Shasta  as  its  most  prominent  object. 

The  Columbia  River. 

Portland  will  be  reached  Tuesday  forenoon,  and  ihe  party  will  at  once  depart  for 
Dalles  City,  by  the  Union  Pacific  Railway  line.  There  will  be  a  visit  to  the  beautiful 
Falls  of  Multnomah,  and  the  night  will  be  passed  in  the  cars  at  Dalles  City.  The 
following  day  will  be  devoted  to  the  steamer  trip  down  the  Columbia  River  ^nd  back 
up  the  Willamette  Riyer  to  Portland.  This  is  one  of  the  most  picturesque  river 
voyages  in  the  world.    T  he  scenery  both  above  and  below  the  cascades  is  grand  and 

123 


m\ 


'vr^^f^ 


ii 


;iM 


often  sublime,  the  river  breaking  through  the  Cascade  range,  which  is  left  on  either 
side  in  towering  heights.  Numerous  waterfalls  are  seen  on  the  steep  banks,  some  of 
which  seem  to  hang  suspended  above  the  river,  one  or  two  thousand  feet  from  its 
surface. 

Portland. 

Reaching  Portland  Wednesday  evening,  the  party  will  proceed  to  the  magnificent 
new  hotel.  The  Portland,  which  will  be  made  a  place  of  sojourn  until  Friday  morning. 
Portland  is  a  handsome  city,  which  has  many  attractions  for  the  strangei,  not  the 
least  of  which  is  one  of  the  finest  hotels  in  the  country.  A  carriage  ride  about  the 
city  will  serve  to  show  the  beauty  of  the  residence  section,  the  handsome  city  park, 
and  the  noble  outlook  therefrom  upon  the  river  and  the  mountains,  two  of  which  — 
Mount  Hood  and  Mount  St.  Helen's — are  especially  prominent.  Portland  has  its 
"Chinatown  "  like  San  Francisco,  although.the  Mongolians  are  not  quite  as  numerous 
as  in  the  city  by  the  Golden  Gate.  There  are  many  little  trips  that  can  be  taken  in 
the  vicinity  of  Portland. 

Puget  Sound  and  the  Adjacent  Cities. 

Several  days  will  be  passed  upon  Puget  Sound  and  in  the  interesting^  cities  lying 
upon  its  shores.  First  visiting  Seattle,  we  shall  make  our  headquarters  at  The  Rainier. 
This  city  was  almost  wholly  destroyed  by  fire  June  6,  1889,  but  it  has  been  rebuilt  in  a 
more  substantial  way  than  ever,  and  today  presents  a  very  handsome  appearance. 
Situated  upon  a  series  of  hills,  which  front  on  a  deep  arm  of  the  sound,  and  extend 
back  to*a  broad,  fresh  water  lake,  it  has  unusual  advantages  for  business  development 
and  for  adornment.  In  both  directions  the  new  Seattle  has  made  rapid  progress. 
The  lower  section  of  the  city  —  the  streets  adjacent  to  the  sound  —  are  naturally  given 

124 


KIJWMWWWMWi;^ 


up  to  traffic;  while  long  lines  of  handsome  residences,  with  schools,  churches,  and 
other  edifices,  cover  the  heights.  Business  has  to  some  extent  overflown  the  lower 
thoroughfares,  and  here  and  there  is  found  advancing  up  the  hills.  Electric  and  cable 
cars  form  a  ready  means  of  transit  from  one  part  of  the  city  to  another.  The  shores  of 
Lake  Washington,  only  three  miles  away,  are  much  resorted  to  by  the  inhabitants.. 
Numerous  steamer  lines  and  railway  lines  centre  here,  and  the  business  streets  and 
wharves  always  present  a  busy  aspect.  There  is  a  magnificent  outlook  upon  the 
mountains  from  Seattle. 

Taking  one  of  the  steamers  of  the  Paget  Sound  &  Alaska  Steamship  Company, 
Saturday,  the  party  will  proceed  down  the  sound  to  Victoria,  touching  at  Port  Towns- 
end  on  the  way.  Port  Townsend,  like  the  other  Puget  Sound  cities,  is  growing  very 
fast.  Public  improvements  of  an  extraordinary  character  have  converted  Port  Towns- 
end  into  one  of  the  important  centres  of  business  and  manufacturing  interests,  as  well 
as  of  commerce.  A  costly  and  elegant  Custom  House,  a  fine  Court  House,  and 
other  buildings  have  lately  been  erected,  or  are  in  process  of  being  built.  A  rail- 
way is  being  constructed  southward,  and  two  electric-car  lines  run  within  the  city. 

Sunday  will  be  passed  at  Victoria.  The  British  Columbian  capital  is  a  pretty 
city,  beautifully  situated  at  the  southern  end  of  Vancouver's  Island.  It  contains 
much  to  interest  the  stranger,  and  the  drives  in  and  about  the  place  are  fine.  There 
will  be  a  carriage  ride  Saturday  afternoon,  immediately  upon  arrival.  The  party  will 
stop  at  The  Driard. 

The  boat  will  return  to  Tacoma  Monday  morning,  and  the  passengers  will  be  trans- 
ferred to  The  Tacoma.  This  city  owes  much  of  its  embellishment  to  the  Northern 
Pacific  Railroad  Company,  the  Tacoma  Land  Company,  and  especially  to  the  liber- 
ality of  Mr.  Charles  B.  Wright,  of  Philadelphia.    The  Anna  Wright  Seminary,  an 


-j:'-- i: 


Episcopal  school  of  a  high  class,  named  for  a  daughter,  and  St.  Luke's  Memorial 
Church,  containing  memorials  of  both  his  wife  and  daughter,  owe  their  existence  to 
Mr.  Wright's  munificence ;  and  Washington  College  was  also  founded  largely  through 
his  generous  donations. 

Eastern  Washington. 

Leaving  Tacoma  and  Seattle  Tuesday,  June  14,  the  party  will  turn  eastward,  first 
journeying  across  the  Cascade  Mountains  and  through  Eastern  Washington,  over  the 
picturesque  Northern  Pacific  Railroad.  This  line  ascends  the  valley  of  the  Puyallup, 
and,  crossing  to  the  Green  River,  makes  its  way  to  the  Stampede  Pass,  where  it  pierces 
the  mountains  by  means  of  a  tunnel  nearly  10,000  feet  in  length.  Emerging  on  the 
eastern  face  of  the  mountains,  it  descends  to  the  Yakima  River,  which  stream  is  fol- 
lowed down  to  its  confluence  with  the  Columbia.  There  are  many  fine  views  of  the 
snow-clad  peak  of  Tacoma  to  be  enjoyed  during  the  early  part  of  the  ride.  After 
crossing  the  Columbia  on  a  substantial  bridge,  near  Pasco,  we  continue  through  East- 
ern Washington  a  distance  of  165  miles  farther  in  a  slightly  altered  course,  the  rail- 
way bending  northward  in  order  to  round  Lake  Pend  d'Oreille  and  the  Coeur  d'Alene 
hills.  This  brings  us  through  Ritzville,  Sprague,  Cheney,  and  Spokane  Falls.  The 
latter  place,  like  Seattle,  suffered  great  loss  by  fire  in  1889,  but  a  new  city^has  arisen 
from  its  ashes  far  more  substantial  and  beautiful  than  the  old.  The  advance  of  the 
place  within  a  few  months  seemed  almost  incredible.  Spokane  Falls  is  destined  to  be 
one  of  the  great  manufacturing  and  business  centres  of  the  West.    It  is  already  an 

important  railway  centre. 

Idaho  and  Montana. 

We  enter  Idaho  nineteen  miles  west  of  Spokane  Fall  ,  and  traverse  the  northern 
part  of  the  young  State  only  seventy-eight  miles,  rounding  Lake  Pend  d'Oreille,  and 

126 


pBgipffffBaw 


ascending  Clark's  Fork  to  the  mountains.  The  lake  is  in  fact  a  widening  of  the  river. 
Passing  out  of  Idaho  near  Clark*s  Fork  station,  we  enter  the  great  State  of 
Montana,  and  traverse  a  large  part  of  its  western  area  before  approaching  the  Yellow- 
stone National  Park.  The  continental  divide  will  be  crossed  a  short  distance  west  of 
Helena.  On  both  sides  of  the  mountains  there  have  been  extensive  mining  opera- 
tions, and  in  certain  places  the  gold  production  is  still  very  large.  We  shall  reach 
Livingston  in  the  night,  and  proceed  from  thence  up  the  National  Park  Branch  of  the 
Northern  Pacific  Railroad  to  Cinnabar. 

The  Tour  Through  the  Yellowstone   National  Park. 

We  shall  reach  the  park  Thursday,  June  i6,  and  pass  an  entire  week  in  inspecting 
its  marvels.  The  same  grand  round  will  be  made  that  is  described  in  connection  with 
the  Alaska  tour.  This  is  more  extended  than  tourists  generally  take,  since  it 
includes  a  visit  to  the  picturesque  Yellowstone  Lake  and  a  longer  sojourn  at  the 
leading  points  of  interest  than  is  usually  made.  The  Mammoth  Hot  Springs  will 
first  be  visited,  and  there  will  be  ample  time  to  inspect  the  springs  and  terrace 
formations,  all  oc  which  are  at  no  great  distance  from  the  hotel. 

Friday  morning  the  party  will  enter  upon  its  stage  journey  through  the  park. 
Transportation  will  be  furnished  in  Mr.  George  W.  Wakefield's  commodious  and 
comfortable  vehicles,  and  the  various  rides  from  place  to  place  will  be  found  a  source 
of  enjoyment  aside  from  the  wonders  they  disclose.  The  forenoon's  jaunt  takes  the 
visitor  up  through  the  romantic  "  Golden  Gate,"  out  past  the  "  Obsidian  ClJffs,"  and 
to  the  Norris  Geyser  Basin.  It  is  here  that  the  first  geysers  are  seen.  Th^se  are 
situated  for  the  most  part  near  the  roadway,  about  a  mile  south  of  the  hotel.  The 
chief  of  the  group  is  the  "  Monarch."    From  Norris  Geyser  Basin  we  journey  south- 

127 


5- 
If 


Jjt^J-^ 


ward  to  Fountain  Hotel  in  the  Lower  Geyser  Basin,  passing  through  the  picturesque 
Gibbon  Cafion,  and  near  the  beautiful  Gibbon  Falls,  on  the  way. 

The  main  attractions  in  the  Lower  Geyser  Basin  are  the  "  Fountain  "  Geyser,  and 
the  "  Mammoth  Paint  Pots,"  which  are  only  a  short  distance  from  the  "Fountain." 
There  are  other  geysers  and  springs  in  the  neighborhood,  which  will  eventually  be 
made  accessible. 

Midway  between  the  Lower  and  Upper  Basins  are  the  great  "Excelsior**  Geyser, 
"Turquoise  "  Spring,  and  "  Prismatic "  Lake,  all  veritable  marvels  in  their  way.  The 
"  Excelsior  "  is  the  largest  known  geyser  in  the  world. 

The  Upper  Geyser  Basin  contains  all  the  great  geysers  except  the  ones  we  have 
named  and  one  or  two  others,  and  is  therefore  the  chief  centre  of  attraction,  so  far  as 
these  things  are  concerned.  The  great  fountains  are  scattered  through  the  basin,  the 
"  Fan,"  "  Mortar,"  and  "  Riverside "  being  at  one  extremity  and  "  Old  Faith- 
ful "  at  the  other.  The  latter  is  quite  near  the  hotel,  and  its  hourly  displays  may 
be  watched  without  leaving  the  veranda.  The  "  Grotto,"  •'  Splendid, "  "  Giant."  and 
"  Oblong  "  are  near  the  northern  end  of  the  basin,  all  except  the  "  Splendid  "  being 
quite  n&ar  the  road.  The  "Castle  "  is  also  beside  the  road  and  nearer  the  hotel,  and 
the  *•  Bee  Hive,"  "  Giantess,"  and  the  "  Lion  "  group  are  on  the  east  bank  of  the  Fire- 
hole  River,  opposite  the  hotel.  The  "  Grand  ).>  half  a  mile  below,  on  the  same  side. 
There  are  great  numbers  of  beautiful  pools  and  springs  scattered  over  the  whole  area 
of  the  basin,  and  along  the  valley  below  it  m  la'  as  the  Midway  Basin,  which  in  reality 
forms  only  a  southern  extension  of  the  Lower  Basin.  The  "  Lone  Star "  Geyser, 
remarkable  chiefly  on  account  of  its  large  and  handsome  cone,  is  about  four  miles 
distant  from  the  hotel,  and  Kepler's  Cascades  are  a  mile  and  a  half  nearer. 

After  our  visit  to  the  Upper  Basin  we  shall  proceed  via  the  new  stage  road,  to  Yel- 

128 


lowstone  I 
back  again 
lake,  wher 

Yellowsl 
side  and  ar 
3,000  and  i 
the  mind  0 

The  Yel 
culminatin 
bordered  b 
abyss  i,ooc 
emerald  st 
great  chasi 
above  are  s 
tion  of  woi 
border.  F 
the  exquisi 
Hot  Spring 
stage  ride  < 
found  in  w 


We  shal 
on  our  trail 
Pacific  Rai 


lowstone  Lake.  This  part  of  our  journey  takes  us  over  the  continental  divide  and 
back  again.  After  visiting  West  Bay,  or  the  Thumb,  we  proceed  to  the  outlet  of  the 
lake,  where  a  large  hotel  has  been  erected. 

Yellowstone  Lake  lies  at  an  elevation  of  7,741  feet,  with  high  mountains  upon  one 
side  and  an  exquisitely  beautiful  shore  line.  Some  of  the  mountain  peaks  are  between 
3,000  and  4,000  feet  above  the  lake,  and  the  outlook  across  its  fair  expanse  brings  to 
the  mind  of  the  beholder  the  views  across  the  Swiss  and  Italian  lakes. 

The  Yellowstone  Falls  and  Canon  will  next  claim  our  attention.  The  canon  is  the 
culminating  glory  of  this  wonderland.  The  river  here  flows  in  a  deep  channel 
bordered  by  high  walls  of  many  hues.  The  visiter  may  in  places  look  down  into  an 
abyss  1,000  feet  or  more  deep,  whose  walls  are  masses  of  brilliant  color ;  while  an 
emerald  stream,  here  and  there  flashing  into  silver,  flows  at  the  bottom.  Into  this 
great  chasm  pour  all  the  floods  of  the  Yellowstone  in  a  gigantic  leap.  Half  a  mile 
above  are  seen  the  rising  mists  of  another  great  fall.  The  canon  is  a  constant  revela- 
tion of  wondrous  beauty,  as  one  wanders  from  one  point  of  view  to  another  along  ii^ 
border.  From  this  place  we  return  by  a  direct  route  to  Norris  Geyser  Basin,  passing 
the  exquisite  Virginia  Cascades  on  the  way,  and  from  thence  continue  on  to  Mammoth 
Hot  Springs,  thus  terminating  our  park  journey,  with  the  exception  of  the  farther 
stage  ride  on  the  morrow,  from  that  point  to  Cinnabar,  where  our  special  train  will  be 
found  in  waiting. 

Eastward  from  the  YsUowstone  National  Park.* 

We  shall  leave  the  Yellowstone  National  Park  Thursday,  June  23,  and,  returning 
on  our  train  to  Livingston,  there  resume  our  journey  over  the  majn  line  of  the  Northern 
Pacific  Railroad.    We  first  journey  down  the  Yellowstone  Valley,  passing  through  the 

129 


k: 


,,  tffri'r 


eastern  part  of  Montana,  through  Big  Timber,  Billings,  Custer,  Forsythe,  Miles  City^ 
and  Glendive.  Leaving  th<$  Yellowstone  at  the  latter  point  and  crossing  to  the  Little 
Missouri  River,  we  nxeanwhile  enter  North  Dakota,  and  pass  through  the  famous 
"Bad  Lands,"  which  present  many  strange  pictures  to  the  railway  traveler.  Our 
course  takes  us  through  the  whole  length  of  North  Dakota,  the  fourth  of  the  line  of 
new  commonwealths  we  traverse  on  our  way  from  the  Pacific  Coast  to  the  Mississippi. 
The  great  wheat  belt  lies  along  our  path,  and  a  number  of  the  chief  towns  and  cities 
are  passed  through,  including  Dickinson,  Mandan,  Bismarck,  Jamestown,  Valley  City, 
Tower  City,  Wheatland,  Casselton,  Mapleton,  and  Fargo.  We  cross  the  Little 
Missouri  at  Medara,  the  Missouri  itself  between  Mandan  and  Bismarck,  the  James 
River  at  Jamestown,  the  Cheyenne  at  Valley  City,  and  the  Red  River  — the  dividing 
line  between  North  Dakota  and  Minnesota  —  between  Fargo  a.id  Moorhead. 

Our  ten  hours'  ride  through  Minnesota  will  bring  into  view  a  charming  part  of  that 
fruitful  and  prosperous  State.  Many  of  the  pretty  little  lakes,  for  which  Minnesota 
is  famed,  lie  scattered  along  the  line  of  the  Northern  Pacific.  The  principal  towns 
are  Moorhead,  Glyndon,  Detroit,  Wadena,  Verndale,  Staples,  Little  Falls,  Sauk 
Rapids,  St.  Cloud,  and  Anoka. 

Minneapolis  and  St.  Paul. 

We  shall  visit  the  two  great  sister  cities  of  Minnesota  —  Minneapolis  and  St.  Paul 

— in  the  order  named,  and  a  carriage  ride  will  aid  in  each  instance  to  give  the  stranger 

a  comprehensive  idea  of  the  many  interesting  features  to  be  seen.    These  two  cities 

have  grown  up  side  by  side,  with  an  aggregate  population  of  nearly  300,000  —  an 

increase  of  over  200,000  in  ten  years.    Minneapolis  has  advanced  from  the  thirty>eighth 

to  the  nineteenth  place  in  the  list  of  the  most  populous  American  cities,  and  St.  Paul 

from  the  forty-fifth  to  the  twenty-third.     Many  large  and  handsome  edifices  have 

130 


s  City, 
Little 
famous 
'.  Our 
line  of 
issippi. 
i  cities 
sy  City, 
I  Little 
;  James 
iividing 


o£  that 
nnesota 
towns 
s,  Sauk 


St.  Paul 
stranger 
iro  cities 
>oo  —  an 
y-cighth 
St.  Paul 
es  have 


lately  been  erected  in  both  cities,  and  tne  residence  sections  have  also  been  greatly 
beautified.  Minnehaha  Falls  is  best  reached  from  Minneapolis,  and  Fort  Snelling  from 
St.  Paul. 

Niagara  Falls. 

We  shall  leave  Minneapolis  by  the  Albert  Lea  route,  and  journey  through  Southern 
Minnesota,  Iowa,  and  Illinois ;  and,  changing  to  the  Chicago  &  Grand  Trunk  route  at 
Blue  Island  Junction,  continue  through  Indiana  and  Michigan.  Persons  desirouj  of 
visiting  Chicago  and  of  remaining  over  at  that  point  can  do  so,  the  tickets  being  good 
to  and  from  that  city,  as  well  as  to  and  from  Blue  Island  Junction. 

From  Port  Huron,  Mich.,  we  proceed  eastward  over  the  Southern  Division 
of  the  Grand  Trunk  Railway,  and  reach  Niagara  Falls,  N.  Y.,  Thursday  morning, 
June  29.  The  greater  part  of  the  day  will  be  passed  here,  and  there  will  be  ample 
time  to  visit  all  the  points  of  interest  in  the  vicinity  of  the  great  cataract. 

Leaving  Niagara  Falls  Thursday  afternoon,  we  shall  procTeed  eastward  over  the 
West  Shore  and  Fitchburg  Railroads,  reaching  Boston  Friday  morning,  July  I. 

Price  of  Tickets.  • 

The  price  of  tickets  ;or  the  excursion,  as  described  in  the  foregoing  pages,  will  be 
FIVE  HUNDRED  ANr>  FIFTY  DOLLARS.  This  sum  will  cover  first-class  tra-.el  ever  all 
railway  and  steamer  routes  going  and  returning,  with  double  berths  in  Pullman  sleep- 
ing-cars ;  all  stage  rides  to  and  throughout  the  Yellowstone  National  Park;  hotel 
p<'commodations  according  to  the  itinerary,  for  the  period  of  the  regular  tour  (sixty- 
eight  days),  with  sojourns  at  Manitou  Springs,  Coronado  Beach,  Los  Angeles, 
Santa  Barbara,  San  Francisco,  Monterey,  Santa  Cruz,  San  Jose,  PortUnd,  Seattle, 


£1 


Tacoma,  the  Yellowstone  National  Park  (at  Mammoth  Hot  Springs,  Lower 
Geyser  Basin,  Upper  Geyser  Basin,  Yellowstone  Lake,  and  Yellowstone  Grand 
CaRon),  St.  Paul,  Minneapolis,  etc. ;  meals  in  dining-cars,  at  hotels,  dining-stations,  or 
on  steamers  ^«  r<?«/^ ;  omnibus  or  carriage  transfers  from  railway  stations  to  hotels, 
and  vice  versa^  wherever  the  same  may  be  needed  (San  Diego,  Los  Angeles,  Santa 
Barbara,  San  Francisco,  Monterey,  Sanla  Cruz,  San  Jose,  Portland,  Victoria,  SeaU','?, 
Tacoma,  St.  Paul,  and  Minneapolis);  special  carriage  rides  in  Denver,  1';' ^4',/"' 
Santa  Barbara,  San  Francisco,  Portland,  Victoria,  St.  Paul,  and  Minneapo*;  ;  xii 
expenses  for  transportation,  transfer  and  care  of  baggage  (to  thj  exten  of  150  pounds 
for  each  person,  all  excess  of  that  amount  to  be  liable  to  excess  charges  at  regular 
transportation  rates),  and  the  services  of  the  conductors, —  in  short,  every  NEEDjiD 
EXPENSE  of  the  entire  round  trip  from  Boston  back  to  Boston. 

Price  for  children  between  the  ages  of  five  and  twelve  years,  FOUR  HUNDRED  and 
SIXTY-FIVE  DOLLARS.  This  includes  r.  separate  sleeping-berth  throughout  the  entire 
journey,  the  same  as  for  an  adult.  Where  no  separate  berth  is  required,  the  price  for 
children  between  the  ages  of  five  and  twelve  years  will  be  four  hundred  and  ten 

DOLLARS. 

Price  of  tickets  for  the  Yosemite  Valley  trip,  thirty-five  dollars,  in  addition  to 
cost  of  ticket  for  the  regular  excursion.     See  pages  109-111.  ^ 

FxTRA  Sleeping-Car  ACCOMMODATIONS. —  The  cost  of  an  extra  double  berth 
(giving  an  entire  section  to  one  person),  (or  the  journey  between  Boston  and  San 
Bernardino  or  San  Diego,  is  $25.  Drawing-room  for  one  occupant,  $67 ;  for  two 
occupants,  I42  —  $21  tor  each  passenger;  for  three  occupants,  entire  extra  charge^  $17. 

The  charges  for  extra  sleeping-car  accommodations  between  Los  Angeles  (or  Santa 
Barb^^ra)  and  San  Francisco  are  as  follows  :  Extra  double  berth,  $2.50;  drawing-room 

U2 


w 


Mi.^ ' 


■■'■■•r"  jr!W'.j 


for  one  occupant,  $6. 50 ;  drawing-room  for  two  occupants,  $4,  or  $2  each  ;  drawing- 
room  for  three  occupants,  entire  extra  charge,  $1.50. 

The  cost  of  an  extra  double  berth  from  San  Francisco  to  Tacoma.  is  $9 ;  drawing- 
room  for  one  occupant,  p?^;  drawing-room  for  two  occupants,  $14  —  $7  for  each  pas- 
senger; drawing-room  for  three  occupants,  entire  extra  charge,  $5.  The  side  trip  from 
Portland  to  Dalles  City,  with  sleeping-car  accommodations  for  one  night,  is  included 
in  these  rates. 

For  an  *^xtra  double  berth  from  Tacoma  to  Boston,  $21;  drawing-room  for  one 
occupant,  $58;  druwing-room  for  two  occupants,  $37  —  $18.50  for  each  passenger; 
drawing-room  for  three  occupants,  entire  extra  charge,  $16. 


ITINERARY. 

Monday,  April  25.     Firsi  Day, —  Leave  Boston  from  the    Fitchburg   Railrr  :d  station,  Causeway 

street,  at  4.00  p.  m.,  and  proceed  westward  by  the  Hoosac  Tunnel  line.     The  transcontinental  journey 

will  be  made  in  a  special  train  of  elegant  vestibuled  Puilman  palace  cars,  inclusive  of  palace  dining-car. 

On  arrival  at  the  station  members  of  the  party  should  check  their  baggage  to  Manitou  Springs,  Col.    The 

I'i  c"  s  will  be  taken  up  by  the  baggage  master  of  the  party,  who  ;viU  attend  to  the  delivery,  collection, 

v:iV.  transportation  of  the  baggage  ouring  the  trip.     Tags  are  supplied  with  the  excursion  tickets,  and 

,  with  the  owner's  name  and  home  address  plainly  inscribed  thereon,  Rhnuld  be  attached  to  every 

V  ij,k .  valise,  or  other  piece  of  baggage,  to  serve  as  a  ready  means  of  identification.     Hand  luggage  nuist 

bv  i  •     id  after  by  the  passenger. 

TuBSDAV,  April  26.  Seco  id  Day. —  From  Rotterdam  Junction  ^rViward  via  West  Shore  Railroad; 
arrive  at  Buffalo  9.30  a.  m.  f\A  Su:.p^ns{cn  W\Afr&  at  i  i.oo  a.  m.  ;  from  Suspension  Bridge  westward  via 
Grand  Trunk  Railway ;  From  Port  Hui  '>n  westv  ard  on  Chicago  &  Grand  Trunk  Railway. 

NoTB.— Railway  tin:e  r!.angea  at  Port  Huron,  Mich.,  from  Eastern  standRird,  or  751)1  meridian,  to 
Central  standard,  or  90th  meridian  —  one  hour  slower. 

133 


„-.'»i'  /»  .x** 


WBqNSSDAY,  April  27-  Third  Day. —  From  Bine  Island  Junction  westward  via  Cbtcago,  Rock 
Island  &  Pacific  Railway. 

Thursday,  April  a8.  Fourth  Day. —  Arrive  at  Kansas  City  at  6.00  a.  m.;  Itave  Kansas  City  at 
11.3d  A.  M.,  via  Atchison,  Topeka  &      ''*''  Fi»  Railroad,  and  proceed  westward  through  Kansas. 

Note.—  Railway  time  changes  at  1}  '^lity,  Kan.,  from  Central  standard,  or  90th  meridian,  to 

Mountain  standard,  or  losth  meridian  -^otu     j  ar  slower. 

Friday,  April  39.  Fifth  Day. —  Arrive  at  Pueblo  10.00  a.  m.  ;  leave  Pueblo  11.00  m.,  via  the  Denver 
&  Rio  Grande  Railway,  for  a  visit  to  the  famous  Royal  Gorge  ;  the  trip  through  the  Royal  Gorge  will  be 
made  mi  observation  cars;  return  to  Pueblo,  and  thence  proceed  over  Denver  &  Rio  Grande  Railway  to 

Denver. 

•    ■ 

Saturday,  April  30.  Sixth  Day. —  Arrive  at  Denver  4.00  a.  M.,  the  passengers  remaining  on  the 
cars  until  morning ;  carriage  ride  during  the  forenoon,  visiting  the  chief  places  of  interest  in  and  about 
the  city  :  leave  Denver  at  i  00  p.  m.  via  the  Denver  &  Rio  Grande  Railway  ;  arrive  at  Manitou  Springs 
4.00  ;*.  M. ;  omnibus  transfer  to  the  Barker.House,  C  W.  Barker,  proprietor,  and  the  Cliff  House,  E.  £. 
Nichols,  proprietor.  Both  hotels  al'e  situated  in  proximity  to  the  principal  springpi  and  the  large  bathing- 
establishment. 

Sunday,  May  1.  Sevinth  Day.— Kx.  Manitou  Springs.  Omnibus  transfer  from  the  hotels  to  the 
cars  at  9.00  p.  m. 

Monday,  May  3.  Eighth  Day. —  Leave  Manitou  Springs,  via  Denver  h  Rio  Grande  Railway,  at 
i.ooA.  M. ;  from  Pueblo  southward  vm  Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  Railroad;  arrive jit  Las  Vegas, 
N.  M.,  11.30  A.  M.  and  thence  by  Hot  Springs  Branch  to  Las  Vegas  Hot  Springs,  arriving  there  at 
13. 00  M. ;  leave  Las  Vegas  Hot  Springs  3.00  P.  M.  and  Las  Vegas  3.30  p.  M. ;  cross  the  Gtorieta  Pass 
by  daylight,  and  proceed  from  Lamy  Junction  to  Santa  Fe  by  branch  line;  arrive  at  Santa  Fe  10.00  p.  m., 
the  passengers  remaining  on  the  cars. 

TuBSDAV,  May  3.  Ninth  Day,— At  Santa  Fe.  Leave  Santa  Fe,  via  Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  Fe 
Railroad,  at  13.00  m.  ;  arrive  at  Albuquerque  4.00  p.  M. ;  leave  Albuquerque,  via  the  Atlantic  &  Pacific 
Railroad  (Atchison,  Togcka  &  Santa  Fe  system),  at  3*00  P.  M. 

Wbdnbsday,  May  4.     Ttttth  Day,—  En  rvut*  throtigh  Ariiona  on  the  Atlantic  &  Pasiflc  Railroad. 

t34 


Thursday,  May  5.  EUvtnth  Day. —  Arrive  at  Barstow,  Cal.,  5.00  a.  m.  ;  thence  louth  vim  the 
Southern  California  Railway  (Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  system);  arrive  at  San  Bernardino  it.oo 
A.  M. ;  from  San  Bernardino  to  Riverside,  arriving  there  at  12.00  M.;  leave  Riverside  8.00  p.  m. 

Note.—  Railway  time  changes  at  Barstow  from  Mountain  standard,  or  losth  meridian,  to  Pacific 
standard,  or  130th  meridian  —one  hour  slower. 

Friday,  May  6.  Twelfth  Day. —  Arrive  at  San  Diego  6.00  A.  M. ;  omnibus  transfer  from  the  station 
to  the  Hotel  del  Coronado,  Coronado  Beach,  £.  S.  Babcock,  Jr.,  manager. 

Saturday,  May  7.     Thirtetntk  Day. —  At  the  Hotel  del  Coronado,  Coronado  Beach. 

Sunday,  May  8.     Fourteenth  Day. —  At  the  Hotel  del  Coronado,  Coronado  Beach. 

Monday,  May  9.  Fifteenth  Day.—  Omnibus  transfer  from  the  Hotel  del  Coronado  to  the  station  of 
the  Southern  California  Railway,  and  leave  San  Diego  by  said  line  at  8.40  a.  m.  :  arrive  at  San  Bernardino 
a.oo  p.  M. ;  dinner  at  station  dining-rooms  ;  leave  San  Bernardino  4.00  p.  m.  ;  arrive  in  Los  Angeles  6.30 
p.  M. ;  transfer  from  Southern  California  Railway  Company's  station  to  The  Westminster,  O.  T.  John- 
son, proprietor,  and  M.  M.  Potter,  manager.  The  HoUenbeck,  Cowley,  Baker  &  Co.,  proprietors,  and 
The  Nadeau,  Bennett  &  Burns  Brothers,  proprietors. 

TuBSDAYi  May  10.    Sixteenth  Day. —  In  Los  Angeles. 

Wbdnbsday,  May  11.  Seventeenth  Day.—  Omnibus  transfer  to  the  Southern  California  Railway 
Company's  station,  and  leave  at  10.15  a.  m.  for  Redondo  Eeach ;  arrive  at  Redondo  Beach  u.oa  A.  M. ; 
leave  Redondo  Beach  3.05  p.  m.  ;  arrive  in  Los  Angeles  j  53  p.  m.  ;  omnibus  transfer  to  the  hotels. 

Thursday,  May  la.  Eighteenth  Day.—  Omnibus  transfer  to  the  Southern  California  Railway  Com- 
pany's station,  and  leave  Los  Angeles  8.30  a.  m.  ;  arrive  at  Pasadena  9.03  a.  m.  ;  carriage  ride,  visiting; 
the  most  picturesque  sections  of  Pasadena,  including  The  Raymond  Hill,  Raymond  a\  r.ue.  Orange 
Grove  avenue,  Colorado  street,  etc. ;  leave  Pasadena  on  the  return  by  railway  1.48  p.  m.  ;  arrive  in  Los 
Angeles  a.ts  r.  m.  ;  omnibus  transfer  to  the  hotels. 

Friday,  May  13.  NimitetUk  Day. —  Omnibus  transfer  from  the  hotels  to  the  Southern  Pacific  Com- 
iMmy^s  Arcade  statioh,  and  at  ^.%%  a.  m.  leave  Los  Angeles ;  arrive  at  Santa  Barbara  n.05  p.  m.  ;  omnibus 
transfer  to  The  Arlirgton,  C.  C.  Wheeler,  manager  Carriage  ride,  with  visits  to  the  most  interesting 
a«d  picturesque  part*  of  the  city  an4  its  yurroHndinga. 


\  : 


NoTB.—  The  carriage  ride  may  be  taken  on  any  day  during  the  stay  here. 

Saturday,  May  14.     Twentieth  Day, —  In  Santa  Barbara. 

Sunday,  May  15.     Twenty-first  Day. — In  Santa  Barbara. 

Monday,  May  16.     Twenty-second  Day. —  In  Santa  Barbara. 

TuBSDAY,  May  17.     Twenty-third  Day. —  Ii\  Santa  Barbara.  -    •  >• 

Wednesday,  May  18.     Twenty-fourth  Day.—  In  Santa  Barbara. 

Thursday,  May  19.     Twenty-fiffh  Day. —  In  Santa  Barbara. 

Friday,  May  20.  Twenty-sixth  Day.-^ln  Santa  Barbara.  Omnibus  transfer  to  the  Southern 
Pacific  Company's  station,  and  leave  Santa  Barbara  at  11. 10  A.  m.;  dinner  at  the  station  dining-rooms, 
Saugus;  supper  at  station  din'.ng-room,  Mojave. 

Note. —The  parties  for  the  Yosemite  Valley  will  be  made  up  during  the  stay  at  Santa  Barbara,  to 
leave  on  different  days. 

Saturday,  May  11.     Tiventy-seventh  Day. —  On  the    Southern    Pacific  Company's  line  en  route 
northward ;  breakfast  at  the  station  dining-ro    n,  Lathrop;  arrive  at  Oakland  Pier  11.43  a.  m  ,  and  in  San 
Francisco  by  ferry  13.15  p.  m.  ;  transfer  from  the  Oakland  ferry,  foot  of  Market  street,  in  the  coaches  of 
United  Carriage  Company,  to  the  Palace  Hotel,  C.  Percy  Smith,  manager. 

Note.—  The  Yosemite  Valley  passengers  will  reach  Berenda  (on  this  and  preceding  dates)  at  3.05  a.  m.| 
and  Raymond  (by  branch  railway  line  from  Berenda)  at  6.15  A.  M.  The  stage  journey  begins  at  Ray- 
mond. Through  sleeping-cars  will  be  run  from  Santa  Barbara  to  Raymond,  for  the  accommodation  of 
the  members  of  the  party. 

Sunday,  May  aa.     Twenty-eighth  Day. —  In  San  Francisco. 

Monday,  May  23.  Twenty-ninth  Day.— In  San  Francisco.  The  members  of  the  party  will  have  a 
carriage  ride  while  in  San  Francisco,  the  route  being  to  Golden  Gate  Park,  and  thence  to  the  Cliff  House, 
returning  via  Point  Lobos  road,  which  overlooks  the  Presidio,  with  Fort  Point  and  the  Golden  Gate  in 
the  distance.    This  ride  may  be  taken  on  any  day  of  the  stay  in  San  Francisco. 

Tuesday,  May  34.    Thirtieth  Day. —  In  San  Francisco. 

136 


m^m^mm^^^^gm 


Wbdnbsday,  May  25.     Thirty-first  Day, —  In  San  Francisco. 

Thursoay,  May  26.     Thirty-second  Day. —  In  San  Francisco. 

Friday,  May  27.  Thirty-third  Day.—  Transfer  from  the  Palace  Hotel  to  the  Alameda  ferry,  foot  of 
Market  street,  and  leave  San  Francisco  by  Santa  Cruz  Division  of  the  Southern  Pacific  Company's  line 
8.15  A.  M. ;  visit  the  "  Big  Trees"  en  route  and  arrive  in  Santa  Cruz  i.oo  p.  m.  ;  dinner  at  the  Pacific 
Ocean  House,  W.  J.  McCollum,  proprietor ;  carriage  ride  visiting  the  beach,  cliff,  etc. ;  leave  Santa  Cruz 
4.00  p.  M.,  and  proceed  to  Monterey  via  Pajaro,  arriving  at  Hotel  del  Monte  station  6.20  p.  M. ;  carriage 
transfer  to  the  Hotel  del  Monte,  Georg  Schonewald,  manager. 

Saturday,  May  28.     Thirty-fourth  Day. —  At  the  Hotel  del  Monte,  Monterey. 

Sunday,  May  29.     Thirty-fifth  Day. —  At  the  Hotel  del  Monte,  Monterey. 

Monday,  May  30.  Thirty-sixth  Day. —  At  the  Hotel  del  Monte,  Monterey.  Transfer  to  tne 
Hotel  del  Monte  station  and  leave  at  1.38  p.  m.  ;  arrive  at  San  Jose  4.21  p.  m.  ;  omnibus  transfer  to  the 
Hotel  Vendome,  George  P.  Snell,  manager. 

Tuesday,  May  31.  Thirty-seventh  Day. —  In  San  Jose.  Stage  excursion  to  the  Lick  Observatory, 
on  the  summit  of  Mount  Hamilton,  leaving  the  Hotel  Vendome  in  the  morning  and  returning  in  the  after- 
noon. 

Wbdnbsday,  June  i.     Thirty-eighth  Day. —  In  San  Jose. 

Thursday,  June  2.  Thirty-ninth  Day. —  In  San  Jose.  Omnibus  transfer  to  the  Southern  Pacific 
Company's  station  (broad-gauge  division)  and  leave  at  3.00  p.  m.  ;  arrive  in  San  Francisco  (station 
corner  of  Third  and  Townsend  streets)  5.10  p.  m.  ;  transfer  to  the  Palace  Hotel  in  the  coaches  of  the 
United  Carriage  Company. 

Friday,  June  3.    Fortieth  Day. —  In  San  Francisco. 

Saturday,  June  4.    Forty-first  Day. —  In  San  Francisco. 

SuNDAV,  June  5.  /'V>r/fy^/fo«.i/)rt^.— In  San  Francisco.  In  the  evening  proceed  to  Oakland  Pier 
(transfer  to  the  Oakland  ferry,  foot  of  Market  street),  and  retire  on  sleeping-cars.  The  train  will  leave  at 
midnight. 

Monday,  June  6.    Forty-third  Day.-- On  Southern  Pacific  Company's  Oregon  line  en  route  through 

U7 


the  Upper  Valley  of  the  Sacramento,  through  the  Mount  Shasta  region,  over  the  Siskiyou  Mbuutains^Jind 
down  through  the  valleys  of  the  Rogue  and  Umpqua  Rivers. 

TuBSDAV,  June  7.  Forty-fourth  Day. —  On  the  Southern  Pacific  Company's  Oregon  line  *n  routt 
through  the  valley  of  the  Willamette;  arrive  at  Portland  9.35  A.  m. ;  leave  Portland  10.30  A.  M.  via 
Union  Pacific  Railway ;  the  train  will  halt  at  Multnomah  Falls,  with  sufficient  time  for  the  passengers  to 
inspect  the  falls ;  arrive  at  Dalles  City  4.00  p.  m.  ;  remain  on  the  cars  over  night,  the  train  being  placed 
upon  a  side  track  at  Dalles  City. 

Wbknbsday,  June  8.  Forty-fifth  Day. —  Leave  Dalles  City  on  one  of  the  Union  Pacific  Railway 
Company's  steamers  at  7.00  a.  m.  for  a  trip  down  the  Columbia  River;  breakfast  on  the  boat;  arrive  at 
the  Upper  Cascades  11.30  A.  m.  ;  transfer  by  the  narrow-gauge  railway  to  the  Lower  Cascades  (six  miles), 
and  leave  there  at  12.15  p.  m.  by  steamer;  dinner  on  the  boat;  arrive  at  Portland  4.30  p.  M. ;  omnibus 
transfer  to  The  Portland,  Charles  E.  Lelandj  manager. 

Thursday,  June  9.  Forty-sixth  Day.—  In  Portland.  Carriage  ride  through  the  business  and  finest 
residence  pq^tions  of  the  city,  and  also  to  the  park,  which  affords  an  extended  view  of  the  city,  the  river, 
and  the  mountains. 

Friday,  June  10.  Fortyseveitth  Day. —  In  Portland.  Omnibus  transfer  from  The  Portland  to  the 
Northern  Pacific  Railroad  station,  and  leave  I  ortland  at  7.00  a.  m.  ;  dinner  on  the  Northern  Pacific 
dining-car;  arrive  in  Seattle  4.15  p.  m.  ;  omnibus  transfer  to  The  Rainier,  De  L.  Harbough,  manager. 

Saturday,  June  11.  Forty-eighth  Day.— In  Seattle.  Omnibus  transfer  from  The  Rainier  to  the 
Puget  Sound  &  Alaska  Steamship  Company's  wharf,  and  leave  Seattle  at  10.15  A.  M.  on  steamer  "City 
of  Kingston  ;  "  lunch  on  board  the  steamer;  arrive  at  Port  Townsend  1.15  p.  m.  ;  leave  Port  Townsend 
1.30  p.  M. ;  arrive  in  Victoria,  B.  C,  4.00  p.  m.  ;  carriage  transfer  to  The  Driard,  Redon  &  Hartnegel, 
proprietors.  Carriage  ride,  visiting  various  parts  of  the  city,  including  Beacon  Hill,  Government  House, 
the  Government  Buildings,  etc.,  and  also  Esquimalt  (the  British  naval  station),  and  The  Gorge. 

Sunday,  June  la.  Forty-ninth  Day. —  In  Victoria.  Go  on  board  Puget  Sound  &  Alaska  Steamship 
Company's  steamer  in  the  evening  (transfer  from  the  hotel),  and  leave  Victoria  at  a  late  hour;  s:3tc  room 
berths  furnished. 

Monday,  June  13.  Fiftieth  Day.— Arrivt  in  Tacoma  at  an  early  hour;  at  6.30  omnibus  transfer  to 
The  Tacoma,  William  K.  Hatch,  manager. 

U8 


ipj 


Note. —  It  may  be  deemed  advisable  to  divide  the  party  into  two  divisions  for  the  visits  to  Seattle 
ard  Tacoma.    Both  cities  will  be  visited. 

TuBSDAV,  June  14.  Fifty-first  Day.—  In  Tacoma  or  Seattle.  Omnibus  transfers  from  jhe  hotels  to 
the  stations,  and  leave  Seattle  at  2.00  p.  m.i  and  Tacoma  at  3.40  p.  m.  via  Northern  Pacific  Railroad. 

Wbdnbsdav,  June  15.  Fifty-second  Day. —  On  the  Northern  Pacific  Railroad  tn  route  through 
Idaho  and  Montana. 

NoTB. —  Railroad  time  changes  at  Hope,  Id.,  from  Pacific  standard,  or  laoth  meridian,  to  Mountain 
standard,  or  105th  meridian  —  one  hour  faster. 

Thursday,  June  16.  Fifty-third  Day. ~-  Axxivt  at  Livingston  4.05  a.  m.  ;  thence  via  National  Park 
Branch  of  the  Northern  Pacific  Railroad  to  Cinnabar,  arriving  there  at  10.18  a.  m.  ;  leave  Cinnabar  by 
stage  at  10.45  A-  m.  ;  arrive  at  Mammoth  Hot  Springs  Hotel  12.45  ^'  m. 

NoTB. —  All  the  hotels  in  the  Yellowstone  National  Park  are  owned  by  the  Yellowstone  Park  Asso- 
ciation, of  which  W.  G.  Johnson  is  general  manager.  The  transportation  within  the  park  is  in  charge  of 
George  W.  Wakefield. 

Fkidav,  June  17.  Fifty-frurth  Day. —  Leave  Mammoth  Hot  Springs  by  stage  at  8.00  a.  m.,  for 
the  tour  through  the  park;  arrive  at  Norris  Geyser  Basin  13.30  p.  m.  ;  dinner  there;  leave  Norris 
Geyser  Basin  1.30  p.  M.,  passing  near  the  principal  geysers  in  this  basin,  including  the  "Monarch," 
and  later  near  the  Gibbon  Falls;  arrive  at  the  Fountain  Hotel,  Lower  Basin,  5.30  p.  m. 

Satukdav,  June  18.  Fifty-fifth  Day. —  Leavb  Lower  Geyser  Basin  at  8.00  a.  m.,  and  visit  the 
Midway  Geyser  Basin,  which  contains  the  "Excelsior"  Geyser  ('♦Hell's  Half  Acre"),  "Turquoise" 
Spring,  and  "  Prismatic"  Lake  ;  arrive  at  the  Upper  Geyser  Basin  Hotel  11.00  a.  m.  The  hotel  is  situ- 
ated  near  "  Old  Faithful,"  the  "  Bee  Hive,"  "  Giantess,"  "  Castle,"  and  others  of  the  great  geysers. 

SuKDAV,  June  19.    Fifty-sixth  Day. —  At  the  Upper  Geyser  Basin. 

MoMSAV,  June  30.  Fifty-s«venth  Day.-  -Leave  Upper  Geyser  Basio  9.00  a.  m.,  and  proceed  to 
Yellowstone  Lake  iiia  West  Bay,  or  the  "Thumb;"  Arrive  at  West  Bay  xa.oo  ;  lunch  there;  leave 
West  Bay  3.00  p.  M.;  arrive  at  Yellowstone  Lake  Hotel  5.00  p.  M. 

TumsDAV,  June  31.  F\fty-«ighth  Day.—  Leave  Yellowstone  Lake  10.00  a.  m.  ;  arrive  at  Grand  Cafion 
Hotel  1.00  p.  M. 


if 


Wednesday,  June  aa.  Fifty-ninth  Day. —  Leave  Grand  Cafion  Hotel  10.30  A.  M.;  arrive  at  Norris 
Geyser  Basin  12.30  p.  m. ;  dinner  there;  le;:v*  Norris  Geyser  Basin  1.30  p.  m.  ;  arrive  at  Mammoth  Hot 
Spring!.  Ho|pl  5.00  p.  m. 

NoTiS. —  In  case  it  is  deemed  advisable  to  divide  the  party  for  the  round  of  travel  through  the  park, 
one  division  will  reverse  the  foregoing  itinerary. 

Thursday,  June  23.  Sixtieth  Day. —  Leave  Mammoth  Hot  Springs  4.00  p.  m.;  arrive  at  Cinnabar 
6.00  p.  M, ;  leave  Cinnabar,  r/a  National  Park  Branch  of  the  Northern  Pacific  Railroad,  6.15  p.  m.  ;  arrive 
at  Livingston  8.15  p.  m.  ;  leave  Livingston  10.10  r.  m.  on  the  Northern  Pacific  Railroad,  main  line. 

Friday,  June  24.  Sixty-first  Day.—  On  the  Northckn  Pacific  Railroad  en  route  through  Montana 
and  North  Dakota. 

Note. —  Railway  time  changes  at  Mandan,  N.  D.,  from  Mountain  standard,  or  105th  meridian,  to 
Central  standard,  or  90th  meridian  —  one  hour  faster. 

Saturday,  June  25.  Sixty-second  Day. —  On  the  Nothern  Pacific  Railroad  en  route  throi^h  North 
Dakota  and  Minnesota.  Arrive  in  Minneapolis  ia.05  p.  m.  ;  omnibus  transfer  to  the  West  Hotel,  John 
T.  West,  proprietor;  in  the  afternoon  carriage  ride,  with  visits  to  Minnehaha  Falls,  the  chief  business  and 
residence  sections  of  the  city,  the  great  flouring  mills  (the  largest  in  the  world),  the  bridge  below  St. 
Anthony's  Falls,  the  Exposition  Building,   he  Suspension  Bridge,  etc. 

Sunday,  June  26.    Sixty-third  Day. —  In  Minneapolis. 

Monday,  June  27.  Sixty-fourth  Day. —  In  Minneapolis.  Omnibus  transfer  to  the  Union  station 
and  leave  Minneapolis  12.05  p.  M. ;  arrive  in  St.  Paul  12.40  p.  m.  ;  omnibus  transfer  to  the  Hotel  Ryan, 
£ugene  Mehl  &  Son,  proprietors;  in  the  afternoon  carriage  ride,  visiting  the  chief  business  and  residence 
portions  of  the  city,  the  Capitol,  Summit  avenue,  the  Observatory  (midway  between  St.  Paul  and 
Minneapolis,  and  affording  a  view  of  both  cities).  Fort  Snelling,  etc. 

Tuesday,  June  28.  Sixty-fifth  Day.—  In  St.  Paul.  Omnibus  transfer  from  the  Hotel  Ryan  to  the 
station  of  the  Mipneapolis  &  St.  Louis  Railway,  and  leave  St.  Paul  via  the  Albert  Lea  route  6.25  p.  m. 

Wednesday,  June  29.    Sixty-sixth  i?rty.— Through  Iowa  and  Illinois  on  Chicago,  Rock  Island  ft 
Pacific  Railway  (Albert  Lea  route).    Arrive  at  Blue  Island  Junction  about  12.30  p.  m.  ;  transfer  to  Chicago 

140 


&  Grand  Trunk  Railway,  and  thence  eastward  on  that  road, 
can  do  so,  the  train  arriving  in  that  city  at  1.15  p<  m. 


Persons  desiring  to  go  through  to  Chicago 


Notes. —  Members  of  the  party  who  return  independently  from  Chicago  eastward  will  be  required  to 
exchange  their  east-bound  passage  and  sleeping-car  coupons  at  the  station  ticket  offices  of  the  Chicago  & 
Grand  Trunk  Railway,  either  at  Chicago  &  Grand  Trunk  Railway  Crossing,  Blue  Island,  or  the  new 
Dearborn  station  (Polk  street  and  Fourth  avenue),  Chicago,  or  at  the  city  ticket  office  of  the  Chicago  & 
Grand  Trunk  Railway^  103  South  Clark  street,  Chicago,  E.  H.  Hughes,  agent,  to  whom  all  applications 
in  advance  for  sleeping-berths  should  be  addressed.  Niagara  Falls  is  the  only  point  east  of  Chicago  where 
"  stop-over"  privileges  are  permitted.. 

Railway  time  changes  at  Port  Huron,  Mich.,  from  Central  standard,  or  90th  meridian^  to  Eastern 
standard,  o.  75th  meridian  —  one  hour  faster. 

Thursday,  June  30.  Sixty-seventh  Day.—  From  Port  Huron  eastward  on  the  Grand  Trunk  Rail- 
way;  arrive  at  Clifton,  Ont.,  7.30  a.  m.,  and  at  Niagara  Falls,  N.  Y.,  8.06  A.  M. ;  leave  Niagara  Falls, 
via  the  West  Shore  route,  from  the  station  of  the  New  York  Central  &  Hudson  River  Railroad  at  5.08  p.m. 

Friday,  July  i.  Sixty-eighth  Day.—  From  Rotterdam  Junction  eastward  via  Hoosac  Tunnel  & 
Fitchburg  line;  arrive  at  Athol,  Mass.,  6.57  A.  m.  ;  breakfast  at  station  dining-rooms,  W.  E.  Wood,  pro> 
prietor;  arrive  in  Boston  (Fitchburg  Railroad  station,  Causeway  street)  9.50  a.  m. 

The  return  tickets  from  San  Francisco,  Tacoma,  or  Portland  will  be  good  on  any 
train  until  Oct.  25,  1892. 

Persons  remaining  in  San  Francisco  beyond  the  date  of  the  return  of  the  party 
should  apply,  before  leaving  for  the  East,  to  our  agent,  Clinton  Jones,  No.  36  Mont- 
gomery street,  San  Francisco.  Mr.  Jones  will  give  all  information  and  render  all 
assistance  needed  in  connection  with  the  signing  '  the  excursion  ticket,  securing 
sleeping-berths,  etc.  Persons  returning  independci  .;  can  also  apply  for  information 
or  assistance  to  our  Pacific  Northwest  agent,  Charles  Kennedy,  No.  83  First  street, 

Portland,  Or. 

141 


:;n' 


Table  of  Distances. 

MILBS. 

From  Boston  up  to  departure  from  Portland,  Or.    (see  pages  107,  toB)<f>«<><  !••«•  >•••«•••••• 6,094 

•'     Portland  to  Seattle,  Northern  Pacific  Railroad • 185 

"     Seattle   to   Victoria    B.    C,    and  return  to  Tacoma,  Puget  Sound  &  Alaska  Steamship 

Company's  line 195 

"     Tacoma  to  Cinnabar,  Northern  Pacific  Railroad /< 955 

*'     Cinnabar  through  Yellowstone  National  Park  and  return,  by  sti^e 148 

"     Cinnabar  to  Boston  (see  pages  loS,  109) 2,611 

Total 10, 188 

In  the  course  of  the  tour  the  party  will  pass  through  the  following  States  and  Terri- 
tories:   States — Massachusetts,  Vermont,  New  York,  Michigan,    Indiana,    Illii    's, 
Iowa,  Missouri,  Kansas,  Colorado,  California,  Oregon,  Washington,  Idaho,  Mor         , 
Wyoming,  North  Dakota,  and  Minnesota  {18) ;   Territories — New  Mexico,  Ai 
(2);  and  silso  the  Provinces  of  Ontario  and  British  Columbia  (2)  in  the  Dominion  of 

Canada. 

The  Excursion  to  the  Big  Tree  Qroves  and  the  Ycsemite  Valley. 

Time  is  afforded  in  connection  with  this  excursion,  as  in  the  Alaska  tour,  for  a  side 
trip  to  the  Big  Tree  Groves  and  the  Yosemite  Valley,  for  all  who  desire.  Very 
advantageous  arrangements  are  made  for  this  journey  by  the  Yosemite  Valley  Stage  & 
Turnpike  Company.     See  pages  109-111  for  details. 

The  party  will  necessarily  be  limited  in  numbers.  An  early  registration  is  tljerefore 
desirable.  Tickets  must  be  taken  on  or  before  Wednesday,  April  20  —  frve  days 
previous  to  the  date  of  departure.  W.  RAYMOND. 

I.  A.  WHITCOMB. 


m^^  Tickets  for  the  excursion,  additional  copies  of  this  circular,  and  all  needed 
information  can  be  obtained  of 

RAYMOND  &  WHITCOMB,  296  Washington  St.  (opposKe  Sohooi  St.).  Boston,  Miss. 

142 


^^- 


SKASON    OK    18©2. 

TWELFTH   ANNUAL   SPRING   TOUR 

THROUGH 

COLORADO  AND  CALIFORNIA. 

A  Tour  of  Sixty-two  Days  Across  the  Continent, 

With  Visits  to  the  most  Picturesque  Reg  ^as  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  and  Attractive  Points 

on  the  Pacific  Coast,  including  Riverside,  San  Diego,  Coronado  Beach,  Los  Angeles, 

Redondo  Beach,  Pasadena,  Santa  Barbara,  San  Francisco,  Santa  Cruz, 

Monterey,  San  Jose,  and  the  Summit  of  Mount  Hamilton ; 

and  on  the  return  journey,  to  Salt  Lake  City,  Glenwood  Springs,  the  Marshall  Pass, 

the  Royal  Gorge,  Manitou  Springs,  Denver,  etc.    Different  Routes 

Going  and  Returning,  with  Numerous  Side  Trips 

and  Halts  by  the  Way. 

THE  PARH  TO  LEAVE  BOSTON  MONDAY,  APRIL  25,  AND  TO  RETURN  SATURDAY,  JUNE  25, 1892. 


The  Journey  to  be  made  in  a  Magnificent  Train  of  Vestibuled  Pullman  Palace 

Cars,  with  Pullman  Palace  Dining-Car. 


Price  of  Tickets  (litb  all  Traveling  and  Hotel  Eipses  Included),  -  $425.00. 

INCIDENTAL  EXCURSION  70  THE  YOSEMITE  VALLEY  AND  THE  Bir,  TKSB  GROVES. 


W.  RAYMOND,  I,  A.  WHITCOMB. 

996  Washinflrton  St.,  opposite  School  St.,  Boston,  Mass. 

«43 


Eleventh  Annual  Spring  Excdrsion  from  Boston 


TO 


COLORADO  AND  CALIFORNIA, 


April  26  to  June  25,  1892. 


On  tae  same  date  named  for  the  departure  of  the  two  excursion  parties  mentioned 
in  the  foregoing  pages,  a  third  party  jf  tourists  wiJl  leave  boston  for  a  visit  to  the 
Pacific  Coast.  The  outward  journey  >''d  be  to  a  large  extent  ovei  the  same  routes, 
but  loss  time  will  in  that  connection  be  devoted  to  Colorado,  inasmuch  as  Ute  places 
visited  by  the  other  parlies  will  be  seen  on  the  return  journey.  Although  ti»e  lir.es  of 
travel  westward  are  essentially  the  same,  the  party  will  have  its  own  veatibiiled  train 
of  Pullman  palace  cars,  and  its  own  dining-car.  The  time  selected  for  these  tours  is 
.he  best  that  could  be  had  for  sight-seeing.  It  is  after  the  close  of  the  rainy  season, 
when  the  Yosemite  Valley  and  other  places  of  interest  are  thoroughly  accessible  to 
travel,  and  when  the  face  of  Nature  wears  its  loveliest  smile.  While  the  journey  is 
planned  liberally  as  to  time,  the  sojourns  at  differen.t  points  are  no  longer  than  is  nec- 
essary to  see  the  places  visited  in  a  thorough  and  at  the  same  time  leisurely  manner. 

144 


' 


The  journey  is  accomplished  in  the  shortest  possible  time  commensurate  with  this 
purpose  ;  and  thus  persons  who  might  find  it  inconvenient  to  absent  themselves  from 
business  or  home  ties  for  several  moiiths  can  see  California  in  the  most  comprehensive 
manner,  yet  without  any  loss  of  time.  California  may  be  reached  more  speedily  than 
we  make  the  journey,  but  the  traveler  who  rushes  across  the  country  at  express  sjK^ed 
sees  j.'nd  enjoys  bi't  little  of  the  scenery  on  the  way,  and  perchance  misses  altogether 
many  interesting  places  that  may  be  reached  by  little  side  trips.  In  bolh  California 
ar^  Colorado  there  are  many  places  of  interest  that  lie  off  the  beaten  track. 

Although  much  of  the  outward  route  is  covered  by  the  inneraries  of  the  other 
excursions,  this  party  will  have  its  own  programme  and  its  own  special  train  of  Pulhr.aii 
vestibule^  sleeping-cars,  dining-car,  etc.  As  in  the  other  excursions,  a  special  time 
schedule  will  be  observed,  so  that  the  picturesque  parts  of  the  rou<e  will  be  passed 
Over  1  y  daylight.  The  passengers  will  not  be  hurried  over  any  section  of  the  route 
where  it  is  desirable  to  stop,  and  the  sojourns  at  different  points  in  New  Mexico,  Cali- 
fornia, Utah,  and  Colorado,  with  the  various  .side  trips,  are  sufhcient  to  encompass  a 
great  amount  of  sight-seeing.  Throughout  the  trip  the  train  will  be  run  at  a  modciate 
atui  uniforn)  rate  of  .speed,  which  is  much  more- conducive  to  rest,  comfort,  and  saftty 
than  ti.c  hurried  transit  of  express  trains.  This  is  an  important  consideration  in  a 
railway  journey,  the  duration  of  which  is  to  be  measured  by  days  instead  of  hours,  an«l 
one  that  will  be  appreciated  by  the  traveler  who  prizes  restful  ease.  Every  passenger 
will  be  emitted  to  a  double  berth  (half  a  seciion)  in  the  sleeping-cars.  This  places 
only  two  persons  in  each  sectioii,  where  seats  are  provided  for  four. 

From  Boston  t'^   Kansas  City. 

Leaving  Uoston  Monday  afternoon,  Apul  25,  the  party  will  proceed  westwarti  over 
the  Fitchburg  and  West  .Shore  lines.     Tuesday  morning  will  find  the  train  approaching 

MS 


Buffalo.  Much  of  the  city,  including  the  City  Hall,  is  seen  after  Heaving  the  station. 
Buffalo  is  the  eleventh  city  in  the  Union  in  size,  havi'ig  255,543  inhabitants.  Follow- 
ing along  the  right  or  American  bank  of  the  Niagara  river,  with  a  little  stretch  of 
Lake  Erie  in  view  before  -he  river  is  fairly  reached,  we  soon  approach  Niagara  Falls, 
glimpses  of  which  are  had  from  the  car  windows.  The  river  is  crossed  at 
Suspension  Bridge,  two  miles  below  the  great  cataract,  and  we  journey  through  a 
pleasant  section  of  the  Canadian  Province  of  Ontario  on  the  Southern  Division  01  the 
Cirand  Trunk  Railway.  Lake  Ontario  is  seen  near  Hamilton.  From  Port  Huron 
our  route  lies  through  Michigan,  a  little  corner  of  Indiana,  and  into  Illinois,  over 
the  Chicago  &  Grand  Trunk  Railway.  At  Blue  Island  Junction  we  enter  upon 
the  Chicago,  Rock  Island  &  Pacific  Railway,  continuing  across  the  great  State  of 
Illinois  and  considerable  sections  of  Iowa  and  Missouri.  Much  of  Illinois  and 
Iowa  will  be  seen  during  Wednesday's  journey.  The  Mississippi  River  is  crossed 
between  Rock  Island,  111.,  and  Davenport,  la.,  and  the  Missouri  River  the  succee?ing 
morning  just  before  reaching  Kansas  City. 

Through  Kansas  and   Colorado. 

After  a  brief  visit  to  Kansas  City,  which,  by  the  by,  is  chiefly  in  Missouri  and  not  in 
Kansas,  we  continue  our  westward  journey,  entering  liere  upon  the  Atchison,  Topeka, 
&  Santa  Fe  Ra''.road  for  a  long  ride  through  Kansas,  Colorado,  New  Mexico,  Arizona, 
and  Southern  California.  Thursday  will  be  devoted  chiefly  to  Eastern  Kansas,  which  is 
naturally  its  most  populous  section.  Lawrence,  Topeka,  Osage  City,  Emporia,  Strong 
City,  Florence,  Nawton,  Hil.itead,  and  Burrton  lie  upon  this  part  of  the  line.  Farther 
west  are  Hutchinson,  NIckerson,  Raymond,  Ellinwood,  Great  liend,  Larned,  Kinsley, 
Dodge  City,  Coolidge,  etc.     Soon  after  passing   Coolidge  we  enter*  Colorado,  but 

146 


an  inspection  of  the  chief  wonders  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  region  will  be  reserved 
until  the  party  returns  from  California.  Continuing  therefore  from  l.a  Junta  direr  to 
Trinidad,  in  place  of  making  the  detour  through  Colorado  7'ia  Pueblo,  we  shall  cross 
the  Raton  Mountains  a  short  distance  south  of  Triniciad,  and  enter  New  Mexico. 

New  Mexico. 

.  Our  travels  though  this  Territory  will  be  quite  extended,  and  visits  will  be  paid 
to  its  two  most  attr?.ctive  points — Las  Vegas  Hot  Springs,  and  Santa  Fe,  its  ancient 
capital.  The  Hot  Springs  are  situated  a  few  miles  off  the  main  line  of  railway,  and  are 
reached  by  means  of  a  branch  line  from  the  city  of  Las  Vegas.  There  are  forty 
springs  altogether,  some  of  them  ranging  as  high  as  142  degrees  Fahrenheit  m 
temperature.  The  par^y  will  remain  from  Saturday  morning  until  Monday  at  the 
elegant  Montezuma  Hotel,  which  has  been  erected  here  by  the  railway  company. 

On  leaving  Las  Vegas  Hot  Springs  we  return  to  Las  Vegas,  and  then  proceed  west- 
ward through  the  Pecos  Valley.  Crossin"^  the  mountains  through  Clorieta  I'ass  and 
Apache  Cafion,  we  reach  Lamy  Junct  md  from  thence  journey  eighteen  miles 
northward  to  Santa  Fe.  This  is  also  a  side  tri:  from  the  main  liin  ^anta  Fe  still 
retains  many  of  its  old  Spanish  characteristics.  Iht  population  is  Mexican  to  a  large 
extent,  and  there  is  a  strange  comminglingof  the  old  an  the  new  m  its  life  and  customs. 
The  ancient  "  adobe  palace"  still  stands  ujion  one  side  of  the  pla/.i,  nd  is  the  official 
home  of  the  Ametican  governor  of  the  Territory,  as  it  was  of  the  old  Spanish  officials 
of  three  centuries  ago.  Its  street  scenes  are  full  of  interest,  md  in  these  some  of  the 
neighboring  tribes  of  Indians  become  a  picturesque  feature  as  they  drive  into  town  their 
fagot-laden  burros.  There  are  many  places  worth  visiting  at  Sir  ta  Fe,  and  most  of 
them  are  readily  accessible  in  a  short  forenoon's  walk. 

On  leaving  Santa  Fe,  the  party  will   return   to  the  main  iiue  of  railway  at  Lamy 

'47 

OiBi 


Mk 


Junction,  and  thereon  continue  southward  to  Albuquerque.  This  part  of  the  route 
takes  us  for  a  considerable  distance  through  the  valley  of  the  I<io  Grande,  and  in 
proximity  to  the  towns  of  ^veral  puchlo  tribes.  We  turn  westward  again  soon  after 
leaving  Albuquerque,  and,  crossing  the  Rio  Grande  at  Isleta,  reach  the  continental 
divide  about  I20mile^  west  of  the  river.  The  boundary  line  between  New  Mexico 
and  Arizona  is  about  fortv-five  miles  farther  on.  , 

Arizona. 

Our  course  through  this  Territory  takes  us  through  a  picturesque  region.  After 
crossing  the  yawning  chasm  known  as  the  Caiion  Diablo,  th?  road  approaches  the 
mountains,  chief  among  which  is  the  snow-clad  San  Francisco  group,  near  Flagstaff. 
The  railroad  winds  along  the  base  of  those  mountains  and  througVi  a  forest-clad 
country,  lieyond  are  more  scattered  peaks,  and  also  Johnson's  Canon.  At  Peach 
Springs  we  are  within  twenty-three  miles  of  the  Grand  Canon  of  the  Colorado.  In  the 
western  part  of  the  Territory  we  traverse  a  mining  region,  and  finally  leave  Arizona 
at  the  crossing  of  the  Colorado  near  the  Needles. 

Southern  California  and  its  Charms. 

The  first  outlook  we  gain  upon  California  soil  is  not  inviting,  although  distant 
mountains  add  a  picturesque  aspect  to  the  scene.  We  are  in  the  middle  of  the  Mojave 
desert.  All  around  us  are  many  evidences  of  volcau..  action.  To  the  left  lies  a  high 
mountain  chain  which  we  are  soon  to  cross.  Mounting  towards  the  Cajon  Pass,  after 
turning  towards  the  south  from  Barstow,  we  gain  a  succession  of  fine  views,  the  climax 
of  sui>Hmity  being  reached  when  we  gain  the  southern  declivities  of  the  pass,  and 
approach  the  teeming  fruit  valleys  which  stretch  along  the  southern  base  of  the  range. 

143 


h.  JH 


Continuing  from  San  Bernardino  to  Riverside,  we  there  pass  the  latter  part  of  th'fe 
day  in  inspecting  the  charms  of  that  beautiful  city  of  groves  and  gardens. 

We  then  journey  westward  to  Pasadena  and  Los  Angeles,  pausing  long  enough  in 
the  former  place  to  enjoy  a  carriage  ride  through  the  charming  city  and  its  picturesque 
environs.  Saturday  and  Sunday  will  be  passed  in  Los  Angeles,  and  on  Monday  there 
^ill  be  an  excursion  to  Redondo  Beach. 

San  Diego  and  that  famous  seashore  resort,  Coronado  Beach,  will  be  our  next 
objective  points,  the  journey  southward  being  over  the  direct  line,  wh'ch  leuds  for 
much  of  the  way  along  the  sea-coast.  Coronado  Beach,  with  its  magr  ficent  hotel,  is 
one  of  the  most  delightful  of  Pacific  Coast  resorts.  The  surroundings  of  the  house 
are  very  picturesque,  and  the  views,  both  over  the  sea  and  the  land,  are  fine.  After 
a  season  of  rest  at  this  place,  the  party  will  return  to  Los  Angeles,  and  depart  at 
once  for  Santa  Barbara,  where  it  will  be  due  Saturday  evening.  May  14.  The 
Arlington  will  be  made  its  headquarters  in  that  city.  Several  days  are  assigned  to 
Santa  Barbara  in  the  itinerary,  but,  it  should  be  noted,  the  Yosemite  Valley 
parties  are  made  up  during  this  period  to  leave  on  different  days.  I'ersonal 
preferences  in  regard  to  the  date  of  leaving  for  this  trip  will  be  observed  as  far  ^s 
possible.  There  will  be  ample  time  to  see  Santa  I3arbara,  and  also  to  visit  the  Big 
Tree  Groves  and  the  Yosemite  Valley. 

San  Francisco. 

The  metropolis  of  the  Pacific  Coast  will  come  next  n  order.  The  famous  Palace 
Hotel,  one  of  the  largest  and  most  elegant  public  houses  i  1  the  world,  will  be  our  head- 
quarters while  here.  The  city  presents  many  strange  asi)ects  to  the  visitor,  and  is 
always  atrractive.  Beautifully  situated  on  a  peninsula  which  has  a  broad  bay  on  one 
side  and  the  broader  ocean  on  the  other,  with  many  charms  i)e(:uliarly  its  own,  Sari 

M9 


^Sk 


rrrfpr- 


Francisco  may  truly  be  said  to  be  one  of  the  most  entertaining  cities  on  the  globe. 
Its  cosmopolitan  character,  derived  largely  from  being  the  gateway  to  America  for  the 
dweMcrs  of  the  Orient,  is  a  source  of  never-failing  interest.  Many  little  excursions  can 
be  made  in  and  around  San  Francisco  during  the  two  visits  the  party  will  make  here, 
and  on  one  of  the  days  there  will  be  a  carriage  ride  to  Golden  Gate  Park,  the  Cliff 
House,  etc.  For  a  more  detailed  account  of  this  city  the  reader  is  referred  to  the 
account  of  the  Alaska  excursion. 

Santa  Cruz,  Monterey,  San  Jose,  and  Mount   Hamilton. 

Leaving  San  Francisco  Saturday  morning.  May  28,  the  members  of  the  party  will 
proceed  by  the  Southern  Pacific  Company's  narrow-gauge  line  to  Santa  Cruz.  The 
"  Big  Trees  "  will  be  visted  on  the  way,  and  there  will  be  a  carriage  ride  to  the  beach 
and  along  the  picturesque  cliffs  in  Santa  Cruz. 

Monterey  and  the  magnificent  Hotel  del  Monte  will  be  the  next  point  of  interest. 
This  is  one  of  the  most  attractive  places  of  resort  in  this  or  any  other  country.  A 
great  hotel,  provided  with  every  comfort  and  luxury  wealth  and  taste  could  suggest, 
has  been  reared  amid  gardens  and  groves  upon  which  fortunes  have  also  been  lavished. 
Art  and  nature  have  combined  to  make  the  Hotel  del  Monte  and  its  sur|:oundings 
unique  among  similar  resorts.  The  beach  and  its  great  bathing-establishment  are 
near  at  hand,  and  afford  one  of  many  sources  of  amusement.  Here  and  elsewhere 
along  the  California  coast,  surf-bathing  is  indulged  in  at  all  seasons  of  the  year.  After 
spending  several  days  at  Monterey,  the  party  will  proceed  to  San  Jose,  where  the 
Hotel  Vendome  will  be  made  the  abiding  place  of  the  visitors.  Saturday  will  be 
devoted  to  a  stage  excursion  to  the  Lick  Observatory  on  the  summit  of  Mount  Hamil- 
ton, the  party  leaving  the  Hotel  Vendome  in  the  morning  and  returning  at  night.  San 
Francisco  will  be  reached  on  the  return,  Wednesday,  June  8. 

150 


From  Sun  Francisco  Eastward. 

The  party  will  leave  San  Francisco  on  »ts  homeward  journey  Monday  morning,  June 
13.  The  route  from  San  Francisco  will  be  by  the  Southern  Pacific  Company's  line 
across  Central  California  and  Nevada  into  Utah  ;  thence  into  Colorado  over  the 
Denver  &  Rio  Grande  Western  and  Dcnv»r  &  Rio  Grande  Railways  (recently  con- 
verted from  narrow  gauge  to  standard  gauge,  so  that  no  change  of  cars  is  necessary) ; 
from  Denver  to  the  Missouri  River  z'ia  the  Union  Pacific  Short  line,  and  thence  across 
Iowa  by  the  Chicago,  Rock  Island  &  Pacific  Railway.  In  order  that  the  magnifi- 
cent mountain  scenery  may  be  enjoyed,  arrangements  have  been  made  to  cross  the 
Sierra  Nevada  by  daylight.  As  far  as  Port  Costa,  thirty-two  miles  out,  we  follow  the 
route  over  which  we  approa':hed  San  Francisco.  At  that  point  we  cross  the  Straits  of 
Carquinez  on  the  mammoth  steam  ferry-boat  "  Solano,"  the  largest  craft  of  its  ki-nd  in 
the  world ;  and  for  a  farther  distance  of  over  2,500  miles  our  course  is  over  fresh 
ground.  From  Benecia,  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  straits,  we  soon  speed  away 
towards  Sacramento  and  the  far-away  mountains,  through  a  region  of  wheat  fields, 
gardens,  and  vineyards. 

Across  the  S:jrra  Nevada. 

Leaving  Sacramento,  we  cross  the  American  River  a  short  distance  above  the 
city,  and  then  begin  the  ascent  of  the  mountains  that  form  the  eastern  border  of  Cali- 
fornia—  the  great  wall  of  the  Sierra  Nevada,  or  ".S..owy  range."  This  mountain 
chain  forms  the  western  edge  ni  the  great  continental  upheaval,  or  plateau,  in  which 
the  Cordilleras  are  built,  corresponding  with  the  Rocky  Mountains  on  the  east,  with 
the  difference  that  the  western  slopes  are  very  abrupt,  dropping  within  less  than  100 
miles  nearly  to  the  level  of  the  sea;  while  the  eastern  descent  from   the  crest  of  the 


:i-"a ' 


Rocky  Mountains  is  gradual  for  600  miles.  The  range  in  front  of  us  is  about  9,000 
feet  in  height,  and  the  pass  to  which  we  climb  has  an  elevation  of  7,017  feet. 

A  few  miles  beyond  Colfax  the  railroad  "  doubles  Cape  Horn."  The  road  here 
rounds  a  mountain  promontory  on  a  little  shelf  2,000  feet  above  the  bed  of  the 
American  River,  which  appears  at  this  height  like  a  slender  thread  of  silver.  Stretch- 
ing away  to  the  right  is  a  deep  ravine,  bordered  by  mountain  walls,  along  which  may 
be  seen  the  stage  road,  leading  to  the  old  mining  town  of  Iowa  Hill.  The  Southern 
Paoific  Company's  lirve  ascends  the  mountains  beside  the  American  River  Cafion, 
ajid  ma«y  magnificent  views  are  had  of  that  gigantic  rift,  while  Bear  and  Yuba  River 
Valleys  also  furnish  some  grand  scenery.  Gold  Run,  Dutch  Flat,  Alta,  Shady  Run, 
and  Blue  Caiion  are  succeeding  stations.  All  along  this  part  of  the  route  may  be 
seen  many  traces  of  the  old  placer  mining,  and  of  the  later  hydraulic  process,  which 
washed  away  even  the  hills  themselves. 

In  the  passage  over  the  mountains  the  traveler  is  treated  to  an  extensive 
acquaintance  with  that  necessary  —  though  to  the  sight-seer  rather  aggravating  — 
device,  the  snow  shed.  These  wonderful  wooden  tunnels  cover  over  forty  miles  of 
the  Central  Pacific  Railway,  and  cost  from  j558,ooo  to  $12,000  per  mile.  In  some 
places,  where  masonry  was  needed,  the  cost  was  $30,000  per  mile.  They  were 
suggested  by  the  practical  mind  of  the  late  Charles  Crocker.  From  Sacramento 
to  Summit,  107  miles,  the  ascent  is  6,987  feet;  and  of  this  5,258  feet  —  only  nine 
yards  less  than  a  mile  —  are  made  in  sixty-two  miles,  from  Clipper  Oap  to  Summit. 
The  ascent  from  Shady  Run  to  Summit,  a  distance  of  thirty-one  miles,  is  2,881  feet, 
or  over  half  a  mile.  Ju<*t  east  of  the  summit,  upon  the  north,  Donner  Lake  is  seen, 
and  the  railroad  follows  down  the  cafion  of  Colri  Stream  Creek  and  Donner  Creek  to 
Truckee.    The  old  road    across  the  mountains  to  Sutter's   Fort  followed  up  Cold 

152 


Stream.  On  Donner  Creek  is  Starration  Camp,  where,  in  the  winter  of  1846-47, 
Donner  and  his  party,  a  company  of  eiwhty-t>yo  persons,  met  with  privation  and 
disaster.  Thirty-six  of  the  number  perished,  and,  of  a  party  of  thirteen  who  went  out 
for  help,  ten  more  were  forced  to  succumb.  Relief  was  sent,  but  all  the  survivors 
could  not  be  saved,  and  the  heroic  Mrs.  Donner  remained  behind  to  die  with  her 
husband. 

On  the  eastern  side  of  the  mountains  the  grade  is  not  as  heavy  as  it  is  on  the  western 
slope,  and  the  descent  is  to  the  great  inclosed  continental  plateau,  which  is  lifted  over 
4,000  feet  above  the  sea.  For  over  1,200  miles  the  road  is  continued  at  that  or  a 
greater  elevation,  only  once  reaching  a  level  slightly  less  than  4,000  feet. 

Nevada. 

Passing  through  Truckee,  the  last  California  town  of  importance,  we  enter  the  State 
of  Nevada,  about  a  dozen  miles  farther  on,  near  the  little  station  of  Bronco.  Soon 
after  we  reach  Reno,  one  of  the  liveliest  and  most  flourishing  towns  of  the  Silver 
State.  Nevada  has  an  area  of  104,125  square  miles,  and  is  therefore  nearly  as  large 
as  Colorado.  The  Southern  Pacific  Company's  Ogden  line  traverses  it  for  456  miles, 
and  the  route  presents  all  the  characteristic  scenery  for  which  this  State  is  famed, 
comprising  bold  and  rugged  mountains  capped  with  snow,  and  wide  stretches  of  desert 
plain.  Wadsworth,  Humboldt,  Winnemucca,  Battle  Mountain,  Carlin,  Elko,  and 
Wells  are  places  of  more  or  less  importance.  The  entire  population  of  the  State  is 
44,327.  Indians,  generally  Shoshones  or  Piutes,  are  frequently  seen  about  the  stations, 
and  now  and  then  a  squaw  brings  her  pappooac  for  inspection.  There  are  several 
Indian  villages  near  the  railway.  One  of  the  wonderful  natural  features  of  the  great 
Nevada  and   Utah  Basin,  sometimes  called  the  great  American  desert,  is  found  in 

153 


'  n 


I 


the  numerous  "  sinks.  "    The  Humboldt,  Carson,  Truckee,  and  many  other  streams 

empty  into  lakes  that  have  no  visible  outlets.    The  Grea^  Salt  Lake  is  one  of  these 

vast  "  sinks." 

Utah. 

The  Territory  of  Utah  isreached  just  east  of  Tecom*,  679  miles  from  San  Fran- 
cisco and  155  miles  from  Ogden.  The  scenery  is  similar  to  that  of  Nevada.  We 
approach  the  shores  of  the  Great  Salt  Lake,  about  ninety  miles  west  o£  Ogden,  just 
beyond  the  station  of  Kelton.  Thenceforward  for  nearly  the  whole  distance  to  Ogden, 
the  waters  of  the  American  Dead  Sea  are  in  sight.  This  remarkable  inland  sea  covers 
about  3,000  square  miles,  its  greatest  length  being  ninety-three  miles,  and  its  greatest 
width  forty-three  miles.  The  elevation  of  the  lake  above  the  ocean  is  upwards  of 
4,200  feet,  or  higher  than  the  top  of  the  Alleghany  Mountains.  Its  mean  depth  is 
about  sixty  feet,  and  there  are  numerous  small  islands,  with  one  or  two  of  considerable 
size.  While  the  Atlantic  Ocean  contains  3)^  per  cent  of  solids,  Great  Salt  Lake  has 
14  per  cent,  or  only  10  per  cent  less  than  the  Dead  Sea.  Promontory  Point,  where 
the  last  spike  uniting  the  iron  bands,  which  had  stretched  out  from  the  Atlantic  and 
from  the  Pacific,  was  driven  May  10,  1869,  is  fifty-two  miles  from  Ogden.  At  this 
latter  point  we  diverge  from  the  direct  eastern  line,  and  proceed  thirty-seven.^niles 
south  by  the  Rio  Grande  Western  Railway,  for  the  purpose  of  visiting  the  capital 

of  Mormondom. 

Salt  Lake  City. 

Salt  Lake  City,  or  Zion,  as  it  is  called  by  the  Latter-Day  Saints,  is  beautifully 
situated.  It  covers  a  wide  expanse,  and  has  a  mixed  population  of  Mormons  and 
Gentiles.  It  is  emphatically  a  city  of  cottage  homes.  The  streets  are  wide  and 
shaded,  and  in  each  are  two  swift-flowing  streams  of  pure  mountain  water.    The  lines 

154 


mmmmms 


sasBsssas! 


of  shade  trees,  with  groups  of  fruit  trees  and  luxuriant  gardens,  make  the  city  seem 
one  mass  of  foliage.  Spurs  of  the  Wasatch  Mountains  rise  to  a  great  height  a  few 
miles  distant  on  the  east  and  north,  and  twelve  miles  west  are  oiher  rugged  ranges. 
There  are  copious  sulphur  springs  near  the  city,  and  rich  silver  mines  are  in  the  moun- 
tains, twenty  miles  or  more  away.  Among  the  edifices  demanding  attention  are  the 
Tabernacle  and  the  unfinished  Temple.  The  former  is  a  vast  building,  oval  in  form, 
233  by  133  feet,  with  a  roof  seventy  feet  from  the  floor.  There  are  seats  for  8,000  per- 
sons, and  above  the  platform  is  a  large  organ.  The  Assembly  House,  a  smaller 
edifice  than  the  Tabernacle,  but  finished  much  more  elaborately,  is  intended  as  a  place 
of  worship  in  the  winter  season.  It  contains  an  organ  and  numerous  frescoes  depict- 
ing scenes  in  the  history  of  the  Mormon  church.  The  Endowment  House,  of  which 
so  much  has  been  written,  was  formerly  in  the  same  inclosure,  but  has  lately  been 
destroyed.  The  Temple,  near  by,  was  begun  a  quarter  of  a  century  ago,  and  when 
finished  will  be  200  feet  high  and  of  proportionate  size.  It  is  built  of  granite  brought 
from  Cottonwood  Cafion.  Among  the  other  buildings  are  the  former  residence  of 
Brigham  Young,  the  Gardo  House,  the  tithing  offices,  and  the  gigantic  warehouse  of 
"  Zion's  Cooperative  Mercantile  Institution,"  known  in  short  as  the  "  Co-op  Store." 
Camp  Douglas,  the  headquarters  of  the  United  States  troops,  is  finely  situated  upon  a 
plateau  above  the  city.  The  population  of  Salt  Lake  City,  according  to  the  recent 
census,  is  45,025,  an  increase  of  24,257  in  ten  years.  Ogden  has  14,919  inhabitants, 
and  the  population  of  the  entire  territory  is  206,498. 

Over  the  Rio  Grande  Western  Railway  from  Salt  Lake  City. 

Leaving  Salt  Lake  City  Wednesday  evening,  the  party  will  proceed  eastward  over 
this  line,  traveling  by  special  train,  so  as  to  view  all  the  grand  scenery  by  daylight.  As 
the  line  has  been  recently  converted  from  narrow  to  standard  gauge,  we  shall  continue 

»S5 


1 


our  journey  in  the  same  cars  in  which  we  have  traveled  from  the  Pacific  Coast.  The 
road  crosses  the  Wahsatch  range  and  the  main  continental  divide,  and  leads  through 
several,  wonderfully  picturesque  canons  and  gorges.  Southward  from  the  Mormon 
capital  the  line  continues  some  fifty  miles  before  turning  towards  the  Wasatch  Moun- 
tainS)  which  it  must  cross  to  reach  Eastern  Utah  and  Colorado.  This  distance  takes 
the  traveler  up  the  valley  of  the  Jordan  and  to  the  flourishing  Mormon  town  of  Prove, 
which  is  situated  upon  the  shores  of  the  beautiful  Utah  Lake,  a  body  of  fresh  water 
nearly  300  feet  higher  than  the  Great  Salt  Lake,  into  which  it  discharges  through 
the  Jordan. 

Beyond  Prove  the  railway  turns  eastward  and  ascends  the  Spanish  Fork  and  Clear 
Creek  to  Soldier  Summit,  one  of  the  low  passes  in  the  southern  part  of  the  Wasatch 
range.  Provo  is  4,517  feet  above  the  sea;  and  at  Soldier  Summit,  forty-five  miles 
beyond,  the  elevation  is  7,464  feet,  or  3,237  feet  above  the  level  of  Salt  Lake  City. 
At  the  summit,  the  view  is  not  extended,  as  the  mountains  rise  higher  on  either  side. 
The  road  descends  on  the  east  slope  by  the  side  of  the  South  Fork  of  the  Price  River, 
which  it  follows  some  seventy  miles,  or  to  within  about  twenty  miles  of  its  junction 
with  Green  River,  at  the  Azure  Cliffs.  Twenty-two  miles  below  the  summit  is 
Castle  Gate,  formed  by  cliffs  on  each  side  of  the  roadway,  leading  to  Castle  Cafion. 
The  Green  River,  here  a  large  and  swelling  stream,  is  crossed  190  miles  from  Salt. 
Lake  City  and  some  fifty  or  sixty  miles  north  of  its  junction  with  the  Grand  River, 
which  the  railway  follows  up  for  over  200  miles.  The  Colorado  State  line  is  reached 
about  270  miles  from  Salt  Lake  City. 

Glenwood  Springs. 

On  leaving  Grand  Junction  we  ascend  the  valley  of  the  Grand  River,  passing  the 
Roan,  or  Book  Mountains.     We  are  now  upon  the  new  extension  of  the  Denver  &  Rio 

'56 


i 


wmmmmsi 


I 


Grande  Railroad.  Glenwood  Springs  is  a  new  and  very  attractive  health  resort, 
situated  at  the  confluence  of  the  Grand  River  with  the  Roaring  Fork,  in  a  picturesque 
valley  surrounded  by  forest-clad  hills.  Its  altitude  is  about  the  same  as  that  of  Denver 
—  5,200  feet — and  the  town,  which  had  about  200  inhabitants  in  1835,  has  now  a 
population  of  over  2,500.  Only  a  few  years  ago  the  place  was  a  part  of  an  Indian 
reservation,  and  little  was  known  of  the  marvelous  mineral  springs  which  have  since 
made  the  region  so  famous.  The  town  is  handsomely  laid  out,  with  broad  and  regular 
streets  intersecting  each  other  at  right  angles,  and  there  is  a  lar^jc  bathing-establish- 
ment and  hotel.  The  sanitarium,  or  bath-house,  cost  $100,000,  and  in  the  rear  of  this 
commodious  structure  is  a  large  swimming-pool  constantly  supplied  from  the  hot  spring 
at  the  rate  of  4,000  gallons  a  minute.  The  "  Big  Pool  "  cover?  about  an  acre,  and  is 
graduated  in  depth  from  four  and  a  half  to  five  and  a  half  feet.  Our  special  train 
will  halt  at  Glenwood  Springs  several  hours,  and  holders  of  our  excursion  tickets  will 
be  afforded  special  advantages  in  the  way  of  rates  at  the  bathing-establishments. 

From  Glenwood  Springs  to  Salida. 

On  leaving  Glenwood  Springs  the  traveler  passes  through  the  canon  of  the  Grand 
River  for  a  distance  of  about  eighteen  miles.  Here  the  mountain  walls  shoot  up  in 
towering  columns  and  gigantic  turrets,  to  a  height  of  2,000  feet,  while  a  torrent 
roars  and  plunges  between.  The  sunlight  reaches  only  the  summit  of  the  tall  pines, 
while  the  depths  of  the  rift  are  in  everlasting  shadow.  In  places  the  rocks  are 
flaming  red.  On  emerging  from  Grand  *1iver  Cafion,  we  pass  through  an  open, 
rolling  country  for  thirty  or  forty  m^'les,  at  the  farther  side  of  which  we  come  to  Eagle 
River  Cafion.  This  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  places  in  the  country — doubly  so 
from  the  fact  that  the  scenery  is  very  grand,  while  all  around  are  seen  indications  that 

157 


■■■ 


r 


m 

.«,,:!; 


■t; ,:!; 


we  are  in  the  very  midst  ot  a  giudt  mining  section.  Up  and  down  the  abrupt  walls  the 
expanse  is  dotted  with  mining  camps  and  m-ning  paraphernaJia.  The  cafton  ends  at 
the  picturesque  little  mining  town  of  Red  Cliff,  and  we  again  emerge  into  a  more  open 
though  elevated  country.  The  scenery  between  here  and  Leadville,  thirty-three  mi'^s 
distant,  is  very  l>eautiful,  Lotty  mountains  are  seen  on  every  side  ;  and  at  one  point, 
in  looking  up  one  of  the  narrow  gulches,  we  catch  a  glimpse  of  a  noble  peak  —  the 
Mount  of  the  Holy  Cross.  The  cross  itself  is  not  seen.  Indeed,  a  horseback  ride  of 
seven  miles  from  the  nearest  railway  point  is  necessary  in  order  to  vi<:w  that  great 
natural  marvel. 

We  cross  the  continental  divide  at  Tenne^isee  Pasj?,  which  has  an  elevation  of 
io,4i3  feet, —  only  142  feet  l?ss  than  two  miles, —  and  yet  this  is  crjled  "a  compara- 
riveiy  low  and  easy  pass,"  as  such  things  are  classed  in  Colorado. 

A  dozen  miles  southeast  of  Tennessee  Pass  lies  Leadville,  the  great  "  Carbonate 
Camp,"  which  first  bec:i:ac  famous  in  1859  as  California  Gulch.  Between  1859  and 
1864,  $5,ooO|,ooo  in  gold  dust  were  washed  from  the  ground  of  this  gulch,  Then  the 
place  was  nearly  abandoned,  but  in  1876  carbonate  beds  of  silver  wert:  discovered, 
and  the  "camp"  v/as  again  populated.  The  name  of  Leadville  was  now  bestowed 
upon  xt,  and  from  a  small  figure  the  population  rose  to  ivbout  30,000.  Thejcccnt 
census  made  the  population  1 1,159.  The  elevation  of  the  city  is  10,200  feet.  We  now 
f'jscfind  the  valley  of  the  Arkansas  River,  between  lines  of  mighty  hilis,  passing 
through  Granite,  Buena  Viata,  and  olhcr  towns.  Of  these,  Buena  Vista  is  the  most 
Important,  It  is  the  centre  of  consirtfvable  mining  activity  and  a  ruunty  sea ^.  We 
shall  reach  Salida  late  in  the  evening.  This  thrivin^j  town  is  iitiutcd  at  the  junction 
of  th*^  old  Leadville  line  —  over  which  we  have  tome  — a»  !  the  narrow-gauge  runnbg 
wcBtward  over  th«  elevated  Marshall  Puss,  and  until  rcccnily  forming  the  Salt  Lake 

158 


r^ 


City  line.     The  train  w«!l  remain  at  Salida  over  night,  and  Friday  will  be  devoted  tc 
an  excursion  by  nariu<v-gauge  cars  over  the  famous  Marshall  Pass. 

The  Marshall  Pass. 

Leaving  Salida  after  breakfast,  we  ascend  the  nariow-gauge  line,  going  directly 
towards  the  n  ount^ins  in  the  west.  Glorious  views  are  had  of  the  many  towering 
peaks  as  the  train  approaches  Poncha  Pass,  Mounts  Shavano  and  Ouray  being  among 
the  most  prominent.  Both  these  mountains  were  named  in  honor  of  Ute  chiefs.  Our 
course  lies  toward  the  latter;  and  the  Marshall  Pass  has,  in  fact,  this  mountain  as  its 
northern  boundary,  with  the  Cochetopa  Hills  on  the  south.  Mount  Ouray  hps  an  ele- 
vy.tion  of  '4,055  !eet,  while  Mount  Shavano  is  194  feet  higher.  As  we  approach  the 
'jummit  of  th«'  pass  (10,852  feet  in  elevation),  in  many  twists  and  turns,  Ouray  rises 
before  us  like  a  great  snow  dome  near  at  hand.  Meanwhile  the  long  line  of  elevated 
peaks  belonging  to  th<;  Sangre  de  Cristo  range  have  come  into  view  —  a  gloricis  chain 
of  snow  summits  in  all  the  shapely  forms  assumed  by  the  loftiest  of  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tarns,  many  of  the  beautiful  white  pyramids  seen  reaching  above  14,000  feet.  The 
maximum  grade  of  the  railway  o\er  which  we  ride  is  21 1  feet  to  the  mile,  and  there  are 
curves  that  reach  24  degrees  in  100  feet.  At  one  place  the  train  goes  five  or  six  miles, 
and  is  then  directly  opposite  its  former  position,  but  1,000  feet  above.  In  the  middle 
of  a  snow  shed  the  cars  finally  come  to  a  halt,  and  we  are  again  on  the  ridgepole  ot  the 
continent,  and  over  two  miles  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  NVe  descend  the  I'acitic 
slope  as  far  as  Sargent,  seventeen  miles  below  the  summit,  and  m  this  part  of  the  trip 
enjoy  a  magniHcent  seHes  of  views  as  the  train  rounds  great  mountains  and  courses 
along  beside  formidable  ravines  and  gulches.  Here  the  traveler  seems  completely 
environed  by  giant  hills,  and  it  is  hard  to  tell  where  the  railway  course  tends,  except  as 
its  existence  is  revealed  miles  away  by  long  gashes  on  the  mountain-aide  or  lines  of 

»S9 


It  i 


■sa 


.^jumHlt. 


w 


m^ 


snow  sheds  which  he  e  bect)me  a  necessity.     We  shall  have  lunch  at  the  summit  of 
the  pass. 

The  Grand  Caflon  of  the  Arkansas  and  the  Royal  Gorge. 

A  little  distance  below  Salida  the  marvelous  scenery  of  the  Grand  Caiion  of  the 
Arkansas  begins.  For  nearly  loo  miles  the  river  and  the  railway  keep  close  compan- 
ionship, and  the  course  of  the  former  afforded  the  only  practicable  route  for  the  latter 
through  this  mountainous  region.  Following  down  the  valley,  between  the  towering 
range  of  Arkansas  hills  upon  the  left  and  the  magnificent  line  of  lofty,  snow-clad 
peaks  forming  the  Sangre  de  Cristo  range  upon  the  right,  the  grandest  and  most 
impressive  scenery  is  found  in  the  portion  of  the  carlon  known  as  the  Royal  Gorge, 
some  ten  miles  in  length.  Great  cliffs  tower  half  a  mile  in  height,  and  .so  near  together 
that  the  river  and  railway  are  crowded  into  very  narrow  quarters.  There  are  a  dozen 
places  where  the  train  seems  to  be  entirely  surrounded  by  vast  rocky  barriers, 
through  which  no  means  of  escape  is  seen,  until  a  turn  in  the  road  leads  to  another 
picture  of  wild  and  rugged  grandeur.  Emerging  from  the  great  rock  portals  of  the 
gorge  just  above  Cafton  City,  the  road  pursues  its  course  'long  the  banks  of  the  river 
to  I'ueblo,  some  forty  miles  farther,  through  more  peaceful  scenes.  Just  before  arriv- 
ing at  vJafion  City,  the  Colorado  penitentiary  is  seen  on  t'  y  left  of  the  railway.  Ration 
City  is  a  flourishing  place  of  several  thousand  inhabitants. 

Manitou  Springs  and  the  Garden  of  the  Gods. 

P'rom  Pueblo  v/e  continue  over  the  Denver  &  Kio  Grande  Railway  forty-five  rullcs 
farther  to  (olor.'ulo  .Springs,  and  there  diverge  from  the  main  lint  by  a  branch,  six 
miles  in  length,  to  Manitou  S|)rings.  It  should  be  said  that  the  springs  which  have 
given  the  former  place  its  name,  are  all  at  Manitou  Springs.    The  town  is  situated  in 

160 


*«PI 


a  narrow  valley  penetrating  the  main  range  through  the  foot-hills.  The  red  rocks  of 
the  neighboring  elevations  give  the  surroundings  a  very  singular  aspect.  The  town 
is  rnvisible  until  a  low  ridge  extending  across  the  valley  is  passed,  and  then  the  white 
houses  and  large  hotels  come  suddenly  into  view.  Among  the  most  prominent  build- 
ings are  the  new  and  elegant  bathing-establishment  and  the  pretty  stone  station. 
Through  an  opening  in  the  hills  the  snow-white  crest  of  Pike's  Peak  is  seen.  The 
principal  springs,  six  or  seven  in  number,  are  situated  on  the  banks  of  Fountain  Creek, 
a  swift  mountain  stream,  which  flows  through  the  centre  of  the  village,  or  on  Ruxton's 
Creek,  which  flows  into  the  other  from  Engleman's  Cafton  just  below  the  Ute  Pass. 
The  Navajo,  Shoshone,  and  Manitou  Springs  are  within  one  minute's  walk  of  the 
hotels,  as  is  also  the  splendid  bathing-establishment  opened  in  1884.  The  Ute  Iron 
Springs  are  a  mile  and  a  half  from  the  village.  Manitou  Springs  has  An  elevation  of 
6,297  feet,  but  is  nevertheless  surrounded  by  high  hills.  Pike's  Peak  is  14,147  feet 
high.     Cameron's  Cone  has  an  elevation  of  1 1,560  feet. 

The  Garden  of  the  Gods  lies  east  of  Manitou  Springs,  between  it  and  Colorado 
Springs.  It  is  a  park-like  tract  inclosed  by  cliffs  and  hills;  and  scattered  about  its 
surface  are  fantastically-formed  rocks  carved  by  the  elements  in  ages  jiast.  Williams's 
Caflon  is  near  Manitou  Springs;  and  a  mile  from  the  entrance  is  the  Cave  of  the 
Winds,  an  extensive  and  beautiful  cavern.  1  he  Manitou  Grand  Caverns,  which  are 
situated  in  the  Ute  Pass,  with  an  entrance  about  200  yards  above  Rainbow  Kails,  were 
more  recently  discovered.  They  were  opened  to  visitors  by  their  proprietor,  Mr. 
George  W.  Snyder,  in  March,  1885.  In  the  course  of  the  stay  at  Manitou  Springs 
there  will  be  a  carriage  ride  through  the  Garden  of  the  Gods,  etc.  A  railway  to  the 
summit  of  Pike's  Peak  was  opened  in  1891.  It  is  operated  only  in  midsummer  and 
the  early  autumn. 

161 


m 


i'-al 


:  /. 
«.'  ill' 

SO 
-{>;■■ 


•  Denver. 

Leaving  Manitou  Springs  in  Pullman  palace  sleeping-cars  Monday  evening,  we  shall 
proceed  over  the  Denver  &  Rio  Grande  Railway  to  Denver,  eighty-one  miles  distant. 
That  city  will  be  reached  in  the  night,  and  the  train  will  be  side-tracked,  so  that  Tues- 
day can  be  devoted  to  the  city  and  its  sights.  Denver,  which  lies  at  the  western  border 
of  the  plains,  dates  back  to  the  Pike's  Peak  gold  excitement  of  1858-59.  In  i860  it 
was  a  straggling  camp,  consisting  principally  of  log  cabins  and  tents.  In  the  last 
decade  the  city  has  made  giant  strides,  and  must  now  be  classed  among  the  great  cities 
of  the  country,  standing,  as  it  does,  with  a  population  of  106,670,  the  twenty-sixth  in 
point  of  size.  In  1880  it  was  the  forty-nmth.  Its  streets  are  regularly  and  handsomely 
laid  out ;  its  public  and  business  edifices  and  its  private  residences  are  elegant  and  sub- 
stantial; schools,  churches,  and  newspapers  abound;  and,  in  short,  Denver  has  every 
sign  of  thrift,  enterprise,  wealth,  and  progress. 

From  Denver  Eastward  over  the  Union  Pacific  Line. 

The  party  will  leave  Denver,  via  the  Omaha  &  I3enver  Short  line  of  the  Union 
Pacific  Railway,  Tuesday  cvennig.  This  road  joins  the  main  line  at  Julesburg,  198 
miles  cast  of  Denver,  and  forms  a  direct  and  expeditious  route  through  Nebraska  to 
the  Missouri  River  at  Omaha,  and  to  all  points  beyond. 

Nebraska. 

We  enter  the  State  of  Nebraska  not  far  from  Julesburg,  and  continue  along  the 
banks  uf  the  South  Platte  River  until  it  unites  with  the  North  Platte,  eighty  miles 
farther  east,  from  which  point  the  railway  follows  the  main  Platte  nearly  to  its  mouth. 
Nebraska  has  an  area  of  75,995  square  miles,  —  a  greater  area  than  England  and  Wales 

162 


possess,  or  some  11,000  more  than  the  six  New  England  States  conibhied, —  .and  yet  it 
is  said  that  few  States  have  so  little  waste  land.  The  section  of  the  State  we  enter 
first  is  in  the  centre  of  the  cattle  region.  Both  Ogalalla  and  North  Platte  are  large 
shipping  points.  Near  the  latter  place  Hon.  William  F.  Cody  ("  Huffalo  Hill")  has  a 
fine  horse  janch.  The  eastern  section  of  the  State,  which  is  richly  cultivated  and 
contains  many  populous  towns,  will  be  traversed  by  daylight. 

Omaha,  the  eastern  end  of  the  Union  Pacific  Railway,  is  a  lively  and  flourishing 
city  of  139,526  inhabitants.  This  is  a  gain  of  109,008  in  ten  years.  It  is  finely  situated 
on  the  western  shore  of  the  Missouri  River.  This  city  is  the  great  gateway  to  the 
Pacific  Coast  by  the  Union  Pacific  line,  and  a  long  list  of  railways  centre  here,  or  at 
Council  Bluffs,  la.,  which  is  just  across  the  Missouri  River.  Both  cities  are  built 
upon  high  bluffs.  Omaha,  the  larger  of  the  two  and  the  commercial  headquarters, 
occupies  the  west  s'lore.  The  business  section  covers  a  level  plateau,  and  contains 
many  fine  structures.  It  is  an  active  and  enterprising  business  centre,  and  commands 
a  laige  amount  o(  trade  in  every  branch.  Foundries,  smelting  works,  lead  works, 
flouring  mills,  nail  factories,  oil  factories,  pork-packing  houses,  distilleries,  and  brew- 
eries are  found  here  on  a  large  scale.  The  Union  Pacific  Railway  shops  alone  employ 
over  1,000  men.  An.ong  the  public  edifices  the  magnificent  high  school  building,  with 
a  spire  185  feet  high,  stands  prominent.     It  cost  $300,000. 

Iowa  and  Illinois. 

Crossing  the  Missouri  River  by  the  magnificent  Union  Pacific  Bridge  to  Council 
Bluffs,  we  enter  once  more  upon  the  Chicago,  Rock  Island  &  Pacific  Railway.  This  is 
the  main  line,  which  traverses  the  whole  length  of  Iowa,  from  the  Missouri  to  the 
Mississippi  (317  miles),  and  a  considerable  part  of  Illinois.   'I'he  distance  from  Council 

'6j 


w 


If:  I 


.'I' 

!  "^ 
'  '} 

•lii 


Bluffs  to  Chicago  is  500  miles.  The  railway  passes  through  much  of  the  richest  and 
most  'r.teresting  portions  of  Iowa,  and  some  of  the  most  populous  and  thriving  towns 
and  cities  of  that  State.  Crossing  the  M  sissippi  River  between  Davenport  and  Rock 
Island,  Illinois  is  reached,  and  we  continue  at  once  toward  Chicago. 

From  Blue  Island  Junction  or  Chicag^o  Eastvtrard. 

The  party  returning  on  the  regular  itinerary  will  leave  the  Chicago,  Rock  Island  & 
Pacific  Railway  at  Blue  Island  Junction,  seventeen  miles  from  Chicago,  and  proceed 
eastward  from  that  point  over  the  Chicago  &  Grand  Trunk  Rail  y ;  but  passengers 
who  intend  stopping  at  Chicago  can  go  directly  through  to  that  city.  The  homeward 
route  will  be  from  Chicago  or  Blue  Island  Junction  to  Port  Huron,  v$a  the  Chicago 
&  Grand  Trunk  Railway;  across  the  St.  Clair  River  by  the  new  tunnel,  and  thence  to 
Suspension  Bridge,  via  the  Great  Western  Division  of  the  G;aivd  Trunk  Railway. 
After  the  visit  to  Niagara  Falls  tht.  journey  will  be  resumed,  the  party  taking  the  West 
Shore  Railroad  line,  traveling  over  the  New  York  Central  &  Hudson  River  Railroad 
to  Buffalo,  thence  over  the  West  Shore  Railroad  to  Rotterdam  Junction,  and  from 
that  point  over  the  Fitchburg  Railroad  to  Boston.  ^ 

Niagara  Falls. 

Friday  morning  will  find  the  party  at  Niagara  Falls,  and  there  will  be  a  halt  here,  so 
that  its  members  will  be  enabled  to  visit  all  the  points  of  interest  in  the  neighborhood 
of  the-  great  cataract.  The  cars  will  depart  in  the  afternoon  at  5.08  via  the  West 
Shore  line,  from  the  station  of  the  New  York  Central  &  Hudson  River  Railroad, 
reaching  Boston,  as  already  noted,  Saturday  morning,  June  25. 

164 


Cost  of  the  Tour. 


The  price  of  tickets  for  the  excursion,  as  described  in  the  foregoing  pages,  will  be 
FOUR  HUNDRED  AND  TWENTY-FIVE  DOLLAjis.  This  sum  will  cover  first-class  travel 
over  all  routes,  going  and  returning,  with  side  trips  to  Las  Vegas  Hot  Springs,  Santa 
Fe,  Redondo  Beach,  Riverside,  San  Diego,  Pasadena,  Santa  Barbara,  San  Jose, 
Mount  Hamilton,  Santa  Cruz,  Monterey,  the  Marshall  Pass,  and  Manitou  Springs, 
and  with  double  berth  in  Pullman  sleeping-cars ;  hotel  accommodations  according  to 
the  itinerary,  for  the  period  of  the  regular  tour  (sixty-two  days),  with  sojourns  at  hotels 
at  Las  Vegas  Hot  Springs,  Coronado  Beach,  Los  Angeles,  Santa  Barbara,  San 
Francisco,  San  Jose,  Santa  Cruz,  Monterey,  and  Manitou  Springs;  meals,  while  travel- 
ing, in  dining-cars,  or  at  hotels  or  dining-stations  en  route;  omnibus  or  carriage  trans- 
fers from  railway  stations  to  hotels,  and  vice  versa,  wherever  needed  (in  San  Diego, 
Los  Angeles,  Santa  Barbara,  San  Francisco,  San  Jose,  Santa  Cruz,  Monterey,  and 
Manitou  Springs;  special  carriage  rides  in  Pasadena,  Santa  Barbara,  San  Fran- 
cisco, Santa  Cruz,  and  Manitou  Springs;  all  expenses  for  transportation,  transfer,  and 
care  of  baggage  (to  the  extent  of  150  pounds  for  each  full  ticket  and  seventy-five 
pounds  for  each  child's  ticket,  all  excess  of  said  amounts  being  liable  to  extra  charge 
at  customary  rates),  and  the  services  of  the  conductors  —  in  short,  every  needed 
EXPENSE  of  the  entire  round  trip  from  Boston  back  to  Boston. 

Price  for  children  between  the  ages  of  five  and  twelve  years,  tYiree  hundred  and 
FIVE  dollars.  This  covers  a  separate  sleeping-car  berth  throughout  the  entire  route, 
the  same  as  for  an  adult.  Where  no  separate  l)erth  is  required,  the  price  for  children 
between  the  ages  of  five  and  twelve  years  will  be  two  hundred  and  sixty-five 

DOLLARS. 

165 


Price  of  tickets  for  the  Yosemite  trip,  thirty-five  dollars,  in  addition  to  cost  of 
ticket  for  the  regular  excursion.     (See  pages  109-11 1.) 

The  cost  of  an  extra  double  berth  (giving  an  entire  section  to  one  person)  for  the 
journey  between  iJoston  and  Los  Angeles  is  $21.  Drawing-room  for  one  occupant, 
$$S;  for  two  occupants,  $37 — $18.50  for  each  passenger;  for  three  occupants,  entire 
extra  charge,  $13.50. 

P'rom  Santa  Barbara  to  San  Francisco :  Extra  double  berth,  $2.50;  drawing-room 
for  one  occupant,  $6.50;  for  two  occupants,  $4  —  $2  for  each  passenger;  for  three 
occupants,  entire  extra  charge,  $1.50. 

From  S^i  P>anciscc  to  Boston:  Extra  double  berth,  $21  ;  drawing-room  for  one 
occupant,  $58 ;  for  two  occupants,  $37 — $18.50  for  each  passenger;  for  three  occu- 
pants, entire  extra  charge,  $13.50. 

Sleeping-cars  are  used  during  the  entire  journey,  except  on  some  of  the  little  side 
trips  made  wholly  by  daylight. 


ITINERARY. 

Monday,  April  15.  First  Day. —  Leave  Boston  from  the  station  of  the  Fitchburg  Railroad,  Cause- 
way street,  at  4.00  p.  m.,  and  proceed  westward,  via  the  Hoosac  T  nnel  line,  in  a  train  of  magtiificent 
Pullman  vestibuled  palace  cars,  which  includes  a  palace  dinin];-car  On  arrival  at  the  station  members 
of  the  party  should  check  their  baggage  to  Las  Vegas  Hot  Springs.  The  checiis  will  be  taken  up  by  the 
baggage-master  of  the  part};,  who  will  attend  to  the  delivery,  collection,  and  transportation  of  the  baggage 
during  the  trip.  Tags  are  supplied  with  the  excursion  tickets,  and  these,  with  the  owner's  name  and 
home  address  plainly  inscribed  thereon,  should  be  attached  to  every  trunk,  valise,  or  other  piece  of 
baggage,  tu  serve  as  a  ready  means  of  identification.  Hand  luggage  must  be  looked  after  by  the  paMen- 
gert.     From  Rotterdam  Junction,  N.  Y.,  westward  vm  West  Shore  Railroad. 

Tuesday,  April  a6.     Second  Day.  — On  the  West  Shore  Railroad,  arriving  at  Buffalo  9.30  a.  m.,  and 

166 


wmmmmmmmmm 


at  Suspension  Bridge  ii.oo  a.  m.,  thus  crossing  the  Niagara  River  by  daylight;  from  that  point  westward 
on  Grand  Trunk  Railway ;  from  Port  Huron,  Mich.,  westward  on  Chicago  &  C>rand  Trunk  Railway. 

NoTB. —  Railway  time  changes  at  Port  Huron,  Mich.,  from  Eastern,  or  75th  meridian,  to  Central,  or 
90th  meridian  —  one  hour  slower. 

WiDNBSDAV,  April  27.  ^hird  Day. —  From  Blue  Island  Junction,  111.,  westward  via  Chicago,  Rock 
Island  &  Pacific  Railway. 

Thursday,  April  a8.  Fourth  Day. — Arrive  in  Kansas  City,  Mo.,  6.00  a.  m.  ;  leave  Kansas  City  at 
11.30  A.  M.  via  Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  Railroad,  and  proceed  westward  through  Kansas. 

Note. —  Railway  time  changes  at  Dodge  City,  Kan.,  from  Central,  or  90th  meridian,  to  Mountain,  or 
losth  meridian  —  one  hour  slower. 

Friday,  April  39.  Fifth  Day.—  On  the  Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  Railroad,  tn  route  through 
Colorado  and  New  Mexico.  Arrive  at  Las  Vegas  Hot  Springs  at  a  late  hour,  and  remain  on  the  sleep- 
ing-cars until  morning. 

Saturday,  April  30.  Sixth  Day. —  At  Las  Vegas  Hot  Springs;  stay  at  The  Montezuma,  S.  H. 
Brown,  manager. 

Sunday,  May  i.    StvtHth  Day. —  At  Las  Vegas  Hot  Springs. 

Monday,  May  a.  Eighth  Day. —  Leave  Las  Vegas  Hot  Springs  at  la.oo  m.,  and  Las  Vegas  at  i.oo 
p.  M. ;  crossthe  Glorieta  Pass  by  daylight ;  from  Lamy  to  Santa  Fe  over  branch  line,  arriving  at  the  latter 
place  about  8.00  i>.  m.  ;  remain  on  the  cara. 

Tuesday,  May  3.  Ninth' Day.—  At  Santa  Fe.  Leave  Santa  Fe,  via  Atchison,  Topeka  &  .Santa  Fe 
Railroad,  at  ia.oo  m.  ;  arrive  at  Albuquerque,  N.  M,,  4.00  p.  m.;  leave  Albuquerque,  via  Atlantic  & 
Pacific  Railroad,  at  5.00  p.  m. 

Wbdnbsday,  May  4.     Ttttth  Day.—  En  routt  through  Arizona  on  the  Atlantic  &  Pacific  Railroad. 

Thursday,  May  5.  Eltvtnth  /Jn^.— Arrive  at  Barstow,  Cal.,  at  an  early  hour,  and  thence  south- 
ward via  the  Southern  California  Railway  Company's  line ;  arrive  at  San  Bernardino  11.00  a.  m.,  and  at 
Riverside  ia.oo  m.  ;  leave  Riverside  10.00  p.  m.  for  Pasadena. 

167 


(4: 


NoTB. —  Railway  time  changes  at  Barstow  from  Mountain  standard,  or  105th  meridian,  to  Pacific 
standard,  or  i.-toth  meridian  — one  hour  slower. 

Friday,  May  6.  Twelfth  Day. —  Arrive  at  Pasadena  8.00  a.  m.  ;  carriage  ride,  visiting  the  most 
beautiful  sections  of  Pasadena,  including  the  Raymond  Hill,  Raymond  avenue,  Orange  Grove  avenue, 
Colorado  street,  etc.;  leave  Pasadena,  via  Southern  California  Railway,  1.48  p.  m.  ;  arrive  at  Los 
Angeles  a. 35  p.  m.  ;  omnibus  transfer  to  The  Nadeau,  Bennett  &  Burns  Brothers,  proprietors.  The 
Westminster,  O.  T.  Johnson,  proprietor,  and  M.  M.  Potter,  manager,  and  the  Hollenbeck,  Cowley, 
Baker  &  Co.,  proprietors. 

Saturday,  May  7.     Thirteenth  Day. —  In  Los  Angeles. 

Sunday,  May  8.    Fourteenth  Day. —  In  Los  Angeles. 

Monday,  May  9.  Fifteenth  Day, —  Omnibus  transfer  from  the  hotels  to  the  Southern  California 
Railway  Company's  station,  and  leave  Los  Angeles  10.15  a.  m.  ;  arrive  at  Redondo  Beach  it.oa  A.  M. ; 
lunch  at  Redondo  Beach  Hotel;  leave  Redondo  Beach  3.05  p.m.;  arrive  at  San  Diego  8.05  p.m.; 
omnibus  transfer  from  the  station  to  the  Hotel  del  Coronado,  Coronado  Beach,  £.  S.  Babcocki  Jr., 
manager. 

TuHSDAY,  May  10.     Sixteenth  Day.—  At  Hotel  del  Coronado,  Coronado  Beach. 

Wbdnbsday,  May  11.    Seventeenth  Day. —  At  Hotel  del  Coronado,  Coronado  Beach. 

Thursday,  May  la.    Eighteenth  Day. —  At  Hotel  del  Coronado,  Coronado  Beach. 

Friday,  May  13.    Nineteenth  Day. —  At  Hotel  del  Coronado,  Coronado  Beach. 

Saturday,  May  14.  Twentieth  Day, —  Omnibus  transfer  from  the  Hotel  Coronado  to  the  station  of 
the  Southern  California  Railway,  and  leave  San  Diegn  8.40  a.  m.  ;  arrive  at  Los  Angeles  1.17  p.  m.  ; 
omnibus  transfer  by  the  Los  Angeles  Transfer  Company  to  the  Soutiiern  Pacific  Company's  Arcade 
station;  lunch  at  station  dining-rooms;  leave  Los  Angeles  via  Southern  Pacific  Company's  line  a.30 
p.  M. ;  arrive  in  Santa  Barbara  7.34  p.  m.  ;  omnibus  transfer  to  The  Arlington,  C.  C.  Wheeler,  manager. 

Sunday,  May  15.     Twentyfirtt  Day. —  In  Santa  Barbara. 

Monday,  May  16.  Twenty-second  Day. —  In  Santa  Barbara.  Carriage  ride,  with  visits  to  the  most 
interesting  and  picturesque  parts  of  the  city  and  its  surroundings. 

168 


mmmm 


NoTB. —  The  carriage  drive  can  be  taken  on  any  day  of  the  stay  in  Santa  Barbara. 

Tuesday,  May  17.     Twenty-third  Day. —  In  Santa  Barbara.  * 

Wbdnesday,  May  18.     Twenty-fourth  Day. — In  Santa  Barbara. 

Thursday,  May  19.     Twtntyfifth  Day. —  In  Santa  Barbara. 

Friday,  May  20.  Twenty-sixth  Day. —  In  Santa  Barbara.  Omnibus  transfer  from  The  Arlington 
to  the  station,  .tnd  leave  Santa  Barbara  by  the  Southern  Pacific  Company's  line  at  11. 10  A.  m.  ;  dinner  at 
the  station  dining-room,  Saugus ;  supper  at  the  station  dining-rooms,  Mojave. 

Saturday,  May  21.  Twenty-seventh  Day. —  On  the  Southern  Pacific  Company's  line  en  route  north- 
ward; breakfast  at  the  station  dining-rooms,  Lathrop  ;  arrive  at  Oakland  Pier  11.45  a.  m.,  and  in  San 
Francisco  by  ferry  at  12.15  •'•  *•.;  transfer  from  the  Oakland  ferry,  foot  of  Market  street,  in  the  coaches 
of  the  United  Carriage  Company,  to  the  Palace  Hotel,  C.  Percy  Smith,  manager. 

NoTB. — The  Yosemite  Valley  passengers  will  reach  Berenda  (on  this  and  preceding  dates)  at  3.05  a.  m., 
and  Raymond  (by  branch  railway  line  from  Berenda')  at  6. 15  a.m.  The  stage  journey  begins  at  Raymond. 
Through  sleeping-cars  will  be  run  from  Santa  Barbara  to  Raymond,  for  the  arcommodation  of  the  mem- 
bers of  the  party. 

Sunday,  May  22.     T'wenty-eighth  Day.—  In  San  Francisco. 

Monday,  May  23.  Twenty-ninth  Day.—  In  San  Francisco.  The  members  of  the  party  will  have  a 
carriage  ride  while  at  San  Francisco,  the  route  being  to  Golden  Gate  Park,  and  thence  to  the  Cliff  HoMse, 
returning  via  I'oint  Lobos  road,  which  overlooks  the  Presidio,  with  Fort  Point  and  the  Golden  Gate  in 
the  distance.     This  ride  may  be  taken  on  any  day  of  the  stay  in  San  Erancisco. 

Tuesday,  May  34.     Thirtieth  Day.—  In  San  Francisco. 
V/bdnesday,  May  25.     Thirty-first  Day. —  In  San  Francisco. 
Thursday,  May  26.     Thirty-second  Day.—  In  Sar.  Francisco. 
Friday,  May  27.     Thirty-third  Day.— \n  San  Fiancisco. 

Saturday,  May  28.  Thirty-fourth  Day.— "XxTcaAtx  from  the  Palace  Hotel  to  the  Alameda  ferry, 
foot  of   Market  street,  and  leave   San    Francisco  by  the   Southern   Pacific  Company's    Santa    Cruz 

169 


lifii 


(narrow  gauge)  line ;  visit  the  "  Big  Trees"  en  route  and  arrive  in  Santa  Cruz  about  i.oo  p.  m.  ;  omnibus 
transfer  to  the  Pacific  Ocean  House,  )V.  J.  McCoUum,  proprietor,  and  the  Pope  House.  Carriage  ride, 
visiting  the  beach,  clt£fs,  etc. 

Sunday,  May  29.     Thirty-fifth  Day.—  In  Santa  Cruz. 

Monday,  May  30.  Thirty-sixth  Day. —  In  Santa  Cruz.  Transfer  to  the  Southern  Pacific  Company's 
station  (broad-gauige  division)  and  leave  Santa  Cruz  4.00  p.  M. ;  arrive  at  Hotel  del  Monte  station,  Mon- 
terey, 6.20  p.  M. ;  carriage  transfer  to  the  Hotel  del  Monte,  Georg  Schonewald,  manager. 

Tuesday,  May  31.     Thirty-seventh  Day. —  At  Hotel  del  Monte,  Monterey. 

Wbdnesdav,  June  i.     Thirty-eighth  Day. —  At  Hotel  del  Monte,  Monterey. 

Thursday,  June  a.     Thirty-ninth  Day. —  At  Hotel  del  Monte,  Monterey. 

Fkidav,  June  3.  Fortieth  Day. —  At  Hotel  del  Monte,  Monterey.  Transfer  to  the  Hotel  del  Monte 
station  and  leave  at  1.38  v.  M. ;  arrive  in  San  Jose  4.31  p.  m.  ;  omnibus  transfer  to  the  Hotel  Vendome, 
George  P.  Snell,  manager. 

SATt/RDAY,  June  4.  Forty-first  Day. —  In  San  Jose.  Stage  excursion  to  the  Lick  Observatory,  on 
the  summit  of  Mount  Hamilton,  leaving  the  Hotel  Vendome  in  the  morning  and  returning  in  the  after- 
noon. 

Sunday,  June  5.    Forty-second  Day. —  In  San  Jose. 

Monday,  June  6.    Forty-third  Day. —  In  San  Jose. 

Tuesday,  June  7.     Forty-fourth  Day. —  In  San  Jose.  -^ 

Wednesday,  June  8.  Forty-fifth  Day. —  In  San  Jose.  Transfer  to  the  Southern  Pacific  Company's 
station  and  l^ave  San  Jose  3.00  p.  m.  ;  arrive  in  San  Francisco  5.10  p.  m.  ;  transfer  from  the  Third  and 
Townsend  streets  station  to  the  Palace  Hotel  in  the  coaches  of  the  United  Carriage  Company. 

Thursday,  June  9.    Forty-sixth  Day.— In  San  Francisco. 

Friday,  June  iw.    Forty-seventh  Day. —  In  San  Francisco. 

Saturday,  June  n.    Forty-eighth  Day. —  In  San  Francisco. 

Sunday,  June  la.    Forty-ninth  Day. —  In  San  Francisco. 


MOND 

Market  st 
A.  M.;  le: 
palace  ve 
parts  of  t 

TUESE 

Company 

Wkdn 
there,  via 
train  will 
via  the  R 

Note. 
standard, 

Thurs 
Railways  < 
wood  .Spri 
River,  the 
evening. 

Friday 
over  the  R* 
I.oo  p.  M.; 
rooms,  Ms 

Note." 
either  retu 

Satur 
Denver  & 
omnibus  ti 
proprietor. 


Monday,  June  13.  Fiftieth  Day. —  Transfer  from  the  Palace  Hotel  to  the  Oakland  ferry,  foot  of 
Market  street,  in  the  coaches  of  the  United  Carriage  Company,  and  leave  San  h  rancisco  by  ferry  at  9.00 
A.  M.;  leave  Oakland  Pier  9.30  A.  m.,  vitt  the  Southern  Pacific  Company's  Ogden  line,  in  Pullman 
palace  vestibuled  sleeping-cars,  with  Pullman  palace  dining-car  attached ;  cross  the  most  picturesque 
parts  of  the  Sierra  Nevada  by  daylight. 

Tuesday,  June  14.  Fifty-first  Day. —  En  routt  through  Nevada  and  Utah  on  the  Southern  Pacific 
Company's  Railway  line. 

Wbdnbsuay,  June  15.  Fifty-second  Day. —  Arrive  at  Ogden,  U.  Ter.,  at  an  early  hour,  and  leave 
there,  via  the  Rio  Grande  Western  Railway,  without  change  of  cars.  On  arrival  at  Salt  l.ake  City  the 
train  will  be  side-tracked,  and  remain  during  the  day ;  leave  Salt  Lake  City  at  s-oo  p.  m.  in  the  same  cars 
via  the  Rio  Grande  Western  Railway. 

NoTB. —  Railway  time  changes  at  Ogden,  from  Pacific  standard,  or  laoth  meridian,  to  Mountain 
standard,  or  105th  meridian  —  one  hour  faster. 

Thursday,  June  16.  Fifty-third  Day.—  On  the  Rio  Grande  W  estern  and  Denver  &  Rio  Grande 
Railways  en  route  through  picturesque  sections  of  Colorado.  Arrive  at  the  famous  health  resort,  Glen- 
wood  Springs,  in  the  forenoon,  and  remain  there  several  hours ;  pasu  through  the  cafion  of  the  Grand 
River,  the  canon  of  the  Eagle  River,  and  over  Tennessee  Pass  by  daylight ;  arrive  at  Salida,  Colo.,  in  the 
evening. 

Friday,  June  17.  Fifty-fourth  Day, —  Side  trip  on  the  Denver  &  Rio  Grande  Railway  from  Salida 
over  the  Marshall  Pass  and  return.  Leave  Salida  in  narrow-gauge  cars  at  9.00  a.  m.;  arrive  at  Sargent 
1. 00  P.M.;  arrive  at  Salida  5.00  p.  m.;  breakfast  and  dinner  in  dining-car;  lunch  at  station  dining- 
rooms,  Marshall  Paas. 

NoTB. —  Persons  returning  independently  can  make  the  Marshall  Pass  trip  on  the  regular  trains, 
either  returning  the  same  day,  or,  if  desirable,  remaining  over  night  at  Gunnison. 

Saturday,  June  t8.  Fifty-fifth  Day. —  Leave  Salida  at  7.00  a.  m.,  and  proceed  over  main  line  of 
Denver  &  Rio  Grande  Railway  through  the  Royal  Gorge,  etc.;  arrive  at  Manitou  Springs  3.00  p.  m.  ; 
omnibus  transfer  to  the  Barker  House,  C.  W.  Barker,  proprietor,  and  the  Cli£f  House,  E.  E.  Nichols, 
proprietor. 


MoNUAV,  June  so.  Fi/ty'Uvtstth  D,tji.~~  hi  ManU^u  Spjing*.  CarriAKr  rjd«.  visitinfr  Ihe  Garden 
of  (hi  OkIs,  etc. :,  omnibus  tranofer  tc  the  Dcnvvc  &  Ki<:  Grandii  Kaitway  station,  and  leavr  in  Pullman 
pala  a  ^l<3epinj(^c«ra  at  lu.oo  v,  i«.t  aiici  prcic«<^id  to  Donver  ov«r  D«ttv«r  &  Rio  (i>rand«  Railway. 

T'JBiiUAYi  June  Jti.  Fifty -fighth  Day.  -  At  Denver.  The  cars  will  l,«e  plactd  upon  a  aide  track,  and 
break(a«t  knd  lunch  wU!  l>e  furnisht'cil  at  the  Union  station  (iiriing-rooms;  leave  lienver  at  9.25  r.  u.  via 
Xht  Omaha  8i  Denver  Shutt  Ubf  01  the  Union  i'acitic  Kaiiway ;  supi>er  on  dining'VAr. 

WnuNMSDAYt  June  .33.  Fi/tji'Hintk  Day.— On  Union  Pacific  Railway  #*>  .*•#«/#  through  Nebraska; 
•rtive  at  Ihnaha  s  <"='  >"•  f^--  i><«l  At  Council  Ulu(T»  n.%^  p.  m.  ;  leave  Council  Hlulf*  at  6.10  r.  m.  vm 
ChicitOf  HfK:ir.  IwUnd  ^v.  Paci<^c  Railway 

NoTK.—  RAiiwM/  time  chanj^c.  at  N<>rth  Platte,  Neb.,  from  Muuniain  standardt  ur  loj^th  ineridiani  to 
Central  standard,  or  90th  meridian  '-one  hour  faster, 

Thuukuav,  June  i].  Sixtit'k  /)>ty.~OtSi  Chicaijo,  Rock  (aland  &  I'acitic  Railway  *t$  rvuit  through 
lona  and  Illinois  \  airivt*  at  P-iu«  Itk^iand  Jiit:c*ion  about  ia..v>  v  m,  ;  thence  east  or.  the  Chicago  &  Grand 
I'runk  Railway.  Pers<ji'.»  dcsirin,f  to  go  through  to  C>uci!>ko  can  do  no,  the  train  arriving  in  tint  city  at 
LIS  r*  M. 

'TS.->- Mtttnberr.  ot  the  party  vho  return  i.doptMuiently  from  Chicago  eastward  will  be  required  to 
•'  .ange  their  eA.*t-bound  pax^sageand  BleepiQg*':«r  coupono  at  th':  station  tickot  offices  of  th6  Chicago  & 
Grant',  Trunk  Railway,  either  at  Chicago  tSr  Grar.  ^  Trunk  Railway  Crossing,  LMue  Island  Junction,  or  the 
nevv  Dearborn  vtalion  (Polk  atrent  and  Foiir'h  av<  ue).  Chicago,  or  at  tlu:  city  ticket  office  of  the  Chicago 
&  (irand  Trunk  Raii'vay,  oj,  South  Jtark  «'.reet,  ChicAgo,  E.  H.  H'lghcs,  agent,  to  whom  all  apislications 
inaiivanceli'tjrnleepiug-be'th*  ^houidbe  mluressed.  PeriMins  desirous  of  avaih'.g  themselves  of  the  "stop- 
over" privilege  at  Nia  (art*  Falls  can  titke  the  train  I'laving  Chicf.go  «t  3.<x.  p.  m.,  and,  arriving  at 
Nia^/an*  Falls  nrvt  mofi.'ng|aw;\'u  thetn  ti«o  arrival  of  the  Atlantic  express  in  the  afternoon.  Niagara 
Falls  is  the  oiTly  point  na.it  of  Chicago  whe  -e  "  »top'4vver  "  privileges  are  permitted. 

Friday,  June  ^'l.  S'i.ii!ji^ySrtf  Dmy.—  Aitivo  a»  Niagara  Knlls  S.06  a.m.  (Eastern  stanaUird  time); 
remain  until  afternoon;  leaire  Niagara  t'it\h,vta  Wemt  Shore  Kmilroac*  ^from  New  York  Central  Rail« 
road  station),  at  j.oS  r.  m. 

173 


NoTX, —  R.iilway  time  changes  at  Port  Huron.  Mich.,  from  Central  standard,  or  90th  meridian,  to 
Eaatern  Rtandard,  or  jf^th  meridian  —  one  ho  *r  (aater. 

Satdrdav,  June  ij.  Si.rty-stc0nti  Dtty,~  l<>om  Rotterdam  Junction  eastward  via  Fitchburg  Kail- 
road;  breakfast  at  th«r  station  dininpf-rnoms,  Athol,  Mass.,  W.  E.  Wood,  proprietor;  arrive  in  Hoslon 
(Fitchburg  Kailr'iad  station,  Causeway  street)  9.50  a.  m. 


1 


The  return  tickets  will  be  good  oti  any  train  until  Oct.  25,  1892,  so  that  nicmlwrs  of 
the  party  who  desire  to  remain  a  longer  time  in  California  than  it  contemplated  by 
the  itinerary,  can  do  so. 

Persons  reitiaining  on  the  Pacific  Coast  beyond  the  date  of  the  return  of  the  party 
should  apply,  before  leaving  for  the  East,  to  our  agent.  Clinton  Jones,  N<».  j6 
Mont)»omery  street,  San  Francisco.  Mr.  Jones  will  give  all  information  ai>d  render 
a!i  as.iii.stance  needed  in  contiection  with  the  signing  of  the  excursion  ticket,  securing 
slseping-bcrths,  etc. 

Table  of   Distances. 

MILKS. 

rrom  Boston  to  Rotterdam  Junction,  N.  Y.,  Fitchburg  R<-iiiroad aia 

"      Rotterdam  Junction  to  Suspension  Bridge,  West  Shore  Railroad. au6 

"     Suspennirm  Hridgeto  Port  Huron,  Mich.,  Hreat  Western  Division  of  the  Grand  Trunk  Railway  179 

"     Port  Huron,  Mich.,  to  Blue  Island  Junction,  Chicago  jfc  (irand  Trunk  Railway 314 

"      Blue  Ishird  Junction  to  Kansas  City,  Mo.,  Chicago,  Rock  Island  k.  Pacific  Railway 501 

'*  Kansas  City,  Mo.,  to  I..as  Vegas.  N.  M.(;M6  miles).  Las  Vegas  to  Las  Vegas  Hot  Springs 
and  return  (la  mites),  l.as  Vegas  to  Lamy  (6||  miles),  I^my  to  Santa  Fe  and  return  ()6 
miles),  and  Lamy  to  Albuquerque  (68  miles),— all  on  the  Atchison,  Topeka  A  Santa  Ft 

Railroad. • 967 


..J 


Distances  carried  forward. 


.J, 469 


»73 


Distances  brottfbt  forward . .  .   ...2,469 

From  Albuqu«rnue  to  KarvMw,  Aclantte  41  Pacific  Railrt^Nl                                                              —  747 
Hamtowto  Rivcraid«(9&MJlea),  i**  veraide  to  I.oa  Attgele^    ,'  milrni       >n  Angalaa  !<   K<■•^<>«ldA 

Head)  and  return  (45  milca),  and  I.oa  Angeles  to  San  Um§^  mA  raUirn  v»n  ank*)«  {a—tlxm 

Caliloniia  Railway  Company V.  line ...  mK 

Lob  Angcleit  to  Santa  Karbara  (1  u  miles),  and  Santa  liarbara  to  San  FranciM<     §0^  laWx 

Southern  Pacific  Company's  Railway 41 

San  Francisco  to  .Santa  Otu,  Soutltern  HaciHc  ComfMMf'H  nar^   w-^aiige  line  ...             ......  «» 

Santa  C'ru/  to  Hotel  d«l  Monte,   Monterey  (47  miles),  ana  ilicnce  to  San  Jose  C74  oiIUnV 

Soutlicrn  Pacific  Company's  Monterey  line 1  j 

San  Joae  to  the  summit  of  Mo«nt  Ham                     'tim.  Mount  HaaNloii  Sttfe  Comp:  ./ 

San  JoM  to  San  Francisco.  '  'T        rf-.  iwie 

Sm  F<wMka»to 0|den,  I'    i                                                        '^--i.  Iiii« ^\.^ 

Ofden  to  GnKKi  Junction.  Col.,  Kio  GtiRMk  W«Mern  K.ai! way  -                                ',."' 

( irand  Junction  to  Salida,  Denver  A  Rio  Grande  i:«Uroai.  iMin  li«« n>. 

Salida  to  Sarjint  mmk  wmirn.  D.-nv^r  .%  Ri»  CW— #>  %%\\tmk  <— rfiw  m^*) ''^A 

Snilda  to  Maataaat flprtmp (^  1 4X  mii<s).  uid  SiMViCMr  ^tnlnKS  to  Daaver  fHi  nrilaa),  I>enver  ft 

Rio  Grande  Kailraatf,  aHiin  line               ...                                                    .»*«....  tt*) 

Denver  to  Cinuncil  Bluffs,  Union  P^i.  mr  Railwapy-.    ., ||s 

Council  Blufts  to  Hlue  Island  Junction  (483  reM— ) or  €Mm^ i|—  inilaa),  ClMppi^  BmA  ttlMf 

&  Pacific  Railway ..■■.„..    ...  ^ foo 

Chicago  tq  Port  Huron,  Micl).(^)s  miles),  or  fpom  Wne  (alaMi  jimetiaa  4W  flha  MUBt  palal(ji6 

inii>e«),  Chicago  &  Grand  Trunk  Railway ■••Ill 

port  Huron  to  Siispcnsiion  Bridge,  (Ireat  Western  Divblou  <if  » -Lii   I  I'l"       r  .ilwsy 179 

Susitrnsion  Hridgi?  to  Rottrrdam  Juiution,  N    V.,  West  Short'  Railni.til                     tv** 

Rotterdam  junction  to  Boston,  Kitchburg  R.iilrond iia 


Total . 


•>4<« 


Neither  the  Yoaemile  ti.\curHiou  nor  the  carriage  ridcH  xte  iii<  luded  in  the  foregoing 

174 


t^'~;^Vr,'Ji.-, 


'     I 


enumeration,  only  the  railway  and  stage  journeys  en^braced  in  the  regular  tour  being 
taken  into  account. 

In  the  course  of  the  tour  the  excursionists  will  pass  through  the  following  States  and 
Territories:  States — Mai^sachusetls,  Vermont,  New  York,  Michigan,  Indiana,  Illi- 
nois, Iowa,  Missouri,  Kansas,  Colorado,  California,  Nevada,  and  Nebraska  (13) ; 
Territomes — New  Mexico,  Arizona,  and  Utah  (3) ;  and  also  the  Province  of  Ontario 
«n  Canada. 

The  Excursion  to  the  Big  Tree  Qroves  and  the  Yooemite  Valley. 

As  already  (explained,  there  will  be  ample  time  for  all  who  desire  to  make  the  side 
trip  to  the  Mariposa  Groves  of  big  Trees  and  the  Yosemitt^  Valley  to  do  so.  The 
additional  cost  of  the  side  trip  from  Herenda  to  the  valley  and  return —  Herenda  being 
the  point  inhere  the  regular  excursion  ticket  is  resumed  —  U  ^^35.  This  does  not 
include  board. or  side  trips  within  the  valley,  but  all  board  coupons  provided  for  in  the 
•-egular  excursion  that  remain  unused,  will  be  redeemed,  so  that  the  net  cost  of  the 
irip  will  be  brought  within  $<p.     See  pages  109-111. 


Persons  desirous  of  joinmg  this  party  should  register  their  names  as  early  as  con- 
t^mient.  The  tickets  must  be  taken  on  or  before  Wednesday,  April  20  —  f^ve  days 
tirsrious  to  the  date  of  departure. 

W.  RAYMOND. 

I.  A.  WIIITCOMH. 


*  Tickets  for  the  excursion,  additional  copies  of  this  circular,  and  all  needed 
^.ation  can  be  obtained  of 

AA)fMONO  k  WHITCOMB.  296  Waihlngton  St.  (oppMite  Sohooi  St.).  Boston,  Mui. 

'75 


■ 


V 


TOUR  *  TO  *  ALASKA 


IN  COi-^KBCTION  WITH 


A  JOURNEY  ACROSS  THE  CONTINENT  BY  THE  CANADIAN  PACIFIC  RAILWAY, 

AND    INCI.UniNr,   VISITS   TO 

Montreal,  Winnipeg,  Banff   Hot  Springs,  the  Glaciers  of  the  Selkirks,  Vancouver, 
Victoria,  ALASKA,  Portland,  Tacoma,  Seattle, 

THB     VELIX>WSXONK     NATIONAL     PARK, 
Minneapolis,  St.  Paul,  Chicago,    and    Niagara    Falls. 


THE  PARH  TO  LEAVE  BOSTON  MONDAY,  MAY  23,  AND  TO  RETURN  SATURDAY,  JULY  9. 

Price  of  Tickets  (all  traveling  expenses  included),    -     $500.00 


For  the  accommodation  of  ])ersons  who  may  not  be  able  to  join  the  earlier  party 
for  California  and  Alaska,  and  of  those  who  wish  to  omit  Colorado  and  (>*lifoinl.i 
fri)in  their  round  of  travel,  we  have  arranged  a  toar  that  v^'ill  encompass  the  Alaska 
voyage  upon  the  .^ame  dates  nientioncil  in  connection  with  the  earlier  trip.  The 
outward  journey  will  be  over  the  picturesque  Canadian  Pacitic  V  ^iiway.  The  party 
will  leave  Hoston  Monday  morning,  May  23,  for  Montreal,  remain  in  that  cUy  a  day, 
and  then  depart  on  the  journey  westward.  There  will  be  subsequent  visits  to  all  the 
Interesting  points  along  the  railway  line,  including  Banff  Hot  Springs,  the  Cilacicrs 
of  the  Selkirks,  and  Vancouver.  After  a  brief  sojourn  at  Victoria  the  passengers 
will  go  on  board  the  steamship  *'  Queen,"  June  6,  for  the  Alaska  tr!^j».    This  bus  been 


J« 
176 


U*M*»<H(/  >JhM*'»««**r.-»HRctVfMitVl 


described  in  the  part  of  the  circular  devoted  to  the  California  and  Alaska  trip. 
Returning  from  the  Alaska  voyage,  the  party  will  visit  successively  Portland,  ihe 
Columbia  River,  Tacoma,  and  Seattle,  and  then  enter  upon  the  return  jouiney  over 
the  Northern  Pacific  Railroad.  A  week  will  be  passed  among  the  matchless  won- 
ders of  the  Yellowstone  National  Park,  and  on  the  way  eastward  visits  will  be  paid 
to  Minneapolis,  St.  Paul,  Chicago,  and  Niagara  Falls.  The  entire  tour  will  occupy 
forty-eight  days. 
The  excursion  will  be  carried  out  in  accordance  with  the  following 

ITINERARY. 

Monday,  May  av  Firtt  D«y.—  I^ave  Boston  9.00  a.  m..  from  (he  station  of  the  Bonton  h  I.owcll 
system  or  Southern  Division  of  ;hc  ilootun  &  Maine  Railroad,  Ouseway  sfret,  hi  a  train  t>J  drawing- 
room  cars.  On  arrival  at  the  station  members  of  the  party  should  check  their  bagK^Ke  to  Montreal.  'Ilic 
checks  will  be  taken  up  on  the  train.  Tags  are  supplied  v  ih  the  excurnion  ticketni  and  thes';,  with  the 
uwhir's  name  and  home  address  pl.-ir.!y  inscribed  thereon,  khou'id  be  attached  to  every  trv :ik,  valise,  or 
other  piece  of  baggage,  to  serve  as  a  ready  means  of  identification,  fland  luggage  must  he  looked  alter 
by  the  owners.  Proceed  northward  vi»  Lowell!,  Nashua,  Manchester,  Concord,  Plymouth,  Wells  River, 
■St.  Johnsbury,  Newport,  etc.,  viV>  Boston  &  M.iint,  Concord  &  Montreal,  and  Canadian  P\ciAc  lines; 
d'nneratihe  F'emigew asset  House,  P'^-mouth,  N.  H.;  arrive  in  Montreal  (Windsor  street  station)  at  R.40 
P  M. ;  .imnilnis  transfer  to  Wmdscr  Hotel,  Ctcorge  Swett.  manager. 

TuBSUAV,  May  14  Stcmmi  Day-  -  In  Montreal  (Carriage  ride  in  the  morning,  visiting  the  principal 
ch  irches,  the  Grey  Nunnery,  Mount  Royal  Park,  etc.  ^>mnibua  trr  iiafer  from  the  Windsor  Motrl  to  the 
V'indsor  street  station  of  lite  Canadian  Pacific  Railway,  and  leave  Montreal  hy  ^aid  Hne  ut  9.30  v.  m.  in  a 
train  of  elegant  Canadian  Fartfic  slrrpme-cars,  vith  dining -4-ar. 

NoTu.  —  During  the  y<iurney  ovr^r  lite  Canadian  Pacific  RaiSway,  meals  will  be  dtmlbhed  on  the  splen- 
didly appointed  dining-cart  run  hy  ihis  lin*. 

Wmommidav,  May  a|.  TJkird  JJmj/.^  Ou  the  CanacUan  I'acift?  Railway  #m  --iMUt  westward  throitgh 
the  Province  of  Ontario.  ' 

.»77 


^ 


Thursday,  Nfay  a6.  Fourth  Day.— On  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway /m  roM/e  through  the  Province 
of  Ontario. 

NoTH.-  Railway  time  changes  at  Port  Arthur  from  Eastern  standard,  or  7Sth  meridian,  to  Central 
standard,  or  <;oth  meridian  —  one  hour  slower. 

Frioav,  M;iy  a;.  Ft/(h  Day.—  On  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway  en  route  through  the  Province  of 
Manitoba.     Arrive  at  Winnipeg  lo.  lo  a.  m.  ;  leave  Winnipeg  at  a.ao  p.  m. 

NoTR.—  Railway  time  changes  at  Brandon  from  Central  standard,  or  90th  meridian,  to  Mountain 
ntandard,  or  105th  meridian  — one  hour  slower. 

Saturdav,  Mav  a8.  Sixth  Day.—  On  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway  tn  route  through  the  Districts 
of  Astiniboia  and  Alberta. 

!»UNi>AV,  May  ag.  Seventh  Day.—  \xx\vt  it  Banff  H  Jt  Springs  6.45  A.  M.;  transfer  to  the  Banff 
Springs  Hotel,  W.  L.  Mathews,  manager. 

MoNUAV,  May  30.     Eigkth  Day. —  At  Banff  Hot  Springs. 

TuRsnAV,  May  31.     Ninth  D^'y-—^^  Banff  Hot  Springs. 

Wrmnrsdav,  June  I.  Tenth  Day. — Transfer  from  the  hotel  to  the  station,  and  at  6.45  a.  m  leave 
Banff,  and  proceed  westward  on  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway  throuiili  British  Columbia;  arrive  at 
Gl^rii !  Iiuusc  1.3s  F.  M. 

i^uTK.— Railway  time  changes  at  Donald  from  Mountain  standard,  or  tosth  roerid-an,  to  Pacific 
standard,  or  laoih  meridian  —  one  hour  slower. 

Tmcrsoav,  June  a.  Eleventh  Day. —  Leave  Glacier  House  a.as  p.  M.,  and  proceed  westward  through 
British  Columbia. 

Kkidav,  June  3.     Twelfth  Day, —  Arrive  in  Vancouver  ti.50  p.  m.  ;  transfer  to  the  Hotel  Vancouve<'> 

Saturuav,  June  4.  Thivt«eMth  /7<^.— Transfer  lo  the  steamer  wteri  and  leave  Vancouver  i.oo 
p.  M.,on  Canadian  Pacific  Navigation  Company's  steamer;  arrive  at  Victoria  8.00  p.  m. ;  transfer  tc 
The  Dria^^,  Redoii  &  Hartnegel,  proprietors. 

SiiNDAV,  June  5.     Fourteenth  Day.—  In  Victoria. 

MoNi>A>v,  Iuiie6.    /iV/il«Mi/A /'><t>'.— la  Victoria.    O*  jii  board  Pacific  Coaxt  Steaaifthip  Company's 

steamer  "Queen,"  Captain  Jam.es  Carroll,  at  night. 

178 


TUHSI 

Wbdn 
Thur! 
Frioa 
Satui 
SuNn/ 

M{>NI> 
TUR.SI) 

Wkdni 
Thur-s 
Frioa 
and  busin 
its  picture 
Satuk 
at  6.00  A. 
at  Lower  ( 
ia.30  p.  M. 
City  via  1 
Northern 

.SUNUA 
MOND/ 

Northern 
Rainier. 
I'l'HSD 

leave  Sent 
War>N 

Eastisrn  V 
Thuks 

to  Cinnab 

in  the  fon 


,.-...,■  .    ■f^T^m^iiy^ii 


On  the  Alaska  voyage,  visilinj;  I'ort  VVrangcl, 
Juneau,  Douglas  Island,  Cliilknlit,  (lu- ];ioat  Muir 
GLicier  in  Glacier  Hay,  Sitka,  Nanaimo,  etc.  The 
steamer  will  probably  return  on  Thursday,  June 
i6.  The  party  will  leave  Tatonia  by  the  first  train 
and  procecil  to  Portland,  where  thf  p.issengers 
wii\  be  transferred  to  The  Portland,  Charles  K. 
Iceland,  nianaRcr. 


TuBSDAY,  June  7.    Sixttenth  Day. 

Wbdnbsday,  June  8.    StvtMteenth  Day. 

Thursuay,  June  9.     Eighteenth  Day, 

Friday,  June  10.     Niwieenth  Day, 

Saturday,  June  11.     Twentieth  Day, 

Sunday,  June  la.     Twentyfint  Day. 

Monday,  June  13.     Twenty-secotiti  Day. 

TuFSDAY,  June  14.     Twenty-third  Day. 

Wkdnbsday,  June  15.     Twenty-fourth  Day. 

Thursday,  June  16.     Twenty-fifth  Day. 

Friday,  June  17.  Ttuenty-iixth  Day. —  In  Portland.  Carriage  ride  throu(;h  the  finest  renidenc"! 
and  businens  sections  of  the  city,  and  to  the  park,  which  affords  a  niaj^nitkent  view  of  the  city  and 
its  picturesque  surroMndingK,  with  Mount  Hood,  Mount  St.  Helen's,  etc. 

Saturday,  June  18.  Twentyseventh  Day. —  Transfer  to  the  Ash  hireet  wharf,  and  leave  Portland 
at  6.00  A.  M.,  by  stean)*:r,  for  the  ascent  of  the  Columbia  Kiver ;  bn-.ikfast  and  lunch  on  Bteainer  ;  .inive 
at  Lower  Cascades  i?.c)o  m.  ;  transfer  to  Upper  Cascades  by  Portage  Railway  ;  leave  Upper  Cascades  at 
ia.30  p.  M.,  by  steamer;  dii;n«*r on  board  second  steamer;  .irrive  nt  Dalles  City  5.00  v.  M,\  leave  Dalle 
City  via  Union  Pacific  Railway  system  f).^«;  i*.  m.  ;  arrive  In  Portland  10.45  ■'•  "•>  •'*"*1  continut  over  the 
Northern  Pacific  Railroad  to  Tacoina,  arriving  at  an  early  hour  the  succeeding  morning. 

.Sunday,  Jr.ne  ly.     Twenty-eighth  Day. —  In  Tacoma. 

Monday,  ^unc  30.  Tiventy-ninth  Day. —  In  Tacoma.  Transfer  to  the  Pacific  avenue  station  of  the 
Northern  Pacific  Railroad,  and  leave  Tacor:.".  nt  2.45  p*  m.  ;  arrive  in  Seattle  4.30  p.  m.  ;  transfer  to  The 
Rainier. 

Ti'BSDAY,  June  ai.  Thirtieth  Dny.—  \n  Seattle.  Transfer  to  the  Northern  Pacific  station,  and 
leave  Seattle  at  i.ia  p.  M. 

Wbdnusdav,  June  aa.  Thirty-first  Day. —  On  the  Northern  Pacific  Railroad  eu  route  through 
Kastern  Washington,  Idaho,  and  Montana. 

Thursday,  June  ly.  Thiry-srcofni  Day.—  Att\\c  u\  Living- -on  at  an  early  hour,  and  from  thence 
to  Cinnabar  via  Yellowstone  Park  Branch;  from  Cinnabar  to  Mammoth  Hot  .Springs  by  stage,  arriving 
in  the  forenoon. 

179 


^ 


tm 


NoTH.— The  hotels  in  the  Yellowstone  National  Park  are  under  the  superintendence  of  Mr.  W.  t 
Johnson,  and  thtt  transportation  under  the  direction  of  George  W.  Wakefield. 

Friday,  June  94.     Thirty-third  Day.—  Leave  Mammoth  Hot  Springs  by  stage  at  8.00  a.  m.  ;  arrl    • 
at  Norriit  Gey»er  Basin  Hotel   i3.o<>  m.  ;  lunch  there ;  leave  at  1.30  P.  M. ;  arrive  at  Fountain  Hote. 
Ixjwer  Geyser  Hasin,  5.30  l'.  M. 

Saturdav,  June  25.  Thirty/ourih  />rt^.— Leave  Lower  Geyser  Basin  8.00  a.  m.,  visiting  th« 
'•  Exct'Uidr  "  Geyser,  "  Prismatic  "  Spring,  and  "Turquoise  "  Spring  in  the  Nf  idway  Geyser  Basin ;  arrive 
at  Upper  Geyser  Basin  liotel  11.00  a.  m- 

Si'NDAV,  June  26.     Thirty-Ji/th  Day.—  At  Upper  Geyser  Basin. 

Monday,  June  27.  Thirty-sixth  Day. —  Leave  Upper  Geyser  Basin  9.00  a.m.  ;  arrive  at  West  Bay, 
or  Thumb  of  Yellowstone  Lak*;,  12.00  m.  ;  lunch  there ;  leave  West  B:iy  2.00  P.  m.  ;  arrive  at  Lake  Hotel 
•.00  p.  M. 

TuKsoAV,  June  j8.  Thirty-uvettth  Day, —  Leave  Lake  Hotel  9.00  a.  m.;  arrive  at  Cafion  Hotel 
tfi.oo  M. 

Whdnksuay,  June  29.  Thirty-eighth  Day.— Leave  Cafion  Hotel  10.30  a.  m.  ;  arrive  Norris  Geyser 
Hotel  12. wi  M. ;  lunch  there ;  leave  M  1 .30  i*.  M. ;  arrive  at  Mammoth  Hot  Springs  5.30  p.  m. 

TiiUKSUAY,  June  30.  'Thirty-ninih  Day.— k\  Mammoth  Hot  Springs.  Leave  Mammoth  Hot 
Springs  hv  stage  4.<k)  p.  m.  ;  arrive  at  Cinnabar  fe.w)  p.  m.  ;  leave  Cinnabar  6.15  p,  m.  ;  arrive  at  Living- 
ston H.I 5  p.  M.I  and  continue  eastward  over  main  line  of  Noriihern  Pacific  Railroad. 

FiM  >Av,  July  1.  Fortittk  Day,— On  the  Northern  Pacific  Railroad  en  route  through  Montana  and 
North  Dakota. 

Savukoav,  July  2.  Forty-first  Day.  —  Arrive  at  Minneapol!:<  11.30  p.  i^i. ;  transfer  to  the  West 
Hotel,  John  T.  West,  proprietor  J  carriage  ride  in  the  afternoon,  with  visits  o  Minnehaha  Fallis  the 
chief  b\irtincss  and  residence  sections  of  the  city,  the  great  flouring  mills  (the  largest  in  the  world),  the 
bridge  l>elow  St.  Anthony's  Falls,  the  Exposition  Building,  the  Suspension  Bridge,  etc. 

.SuNi»A  v,  July  3.     Forty-sfcond  Day. —  In  Minneapolin. 

Monday,  July  4.  Forty-third  Day. ~\n  Minneapolis.  Transfer  to  the  Union  station  and  leave 
Minneapolis  at  12.05  p.  m.  ;  arrive  in  S!,  Paul  ia.4o  v.  m.  ;  trantifer  to  tlie  Hotel  Kyan,  Eugene  Mchl  & 
Son,  ptoprietors  ;  in  the  afternoon  carri.ige  ride,  visiting  the  chief  business  and  renidence  portions  of  the 

180 


city,  the   Capitol,  Summit  avenue,  the  Observatory  (midway  between  St.  Paul  and  Mmiteapolis,  and 
affording  a  view  of  both  cities),  Fort  Snelling,  etc. 

ToBSDAV,  July  5.  Forty-fourth  Day.— In  ^\.  Paul.  Traii8ferl<  he  station  of  the  MinneapoHs  ft 
St.  Louis  Railway,  and  leave  St.  Paul  by  the  Albert  Lea  route  at  6.25  i'.  m. 

Wkdnhsdav,  July  6.  Forty-Ji/tk  Day. —  Arrive  in  Chicago  1.15  p.  m.  ;  transfer  to  the  Sherman 
House,  J.  Irving  Pearce,  proprietor. 

Thursday,  July  7.  Forty-sixth  Day.—  In  Chicago.  Transfer  from  the  Sherman  House  to  thr 
Dearborn  station  (Polk  and  Dearborn  streets),  and  leave  Chicago  at  \2.00  m.  via  Chicago  ft  Graiiu 
Trunk  Railway ;  dinner  and  supper  on  Chicago  ft  Grand  Trunk  dining-car. 

Noi'BS. —  Members  of  the  party  who  relurn  independently  from  Chicago  eastward  will  be  required  to 
exchange  their  east-bound  |>assage  and  sleeping-car  cou)>otiB  at  tlie  lity  ticket  office  of  the  Chicago  Ale 
Grand  Trunk  Railway,  103  South  Clark  street,  K.  H.  Hughes,  agent  (to  whom  all  applications  in  advance 
for  sleeping-berths  should  be  addressed),  or  at  the  station  ticket  office  (Drarbon  station,  Polk  and 
Dearborn  streets).  The  regular  trains  leave  Chicago  at  3.00  p.  .m.  and  8.15  p.  m.  Perhons  dchiri.us  of 
availing;  themselves  of  the  '*  stop-over"  privileges  at  Niagara  F'alls  (the  only  j)«»int  east  of  Chicago  where 
"  lUop-offs"'  are  permitted)  can  take  the  train  It-aving  Chicago  at  3.00  i-.  m.,  and,  arriving  at  Niagara 
Falls  the  next  morning,  await  t^'ire  the  departure  of  the  afternoon  train. 

Fk'iDAV,  July  8.  Forty-sex  .th  Ai^.— Arrive  at  Niagara  Falls,  N.  Y.,  8.00  a.m.,  leave  Niagara 
Falls  via  the    Vest  .Shore  route  5.08  p.  M. 

Satukdav,  July  9.  Forty-eighth  Day.—  F'rom  Rotterdam  Junction  eastward  via  Fitchburg  Kail- 
road  ;  arris'c  in  lioston  (station  on  Causeway  strtei)  9.50  a.  m. 

The  price  of  tickets  {$500)  includes  all  traveling  anci  hotel  expenses,  transfers,  and 
carriage  rides  mentioned  in  the  itinerary,  with  an  entire  double  berth  (half  a  section) 
in  the  .sleeping-caif,  and  one-half  a  stateroom  (not  more  than  two  persons  in  each 
.stateroom)  on  the  steamer  during  the  Alaska  voyage.  W.  KA  VMOND, 

I.  A.  WMITCOMH. 

Kor  tickets  (which  must  be  taken  on  or  before  Thursday,  May  19,  four  davs  previous 
to  the  date  of  departure)  and  ail  information  rt'gar(bng  the  excursion,  address 

RAYMOND  &  WHITCOMB,  296  Washington  St  (opposite  Sohooi  St.).  Boston,  Mass. 

181 


New  York  Office. 

No.  $1   East  Fourteenth  Street  (near  Union  Square), 
RAYMOND    Jk    WHITOOMB. 


Chlcaero  Office : 

103  SOUTH  CLARK  STREET,  cor.  Washington  Street, 

B.  H.  HUOHB8,  Agent. 


Philadelphia  Office, 

lit  SOUTH  NINTH  STREET,  under  Continental  Hotel, 

RAYMOND  &  WHITCOMB. 

London  Office,  142  Strand,  W.  C. 
HCNRY   GAZE   &  SON, 

European  Agents  for  Raymond's  American  Excursions. 


Agents  on  the  Pacific  Coast. 


rOR  SOUTHERN   CALIFORNIA, 
CHARLES  C.  HARDING,  Agent, 

THE  RAYMOND.  EAST  PASADENA,  GAL. 

During  the  winter  and  early  sprin^. 

LOS  ANQELE8  OFFICE. 

138     aoUTM     SHKINO     ST., 

RAYMOND  &  WHITCOMB, 
F.  W.  THOMPSON,  Agent. 


SAN   FRANCISCO  OFFICBB. 

26    MONTGOMERY    STREET, 

ROOM    6, 
CARROLL   HUTCHINS,  Agent. 

And    also    36    MONTGOMERY    STREET 

(COKNKK   SUTTBR  STRBBT), 

CLINTON  JONES,   Agent. 


PORTLAND  (Or.)  OFFICE, 

8  3      R  1  R  S  n^      S  X  R  K  K  X, 

CHARLES    KENNEDY,  Agent. 

182 


Hints  About  Clothing. 

Althaugh  the  excursions  are  to  be  made  in  the  pleasant  est  part  of  the  year,  and  at  a 
time  when  a  mild  temperature  is  likely  to  prevail,  provision  should  be  made  to  .i;uard 
against  sudden  changes.  Warm  clothing,  with  light  overcoats,  shawls,  or  convenient 
wraps,  which  may  be  brought  into  service  or  discarded,  as  required,  is  an  essential  part 
of  the  outfit.  In  the  outward  journey  through  New  Nfcxico,  Arizona,  and  Southe.;; 
California,  and  the  homeward  one  by  the  Northern  Pacific  or  Ogden  routes,  the 
temperature  may  be  warm,  and  clothing  should  be  provided  accordingly,  but  wraps 
should  always  be  at  hand  for  evening  us«  in  case  of  necessity.  The  railway  rides 
through  some  sections  —  chiefly  across  the  deserts  —  may  be  dusty,  and  dust  is  likely  to 
be  encountered  in  journeying  about  California.  This  fact  should  govern,  to  some 
extent,  the  selection  of  materials  for  traveling  suits,  and  render  "dusters"  of  special 
utility.  Warm  underclothing  should  always  be  worn.  However  warm  the  days  may  be 
on  the  Pacific  Coast,  the  evenings  and  nights  are  cool.  The  dryne.ss  of  the  atmosphere, 
too,  renders  a  high  temperature  much  less  to  be  dreaded  than  in  the  Kast.  As  to  the 
San  Francisco  climate,  it  is  worthy  of  nctc  that  the  residents  of  that  city  are  accu.H> 
tomed  to  wear  the  same  thickness  of  clothing  the  year  through.  The  temperature  in 
the  northern  regions  we  are  to  visit  is  delightful  in  spring  and  summer. 

In  the  Yosemite  trip  strong  and  serviceable  clothing  and  a  pair  of  stout  walking- 
shoes  or  boots  will  be  best;  and  the.se  will  be  useful,  of  course,  in  other  parts  of  the 
excursion,  especially  in  Colorado  and  the  Yellowstone  National  Park.  Visitors  to 
the  Yosemite  should  be  content  to  leave  finery  behind,  and  baggage  should  also  be 
discarded  in  .  ^  "^rrat  an  extent  as  possible.  The  same  remarks  will  apply  to  the 
Yellowston*    N'liional  Park,  where   the  traveler  should  be  prepared  with  clothing 

'83 


■f 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


■ff  IIIIIM 

.!»  IIIIIM 

'"  m 


[12.5 

2,2 
2.0 


1.8 


1.25 

1.4       1,6 

., 6"     

► 

V] 


^/  ^' 


o^ 


^'%    A^^    '>^' 
%/^\/ 


JS?'. 


y 


>^ 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


V 


^■ 


f 


^~ 


4i>^ 


\ 


\ 


33  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y    14580 

(716)  872-4503 


'^ 


v^ 


■^ 


&?^ 


^ 


"!f^ 


;  -i 


m 


which- dust  cannot  injure,  good  walking-shoes,  and  wraps  for  evening  wear.  There  are 
few  nights  within  the  park,  even  in  midsummer,  without  frosts.  Rubbers  or  "  gum'' 
shoes  and  waterproof  coverings  will  suggest  themselves.  A  piece  of  mosquito  netting, 
which  can  be  worn  over  the  face  and  neck  in  certain  parts  of  the  park,  will  also  be 
serviceable. 

For  the  Alaska  trip  one  should  dress  as  warmly  as  for  an  Atlantic  Ocean 
voyage,  but  no  warmer,  since  that  should  mean  woolens  and  wraps.  Strong  and 
serviceable  clothing  with  stout  shoes  are  prime  necessities  for  Alaska  as  well  as  for 
the  National  Park.  Ladies  should  remember  that  the  decks  of  a  steamer  are  always 
washed  down  in  the  morning,  even  without  the  aid  of  rain,  and  that  trailing  skirts  are 
un^er  such  circumstances  undesirable  In  the  saturated  moss  and  grass,  and  perhaps 
mud, "of  the  shore,  they  are  equ'Uy  out  of  place.  A  gossamer  for  ladies,  a  mackintosh 
for  gentlemen  rubber  shoes  or  boots,  and  umbrellas  all  around,  are  likely  to  suggest 
themselves.  It  does  not  rain  all  the  time  in  Alaska,  and  most  of  the  sight-seeing  is 
from  the  steamer's  deck ;  but  it  is  better  to  be  prepared  for  little  land  expeditions  in  all 
weathers.  The  rains  come  frequently  and  with  little  heralding,  making  rubber  gar- 
ments and  an  umbrella  useful  companions.  Ladies  who  have  crossed  the  ocean  need 
not  be  told  that  closely-fitting  outer  garments  are  more  convenient  on  the  breezy  deck 
than  loose  cloaks  or  shawls.  Walking  over  the  glaciers  is  difficult  and  in  places 
dangerous.  At  the  Muir  Glacier,  a  landing  may  be  desirable,  but  there  is  likely  to  be 
little  traveling  done  except  on  the  lateral  moraines,  and  no  special  preparation  is  desir- 
able for  that  kind  of  work  beyond  what  has  already  been  suggested.  Alpenstocks 
and  canes  can  be  obtained  of  the  baggage  porter  on  the  steamer.  The  main  ice 
ptreani,  on  account  of  its  rapid  motion,  is  badly  broken  and  of  rough  surface,  abo«nd" 
ing  in  deep  crevasses,  which  are  constantly  forming  in  unexpected  places.     Even  the 

184 


most  intrepid  investigators  have  thus  far  been  able  to  explore  only  a  limited  section. 
Steamer  chairs,'  if  desired,  can  be  obtained  generally  of  the  deck  stewards  on  the 
steamer ;  and  also  at  Tacoma,  Port  Townsend,  or  Victoria.  They  can  be  leased  for 
the  voyage  if  returned  in  good  condition. 

GUIDE  BOOKS,  ETC. 

The  books  of  travel  and  adventure  relating  to  the  Pacific  Coast  and  to  the  diverse 
sections  of  country  passed  through  in  the  various  routes  across  the  continent  are 
legion,  and  we  will  not  attempt  to  give  even  a  partial  list. 

Across  the  Continent. 

There  are  numerous  guide  books  of  a  local  character  that  may  be  purchased  in  the 
principal  localities  visitea,  but  there  is  a  lack  of  comprehensive  books  of  this  class 
covering  the  long  iranscontinental  routes.  Crofutt's  is  unquestionably  the  most  com- 
prehensive. The  publications  of  the  several  railroad  companies  are  generally  very 
useful  in  this  connection,  and  the  same  may  be  said  regarding  maps. 

The  Crest  of  the  Continent^  by  Ernest  Ingersoll,  is  a  graphic  description  of  the 
scenery  on  the  line  of  the  Denver  &  Rio  Grande  route. 

Over  the  Range  to  the  Golden  Gate^  by  Stanley  Wood,  is  another  excellent  work 
devoted  largely  to  the  same  route. 

The  Great  Northxvcst^  a  guide  book  and  itinerary  for  the  use  of  travelers  over  the 
Northein  Pacific  Railroad  and  its  allied  lines,  is  published  by  Riley  Brothers,  St.  Paul. 

Persons  desirous  of  gaining  information  relative  to  the  ancient  ruins  in  Colorado, 
New  Mexico,  Arizona,  etc.,  will  find  maps  and  interesting  papers  by  W.  II.  Jackson 
and  W.  II.  Holmes  in  the   Tenth  Annual  Report  (Professor  Hayden's)  of  the  United 

i8s 


P'  it  ■ 


I 


States  Geological  and  Geographical  Survey  —  the  volume  for  1876.  The  Seventh  Annual 
Report  of  the  United  States  Geological  and  Geographical  Survey  (for  1873)  ^"^  '^* 
Smithsonian  Institution  Reports  for  18^4  and  i86g  also  contain  articles  upon  the  same 
subject. 

The  Round  Trip  from  the  Hub  to  the  Golden  Gate^  by  Susie  C.  Clark,  is  a  new  and 
entertaining  account  of  a  journey  to  the  Pacific  Coast  and  back  again  by  a  member  of 
one  of  our  excursion  parties.     Published  by  Lee  &  Shepard,  Boston. 

A  History  of  the  Northern  Pacific  Railroad^  by  E.  V.  Smalley,  is  an  account  of  that 
great  enterprise  from  the  time  of  its  inception,  in  1834,  to  the  opening  of  the  road^in 
1883. 

California. 

The  most  complete  and  exhaustive  work  upon  C  'lifornia  and  the  Pacific  Coast  is 
comprised  in  Hubert  Howe  Bancroft's  series  of  volumes,  published  by  the  Bancroft 
Company,  San  Francisco.  ' 

All  About  Pasadena  and  Its  Vicinity ^  by  Charles  Frederick  Holder,  is  a  compre- 
hensive guide  book,  published  by  Lee  &  Shepard,  of  Boston.  It  is  sold  at  %\  (cloth 
binding),  and  50  cents  (paper  covers),  and  will  be  forwarded  by  mail  from  this  office 
on  receipt  of  price. 

Southern  Calif  or  nia^  by  Theodore  S.  Van  Dyke,  sets  forth  the  advantages  of  that 
region,  both  as  a  place  of  interest  to  the  tourist  and  for  permanent  residence.  Cali- 
fornia of  the  Souths  by  Walter  Lindley,  M.  D.,  and  J.  P.  Widney,  M.  D.,  is  a  new  work 
published  by  D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  of  New  York.  Other  works  relating  to  Southern 
California  are  thp  following :  The  Climate  of  Southern  California :  Its  Relation  to 
Healthy  by  P.  C.  Remondino,  M.  D. ;   The  Climate  of  Southern  California :  Its  Relation 

1S6 


mmmmm 


to  Disease,  by  W.  A.  Edwards,  M.  U. ;    California  FruitSy  by  E.  J.   Wickson;   and 
Orange  Culture y  by  A.  C.  Fish.   , 

Some  of  the  publications  of  the  railway  companies  contain  much  valuable  informa- 
tion. The  Southern  Pacific  Company  have  issued  the  Southern  Highzvayy  Shasta — the 
Keystone  of  California  Scenery  (by  E.  McD.  Johnstone),  California  KesoriSy  That  Won- 
derful Country  (for  the  farmer  and  fruit  grower).  West  by  South,  Half  South  (by  Mr. 
Johnstone),  and  a  Climatic  Map  of  California. 

Major  Ben.  C.  Truman  has  recently  written  a  guide  entitled  Southern  California, 
which  may  be  had  free  by  addressing  W.  F.  White,  Traffic  Manager,  Chicago,  or  any 
of  the  agents  of  the  Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  Railroad. 

Yosemite :  Where  to  Go,  and  What  to  Do,  by  Lewis  Stornaway,  can  be  found  at  the 
California  book-stores. 

Hand-book  of  the  Lick  Observatory,  by  Professor  Edward  S.  Holden,  is  invaluable  to 
persons  who  visit  Mount  Hamilton. 

A  Pacific  Coast  Scenic  Tour,  by  Henry  T.  Finck,  is  a  recently  published  book, 
descriptive  of  scenery  from  Southern  California  to  Alaska,  etc. 

Among  other  books  on  California  are  In  the  Heart  of  the  Sierras,  by  J.  M.  Hutch- 
ings ;  Santa  Earbara  and  Around  There,  by  Edwards  Roberts ;  Ramona,  by  Helen 
Hunt  Jackson;  and  California  as  It  Is  and  Was,  by  William  H.  Thomes  (also 
author  of  On  Land  and  Sea  and  Lewey  and  I,  two  books  of  early  adventure  on  the 
Pacific  Coast. 

Wild  Flowers  of  the  Pacific  Coast  and  Wild  Flowers  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  by 
Emma  Homan  Thayer,  are  two  superbly  illustrated  books,  published  by  Cassell  h  Co., 
of  New  York.  The  illustrations  are  from  water-color  paintings  executed  by  Mrs. 
Thayer,  and  reoroduce  with  fidelity  every  shade  of  color  in  the  originals. 

187 


w 


iM' 


14 


\m 


Oregon  and  Washington. 

TA^  Wealth  and  Resources  of  Oregon  and  Washington^  by  C.  N.  Miller  (1889),  issued 
by  the  Union  Pacific  Railway  Co.,  is  the  latest  work  relating  to  the  Pacific  Northwest. 

Washington  Irving's  Astoria  and  Lewis  '^nd  Clark's  narrative  of  their  expedition 
give  interesting  accounts  of  the  early  explorations  in  Oregon  and  other  parts  of  the 
Pacific  Northwest. 

The  Northwesty  an  illustrated  monthly  publication  devoted  to  the  Northwest,  is 
issued  from  St.  Paul,  at  $1.50  per  year.     E.  V,  Smalley  is  the  editor  and  publisher. 

Alaska. 

•  -, 

The  earliest  accounts  of  the  region  now  denominated  Alaska  are  probably  to  be 
found  in  the  accounts  of  the  early  voyages  of  Captain  Cook  and  Vancouver,  and  in 
J.  Von  Straehlin's  Account  of  the  New  Northern  Archipelago  (published  in  London, 
1774).  A  work  by  Baron  Ferdinand  von  Wranjrel  on  the  Russian  possessions  in  Auier- 
ica  was  published  in  St.  Petersburg  in  1839. 

There  are  many  accounts  of  Alaska  in  the  United  States  government  reports,  and 
the  speeches  of  Charles  Sumner  in  the  Senate  (1867)  and  Nathaniel  P.  Banks  in  the 
House  of  Representatives  (1868)  will  be  perused  with  peculiar  interest.  Volume  28  of 
Hubert  Howe  Bancroft's ///j/^;^  of  the  Pacific  States  of  A^orth  America  gives  an  historical 
sketch  of  the  country,  and  popular  accounts  will  be  found  in  Hartwig's  Polar  Worlds 
Hours  at  Home,  the  Atlantic  Monthly  for  June,  1867,  Harper^s  Magazine  for  1867  and 
1869,  Lippiiicott's  Magazine  for  February  and  November,  1868,  and  the  American 
Journal  of  Science  i^ix  1S67  ^"^1  1881. 

Among  the  later  books  relating  to  Alaska  are  the  following  :  — 

188 


Travel  and  Adventure  in  the  Territory  of  Alaska,  by  Frederick  Whymper  (1869). 

Alaska  and  its  Resources,  by  William  Healey  Dall  (1870). 

Alaska  and  Missions  on  the  N^orth  Pacific  Coast,  by  Rev.  Sheldon  Jackson,  D.  D.  (1S80). 

The  Sial  Islands  of  Alaska,  by  Henry  \V .  Elliott  ( 188 1 ). 

Among  the  Alaskans,  by  Julia  McNair  Wright  (1883). 

Fifth  Avenue  to  Alaska,  by  Edwards  Pierrepont  (1884). 

Along  Alaskans  Great  River,  \iyYx%ditx\z\i^Q)ci'ii2X\iz.  (1885).  Lieutenant  Schwatka 
is  also  the  author  of  an  account  of  a  voyage  to  Alaska  printed  in  Wonderland,  a 
pamphlet  issued  by  the  passenger  department  of  the  Northern  Pacific  Railroad  in 
1886  and  subsequently,  and  devoted  to  the  Yellowstone  National  Park  and  the  Pacific 
Northwest. 

Alaska,  lis  Southern  Coast,  and  the  Sitkan  Archipelago,  by  E.  R.  Scidmore  (1885). 

A  Trip  to  Alaska,  by  George  Wardman  ( 1885). 

Our  Arctic  Provinces,  by  Henry  W.  Elliott  (1886). 

Our  New  Alaska;  or^  The  Seward  Purchase  Vindicated,  by  Charles  Hallock  (1886). 

Report  on  Education  in  Alaska,  by  Rev.  Sheldon  Jackson,  D.  D.  (1886). 

Shores  and  Alps  of  Alaska,  by  H.  W.  Seton-Karr  (1887). 

Thirteen  Years  of  Travel  and  Exploration  in  Alaska,  by  W.  H.  Pierce  (edited  by 
Professor  and  Mrs.  J.  H.  Carruth). 

Picturesque  Alaska,  by  Abby  Johnson  Woodman  (1889). 

The  Ice  Age  in  North  America  and  its  Bearings  on  the  Antiquity  of  Man,  by  G. 
Frederick  Wright  (1889);  published  by  D.  Appleton  &  Co.,  New  York.  Chapter  II. 
of  this  work  is  devoted  to  the  glaciers  of  the  Pacific  Coast,  and  Chapter  III.  to 
Professor  Wright's  experiences  on  the  Muir  Glacier  in  1866. 

The  Ne7v  Eldorado,  a  Summer  fourney  to  Alaska,  by  Maturin  M.  Ballou  (1890). 

189 


w 


This  is  one  of  Mr.  Ballou's  latest  volumes  of  travels.  It  is  devoted  in  part  to  the 
Yellowstone  National  Park. 

7^Ag  Wonders  of  Alaska,  by  Alexander  Badlam,  published  by  the  Bancroft  Com- 
pany, San  Francisco  (1890).  This  and  Miss  Scidmore's  work  are  the  nearest  approach 
to  the  guide-book  form  of  anything  extant. 

Lorita,  an  Alaskan  Maiden  (Lee  &  Shepard,  Boston,  publishers,  1892),  by  Susie  C. 
Clark,  is  a  charming  story,  written  in  a  thoughtful  but  unconventional  vein,  and  con- 
taining some  delightful  bits  of  description  interwoven  with  its  clear  and  strong 
sketches  of  character. 


m 


§1 


The  Yellowstone  National  Park. 

TTie  Fifth  Annual  Report  of  the  United  States  Geological  and  Geographical  Sur- 
vey (for  187 1 )  contains  Dr.  F.  V.  Hayden's  original  account  of  the  Yellowstone  Park 
region;  and  the  subsequent  volumes  also  cohtain  much  relating  thereto,  the  full- st 
and  most  exhaustive  account  yet  prepared  appearing  in  the  Twelfth  Report  (for  1878). 
Part  II.  (503  pages),  together  with  numerous  maps,  includes  interesting  contributions 
by  W.  H.  Holmes  on  the  Geology  of  the  Park,  Dr.  A.  C.  Peale  on  Thermal  Springs, 
and  Henry  Gannett  on  the  Topography  of  the  Park.  An  interesting  paper  on  the 
Formation  of  Travertine  and  Silicious  Sinter  by  the  Vegetation  of  Hot  Springs,  by  Walter 
Harvey  Weed,  will  be  found  in  the  Ninth  Annual  Report  of  the  United  States  Geological 
Survey  (J.  W.  Powell,  director),  for  1887-88  ;  and  a  paper  on  Obsidian  Cliffs,  by  Joseph 
P.  Iddings  of  the  Survey,  appeared  in  the  Seventh  Annual  Report  for  1885-86. 

The  reports  of  Captain  William  A.  Jones,  General  W.  F.  Reynolds,  Rossitcr  W. 
Raymond,  Captain  J.  W.  Barlow,  Captain  D.  P.  Heap,  Professor  F.  B.  Comstock, 

190 


General  W.  T.  Sherman,  General  P.  H.  Sheridan,  Superintendents  N.  P.  Langford, 
P.  W.  Norris,  and  P.  H.  Conger,  and  others  will  be  found  in  documents  printed  by 
order  of  the  government. 

The  'American  Encyclopedia,  Johnson's  Nnv  Universal  Encyclopaedia,  Picturesque 
America,  Scribncr's  Magazine,  for  1871,  '72,  and  '73,  Lippincotf  s  Magazine  for  1880, 
The  Southern  Magazine  for  187 1,  AppletotCs  Journaliox  1881,  Nature  iox  1872,  Cham- 
ber's Journaliox  1882,  and  the  United  States  Census  Report  iox  1880  all  contain  articles 
relating. to  the  park;  and  the  later  works  on  geology  by  Geikie,  Dana,  and  LeConte 
have  scientific  references  to  its  marvels. 

There  are  many  books  of  travel  relating  to  the  park,  and  among  them  are  The  Great 
Z?/z'/i/^,  by  Lord  Dunraven ;  James  Richardson's  Wonders  of  the  Yello^ustone  ;  Horse- 
back Rides  .through  the  Yellowstone  RarJkfhj  H.  J.  Norton;  Camp  and  Cabin,  by 
Rossiter  W.  Raymond;  Rambles  in  Wonderland,  by  Edwin  J.  Stanley;  A  Pilgrimage 
to  Geyser  Land  ',  or,  Montana  on  Muleback,  by  Ellsworth  Spencer;  Rambles  Overland, 
by  Rq.v.  Almond  Gunnison,  D.  D. ;  and  The  New  Eldorado  (elsewhere  mentioned),  by 
Maturin  M.  Ballon. 

A  complete  list  of  all  works  having  reference  to  the  Yellowstone  Park  (published 
previous  to  1882),  and  also  lists  of  authorities  on  the  thermal  springs  of  all  parts  of 
the  world,  will  be  found  in  Hayden^s  Twelfth  Report  (Part  II.,  pages  427-499). 

Mr.  Arnold  Hague's  paper — Geological  History  of  the  Yellowstone  National 
Park —  appears  in  the  "  Transactions  of  the  American  Institute  of  Mining  Engineers 
for  1887." 

It  should  be  said  that  some  of  the  books  enumerated  in  th«  foregoing  pages  are  out 
of  print,  and  obtainable  only  in  the  libraries. 

191 


P^F 


■  S'  ■ 


Photographs. 

Jackson's  photographic  views  of  scenery  in  Colorado,  New  Mexico,  etc.,  may  be 
ordered  of  the  Chain  and  Hardy  Book,  Stationery,  and  Art  Company,  1609  to  161 5 
Arapahoe  street,  Denver,  Col.     Catalogues  will  be  sent  by  them  on  application. 

In  vSan  Francisco  choice  photographs  may  be  obtained  of  I.  W.  Taber  &  Co.,  No.  8 
Montgomery  street.  Fine  photographic  views  (large  or  small  sizes)  of  California 
scenery  may  be  had  of  Taber  &  Co.,  or  at  the  Watkins  Yosemite  Art  Gallery,  Palace 
Hotel. 

W.  H.  Partridge,  No.  2832  Washington  street,  Boston,  has  a  large  assortment  of 
Alaska  views.  Catalogues  will  be  sent  on  application.  These  views  may  be  purchased 
at  Sitka,  and  also  views  taken  by  Edward  de  Groff,  a  local  photographer. 

F.  J.  Haynes  &  Brother,  of  St.  Paul,  Minn.,  have  made  a  specialty  of  photographing 
the  geysers  and  other  wonders  of  the  Yellowstone  National  Park.  Their  views  are 
sold  at  the  Mammoth  Hot  Springs,  and  also  at  No.  392  Jackson  street,  St.  Paul,  where 
tourists  will  be  welcomed  at  all  times.  Catalogues  will  be  sent  from  St^  Paul  on  appli- 
cation. 

Standard  Time  Divisions. 

Outward  Trip. —  From  Boston  to  Port  Huron,  Mich.,  Eastern  standard  or  75th 
meridian  time  ;  from  Port  Huron  to  Dodge  City,  Kan.,  Central  standard  or90tlimerid* 
ian  time  (one  hour  slower  than  Eastern  time) ;  from  Dodge  City  west,  through  Colo- 
rado, New  Mexico,  and  Arizona,  to  Barstow,  Cal.,  Mountain  standard  or  105th  meridian 
time  (two  hours  slower  than  Eastern  time) ;  thence  through  California,,  Oregon, 
Washington,  and  British  Columbia,  Pacific  standard  or  i2cth  meridian  time  (three 
hours  slower  than  Eastern  time). 

192 


In  Alaska. —  Steamer  time  varies  from  day  to  day  as  the  voyage  tends  westward. 
The  time  at  Sitka,  the  westernmost  point  reached  (135  degrees  and  52  minutes  west 
from  Greenwich),  is  about  one  hour  slower  than  Pacific  standard. 

Homeward  Trip  over  Northern  Pacific  Route. — From  the  Pacific  Coast  to 
Hope,  Id.,  Pacific  standard;  from  Hope  to  Mandan,  N.  D.,  Mountain  standard;  from 
Mandan  to  Port  Huron,  Province  of  Ontario,  Central  standard ;  from  Port  Huron 
eastward,  Eastern  standard. 

Homeward  Trip  via  Ogden. —  From  San  Francisco  to  Ogden,  Pacific  standard ; 
from  Ogden  to  North  Platte,  Neb.,  Mountain  standard ;  from  North  Platte  to  Port 
Huron,  Mich.,  Central  standard  ;  from  Port  Huron  eastward.  Eastern  standard. 


'On'J»i>  j«t'iTf»'iii«!'>    rii»<M 


193 


p 


m 

if 

k 


W 
fit 


■■ii' 


SIXTY-FIVE  SUMMER  AND  AUTUMN  TRIPS 

TO    EASTKRN    RESORTS. 


Season    Of    1892. 


NOt  1,  July  6-9.T*  The  White  Mountains,  inclu ling  the  Franconia  Notch,  Flume,  and  Pool,  Flume 
House,  ProKle  House,  a  night  on  the  suinmit  of  Mount  Washington,  Fabyan  House,  Mount 
Pleasant  House,  Crawford  House,  Mount  Willard,  White  Mountain  Notch,  and  North  Conway. 

S3^.50 

No.  8,  July  6-13> — The  White  Mountains,  including  the  Franconia  Notch,  Flume,  and  Pool, 
Flume  House,  Profile  House,  a  night  on  the  summit  of  Mount  Washington,  Crawford  House, 
Mount  Willard,  White  Mountain  Notch,  Pinkham  Notch,  Glen  House;  and  homeward  via 
Gorham  and  Portland.  /  950.00 

No.  3,  July  11-/80. —  Hudson  River,  Saratoga,  Lake  George,  Lake  Champlain,  Ausable  Chasm, 
Burlington,  Vt.,  and  the  White  Mountains,  including  the  Profile  House,  Franconia  Notch, 
Flume  and  Pool,  a  night  on  the  summit  of  Mount  Washington,  Fabyan  House,  Mount  Pleasant 
House,  Crawford  House,  Mount  Willard,  White  Mountain  Notch,  etc.  S65.00 

No.  4,  July  11-588.— Hudson  River,  Albany,  Trenton  Falls,  the  Thousand  Islands,  Alexandria  Bay, 
St.  Lawrence  River  and  Rapids,  Montreal,  Quebec,  Lake  Memphremagog,  etc.  975.00 

No.  5,  July  ll-$8!8. — Hudson  River,  Saratoga,  Lake  George,  Lake  Champlain,  Ausable  Chasm, 
Burlington,  Vt.,  Montreal,  Quebec,  Lake  Memphremagog,  etc.  975.00 

No.  6,  July  ll«3/8. —  Hudson  River,  Saratoga,  Lake  George,  Lake  Champlain,  the  Adirondack 
Mountains  (including  Elizabethtown,  the  beautiful  Keene  Valley,  Lake  Placid,  Adirondack  Lodge, 
Ausable  Chasm,  etc.),  and  Burlington,  Vt.  970.00 

No.  7,  July  18-90. —  Hooaac  Tunnel  Route,  Saratoga,  Lake  George,  Lake  Champlain.   Ausable 

194 


Chasm,  Burlington,  Vt.,  and  the  White  Mountains,  including  the  Profile  House,  Franconia  Notch, 
Flume  and  Pool,  a  night  on  the  summit  of  Mount  Washington,  Fabyan  House,  Mount  Pleasant 
House,  Crawford  House,  Mount  Willard,  White  " '    intain  Notch,  etc.  IftG'^.OO 

No.  8,  July  U8-/J58. —  Hoosac  Tunnel  Route,  Albany,  .  renton  Falls,  the  Thousand  Islands,  St. 
Lawrencie  River  and  Rapids,  Montreal,  Quebec,  Lik  •  Memphremagog,  etc.  ft7S.OO 

No.  9,  July  1S-/33. —  Hoosac  Tunnel  Route,  S  .  atoga.  Lake  George,  Lake  Champlain,  Ausable 
Chasm,  Burlington,  Vt.,  Montreal,  Quebec,  Lr.«.e  Memphr  .magog,  etc.  •7'i.OO 

No.  10,  .Jn'/ 18-3/8. —  Hoosac  Tunnel  Route,  Saratoga,  Lake  Gi'.orge,  Lake  Champlain,  the  Adiron- 
dacic  Mountains  (including  Eliz.bjthiown,  the  be.-utiiul  Kaene  Valley,  Lake  Placid,  Adirondack 
Lodge,  Ausable  Chasm,  etc.),  and  Burlington,  Vt.  907 .00 

No.  11.  July  12-20.— Isles  of  Shoals,  Mount  Desert,  Green  Mountain,  Moosehead  Lake,  Mount 
Kineo  House,  Portland,  Me.,  etc.  •5.'!».(K> 

No.  12|  July  12-18. —  The  While  Mountains,  including  North  Conway,  White  Mountain  Notcli, 
Crawford  House,  Mount  Pleasant  House,  Fabyan  House,  Mount  Willard,  a  night  on  the  summit 
of  Mount  Washington,  Franconia  Notch,  Profile  House,  Flume  House,  Notch,  flume,  Pool,  etc. 

IfMO.OO 

No.  13,  July  12-20. —  The  White  Mountains  (including  White  Mountain  Notch,  Crawford  House, 
and  Fabyan  House),  Montreal,  St.  Lawrence  and  Saguenay  Rivers,  Quebec,  Falls  of  Montmo- 
renci,  Lake  Memphremagog,  etc.  900.00 

No.  14,  July  12-20. —  Hudson  River,  Catskill  Mountains  (including  Catskill  Mountain  House, 
Kaaterskill  Falls,  and  Stony  Clove),  Stamford,  Cooperstown,  Lake  Otsego,  Saratoga,  and  Hoosac 
Tunnel  Route.  900.00 

No,  15,  July  12-23,  —  Hudson  River,  Catskill  Mountains  (including  the  Catskill  Mountain  House, 
Kaaterskill  Falls  and  Stony  Clove),  Stamford,  Cooperstown,  Otsego  Lake,  Saratoga,  Lake  George, 
Lake  Champlain,  Ausable  Chasm,  Burlington  and  Rutland,  Vt.  975.00 

No.  16,  July  12-23.— The  Lehigh  Valley,  Mauch  Chunk,  Switchback  Railway,  Wyoming  Valley, 
Watkins  Glen,  Niagara  Falls,  the  Thousand  Islands,  Alexandra  Bay,  the  Rapids  of  ihe  St. 
Lawrence,  Montreal,  and  Lake  Memphremagog.  975.00 

No.  17,  July  12- August  3.— The  Lehigh  Valley,  Mauch  Chunk,  Switchback  Railway,  Wyoming 
Valley,  Watkins  Glen,  Niagara  Falls,  the  Thousand  Islands,  Alexandria  Bay,  the  Rapids  of  the 

»9S 


St.  Lawrence,  Montreal,  the  Lower  St.  Lawrence,  Saguenay  River,  Quebec,  Montmorenci  Falls, 
Lake  St.  John,  Newport,  Vt.,  Lake  Memphremagog,  and  the  White  Mountains  (including  the 
Franconia  Notch,  Flume  and  Pool,  Profile  House,  a  night  on  the  summit  of  Mount  Washington, 
Crawford  House,  White  Mountain  Notch,  and  summit  of  Mount  Willard).  9140.00 

No.  18,  July  13-August  2.—  Moosehead  Lake  and  Mount  Kineo  House,  and  from  thence  a  compre- 
hensive tour  through  the  Maritime  Provinces,  with  visits  to  St.  Andrews,  Fredericton,  the  St. 
John  River,  and  the  city  of  St.  John,  in  New  Brunswick ;  the  Annapolis  Valley,  the  Land  of 
Evangeline,  Halifax,  and  the  coal  regions  of  Nova  Scotia;  the  beautiful  Bras  d'Or  Lakes  of  Cape 
Breton  Island ;  and  Charlottetown  and  SummeiMde,  in  Prince  Edward  Island.  9135.00 

No.  19,  July  14-32. —  The  Adirondack  Mountains  (including  Elizabethtown,  the  beautiful  Keene 
Valley,    -ake  Placid,  Adirondack  Lodge,  Ausable  Ch.-ism,  etc.),  and  Burlington,  Vt.  955.00 

No.  580,  July  18-/83. —  Hudson  River,  Saratoga,  Lake  George,  Lake  Champiain,  Ausable  Chasm, 
Burlington,  and  Rutland,  Vt.  9^8.50 

No.  31,  July  19-33. —  Hoosac  Tunnel  Route,  Saratoga,  Lake  George,  Lake  Champiain,  Ausable 
Chasm,  Burlington  and  Rutland,  Vt.  935.00 

No.  33,  July  19-33.— The  White  Mountains,  including  the  Franconia  Notch,  Flume,  and  Pool,  the 
Flume  House,  Profile  House,  a  night  on  the  summit  of  Mount  Washington,  Fabyan  House,  Mount 
Pleasant  House,  Crawford  House,  Mount  Willard,  White  Mountain  Notch,  and  ^orth  Conway. 

933.50 

No.  S3,  July  30-37. —  The  White  Mountains,  including  the  Franconia  Flume  and  Pool,  Franconia 
Notch,  Flume  House,  Profile  House,  a  night  on  the  summit  of  Mount  Washington,  Crawford  House, 
Mount  Willard,  White  Mountain  Notch,  Pinkham  Notch,  Glen  House,  and  homeward  ziia  Gorham 
and  Portland.  950.00 

^o.  34,  July  38- August  1.— The  White  Mountains,  includin»  North  Conway,  White  Mountain 
Notch,  Crawford  House,  Mount  Pleasant  House,  Fahyan  House,  Mount  Willard,  a  night  on 
thesummitof  Mount  Washington,  Profile  House,  Flume  House,  BVanconia  Notch,  Flume,  Pool,  etc. 

940.00 

No.  25,  July  36- August  3.— The  White  Mountains  (iiicluding  White  Mountain  Notch,  Crawford 
House,  and  Fabyan  House),  Montreal,  the  St.  Lawrenc*  and  Sagueuay  Rivers,  Ooebec,  Falls  of 
Montmorenci,  Lake  Memphremagog,  etc.  960.0O 

196 


No.  580,  August  8-13.— Hudson  River,  Saratoga,  Lake  George,  Lake  Champlain,  Ausable  Chasm, 
Burlington  and  Rutland,  Vt.  938.50 

No.  21,  August  8-19. —  Hudson  River,  Albany,  Trenton  Falls,  the  Thousand  Islands,  Alexandria 
Bay,  St.  Lawrence  River  and  Rapids,  Montreal,  Quebec,  Lake  Memphremagog,  etc.  975.00 

No.  28,  August  8-19. —  Hudson  River,  Saratoga,  Lake  George,  Lake  Champlain,  Ausable  Chasm, 
Burlington,  Vt.,  Montreal,  Quebec,  Lake  Memphremagog,  etc.  975.00 

No.  29,  August  9-13. —  Hoosac  Tunnel  Route,  Saratoga,  Lake  George,  Lake  Champlain,  Ausable 
Chasm,  Burlington  and  Rutland,  Vt.  835.0O 

No.  30,  August  0-19. —  Hoosac  Tunnel  Route,  Albany,  Trenton  Falls,  the  Thousand  Islands,  Alex- 
andria Bay,  St.  Lawrence  River  and  Rapids,  Montreal,  Quebec,  Lake  Memphremagog,  etc. 

972.0O 

No.  31,  August  9-19. —  Hoosac  Tunnel  Route,  Saratoga,  Lake  George,  Lake  Champlain,  Ausable 
Chasm,  Burlington,  Vt.,  Montreal,  Quebec,  Laka  Memphremagog,  etc.  972.00 

No.  32,  August  9-20. —  Montreal,  the  St.  Lawrence  and  Saguenay  Rigors,  Quebec,  Falls  of  Mont- 
morenci,  Lake  St.  John,  Lake  Memphremagog,  etc.  975.00 

No.  33,  August  9-20.— The  Lehigh  Valley,  Mauch  Chunk,  Switchback  Railway,  Wyoming  Valley, 
WatkinsGlen,  Niagara  Falls,  the  Thousand  Islands,  Alexandria  Bay,  the  Rapids  of  the  St.  Law- 
rence, Montreal,  and  Lake  Memphremagog.  975.00 

No.  34,  August  9-31.— The  Lehigh  Valley,  Mauch  Chunk,  Switchback  Railway,  Wyoming  Valley, 
Watkins  Glen,  Niagara  Falls,  the  Thousand  Islands,  Alexandria  Bay,  tlie  Rapids  of  the  3t. 
Lawrence,  Montreal,  the  lower  St.  Lawrence,  Saguenay  Rivt-r,  Quebec,  Moiilmorenci  Falls,  Lake 
St.  John,  Newport,  Vt.,  Lake  Memphremagog,  and  the  White  Mountains  (including  the  Franconia 
Notch,  Flumo,  and  Pool,  Profile  House,  a  night  on  the  summit  of  Mount  Washington,  Crawford 
'  House,  White  Mountain  Notch,  and  summit  of  Mount  Willard).  9140.00 

No.  35,  August  22-27.—  Hudson  River,  Saratoga,  Lake  George,  Lake  Champlain,  Ausable  Chasm, 
Burlington,  and  Rutland,  Vt.  938.50 

No.  36,  August  22-27.— Hudson  River,  Albany,  Valley  oi  the  Mohawk,  Niagara  Falls  (Hoosac 
Tunnel  Route),  etc.  945.00 

No. 37,  August  i.i!,'i-27.— Hocsac  Tunnel  Route,  Saratoga,  Lake  George,  Lake  Champlain,  Aus.ible 
Chasm,  Burlinp;ton  and  Rutland,  Vt.  935.00 

197 


11 

Mil 


No.  38,  Aug^ast  ^3-31. —  Montreal,  the  St.  Lawrence  and  Saguenay  Rivers,  Quebec,  Falls  of  Mont- 
morenci,  Lake  Memphremagog,  etc.  S58.00 

No.  30,  August  SO-September  3.— The  White  Mountains,  including  the  Franconia  Notch,  Flume, 
and  Pool,  The  Flume  House,  Profile  House,  a  night  on  Mount  Washington,  Fabyan  House, 
Mount  Pleasant  House,  Crawford  House,  Mount  Willard,  White  Mountain  Notch,  and  North 
Conway.  •3S.50 

No.  40,  September  5-14. —  Hudson  River,  Saratoga,  Lake  George,  Lake  Champlain,  Ausable 
Chasm,  Burlington,  Vt.,  and  the  White  Mountains,  including  the  Profile  House,  Franconia  Notch, 
Flume,  and  Pool,  a  night  on  the  summit  of  Mount  Washington,  Crawford  House,  Mount  Wiilard, 
and  White  Mountain  Notch.  SeS.OO 

No.  41,  September  5-16.—  Hudson  River,  Albany,  Trenton  Falls,  the  Thousand  Islands,  Alexandria 
Bay,  St.  Lawrence  River  and  Rapids,  Montreal,  Quebec,  Lake  Memphremagog,  etc.  S75.00 

No.  458,  September  6-14.— Hudson  River,  Saratoga,  Lake  George,  Lake  Champlain,  Ausable 
Chasm,  Burlington,  Vt.,  Montreal,  Quebec,  Lake  Memphremagog,  etc.  975.00 

No.  43,  September  6-15.—  Hoosac  Tunnel  Route,  Saratoga,  Lake  George,  Lake  Champl.iin,  Ausable 
Chasm,  Burlington,  Vt.,  and  the  White  Mountains,  including  the  Profile  House,  Franconia 
Notch,  Flume  and  Pool,  a  night  on  the  summit  of  Mount  Washington,  Crawford  House,  Mount 
Willard,  and  White  Mountain  Notch.  ^  962.00 

No.  44,  September  0-16.— Hoosac  Tunnel  Route,  Albany,  Trenton  Falls,  the  Thousand  Islands, 
Alexandria  Bay,  St.  Lawrence  River,  and  Rapids,  Montreal,  Quebec,  Lake  Memphremagog,  etc. 

•79.00 

No.  45,  September  6-16.— Hoosac  Tunnel  Route,  Saratoga,  Lake  Georfe,  Lake  Champlain,  Aus- 
able Chasm,  Burlington,  Vt.,  Montreal,  Quebec,  Lake  Memphremagog,  etc.  S7S.OO 

No.  4S,  September  O-IIS.— The  White  Mountains,  including  North  Conway,  White  Mountain 
Notch,  Crawford  House,  Mount  Pleasant  House,  Fabyan  House,  Mount  Willard,  a  night  on  the 
summit  of  Mount  Washington,  Profile  House,  Franconia  Notch,  Flume  House,  Flume,  Pool,  etc. 

(HOjOO 

No.  47,  September  0-14. —  The  White  Mountains  (including  White  Mountain  Notch,  Crawford 
House,  and  Fabyan  House),  Montreal,  St.  Lawrence  and  Saguenay  Rivers,  Quebec,  Falls  of 
Montmorenci,  Lake  Memphremagog,  etc.  S00.00 

198 


No.  48,  September  6-14. —  Hudson  River,  Catskill  Mountains  (including  Catskill  Mountain  House, 

Kaaterskill  Falls  and  Stony  Clove),  Staniford,  Cooperstown,  Lake  Otsego,  Saratoga,  and  Hoosac 
Tunnel  Route.  SHO.OO 

No.  49,  September  6-17.  —  Hudson  Ri%er,  Catskill  Mountains  (including  the  Catskill  Mountain 
House,  Kaaterskill  Falls  and  Stony  Clove),  Stamford,  Cooperstown,  Otsego  Lake,  Saratoga,  Lake 
George,  Lake  Champlain,  Ausable  Chasm,  Burlington,  Vt.,  and  Rutland,  Vt.  II75.00 

No.  50,  September  0-<33. —  Hudson  River,  Catskill  Mountains  (including  the  Catskill  Mountain 
House,  Kaaterskill  Falls  and  Stony  Clove),  Stamford,  Cooperstown.  Otsego  Lake,  Saratoga,  Lake 
George,  Like  Champlain,  the  Adirondack  Mountains  (including  Elizabethtown,  the  KLeene  Valley, 
Lake  Piadd,  Adirondack  Lodge,  Ausable  Chasm,  etc.),  and  Burlington,  Vt.  9112.00 

Mo.  51,  September  6-17* — The  Lehigh  Valley,  Mauch  Chunk,  Switchbac).  Railway,  Wyoming 
Valley,  Watkins  Glen,  Niagara  Falls,  the  Thousand  Islands,  Alexandria  Bay,  *hc  Rapids  of  the  St. 
Lawrence,  Montreal,  and  Lake  Memphremagog.  975.00 

No.  52,  September  6-/88.— The  Lehigh  Valley,  Mauch  Chunk,  Switchback  Railway,  Wyoming 
Valley,  Watkins  Glen,  Niagara  Falls,  the  Thousand  Islands,  Alexandria  Bay,  the  Rapids  of  the 
St.  Lawrence,  Montreal,  the  Lower  St.  Lawrence,  Saguenay  River,  Quebec,  Montmorenci  Falls, 
Lake  St.  John,  Newport,  Vt.,  Lake  Memphremagog,  the  White  Mountains  (including  the  Fran- 
conia  Notch,  Flume,  and  Pool,  Profile  House,  a  night  on  the  summit  of  Mount  Washington,  Craw- 
ford House,  White  Mountain  Notch,  and  summit  of  Mount  Willard).  9140.00 

No.  53,  September  7-'/87. —  Moosehead  Lake,  Mount  Kineo  House,  and  a  comprehensive  tour 
through  the  Maritime  Provinces,  with  visits  to  St.  Andrews,  Fredericton,  the  St.  John  River,  and 
the  city  of  St.  John,  in  New  Brunswick  ;  the  Annapolis  Valley,  the  Land  of  Kvangeline,  Halifax,  and 
the  coal  n-gions  of  Nova  Scotia;  the  beautiful  Bras  d'Or  Lakes  of  Cape  Breton  Island ;  and  Char- 
lottetown  and  Summerside  it>  Prince  Edward  Island.  9125.00 

No.  54,  September  13-17.—  Hudson  River,  Saratoga,  Lake  George,  Lake  Champlain,  Ausable 
Chasm,  Burlington  and  Rutland,  Vt.  938.50 

No.  55,  September  18-/83.— Hudson  River,  Saratoga,  Lake  George,  Lake  Champlain,  the  Adirondack 

Mountains  (including  Elizabethtown,  the  beautiful  Keene  Valley,  Lake  Placid,  Adirondack  Lodge, 

Ausable  Chasm,  etc.),  and  Burlington,  Vt.  970.00 

No.  56,  September  13-17.— Hoosac  Tunnel,  Saratoga,  Lake  George,  Lake  Ctiamplain,  Ausable 
Chasm,  Burlington  and  Rutland,  Vt.  93ft.0O 

"99 


H! 


. 


No.  57,  September  13-23.—  Hoosac  Tunnel,  Saratoga,  Lake  George,  Lake  Champlain,  the  Adiron- 
dack Mountains  (including  Elizabethtown,  the  beautiful  Keene  Valley,  Lake  Placid,  Adirondack 
Lodge,  Ausable  Chasm,  etc.),  and  Burlington,  Vt.  *  S67.00 

No.  38,  September  13-17. —  The  White  Mountains,  including  the  Franconia  Notch,  Flume,  and 
Pool,  the  Flume  House,  Profile  House,  a  night  on  the  summit  of  Mount  Washington,  Fabyan 
House,  Mount  Pleasant  House,  Crawford  House,  Mount  Willard,  White  Mountain  Notch,  and 
North  Conway.  93:2.50 

No.  59,  September  13-21. —  Isles  of  Shoals,  Mount  Desert,  Green  Mountain,  Moosehead  Lake, 
Mount  Kineo  House,  Portland,  Me.,  etc.  965.00 

No.  OO,  September  14-21.—  The  White  Mountains,  including  the  Franconia  Notch,  Flume,  and 
Pool,  Flume  House,  Profile  House,  a  night  on  the  summit  of  Mount  Washington,  Crawford 
House,  Mount  Willard,  White  Mountain  Notch,  Pinkham  Notch,  Glen  House,  and  homeward  vm 
Gorham  and  Portland.  950.00 

No.  01,  September  15-2.3.— The  Adirondack  Mountains  (including  Elizabethtown,  the  beautiful 
Keene  Valley,  Lake  Placid,  Adirondack  Lodge,  Ausable  Chasm,  etc.)*  and  Burlington,  Vt. 

•55.00 

No.  02,  September,  20-26. —  The  White  Mountains,  including  North  Conway,  White  Mountain 
Notch,  Crawford  House,  Mount  Pleasant  House,  Fabyan  House,  Mount  Willard, /a  night  on  the 
summit  of  Mount  Washington,  Profile  House,  Flume  House,  Franconia  Notch,  Flume,  Pool,  etc. 

•40.00 

No.  03,  September  22-27.—  Hudson  River,  Albany,  Valley  of  the  Mohawk,  Niagara  Falls,  Hoosac 
Tunnel  Route,  etc.  945.00 

No.  04,  September  22-October  5.  —  Fall  River  Line  to  New  York,  thence  via  Harrisburg  to  the 
Battlefield  of  Gettysburg,  Blue  Mountain  House,  Harper's  Ferry,  Shi.iandoah  Valley,  Luray 
Caverns,  Grottoes  of  the  Shenandoah,  the  Natural  Bridge  of  Virginia,  Valley  of  the  James  River, 
Richmond,  Old  Point  Comfort,  and  Washington,  D.  C. ;  and  homeward  via  Baltimore,  Phila- 
delphia, and  New  York.  985.00 

No.  05,  September  27-Octob<>r  5.—  Fall  River  Line  to  New  York,  thence  via  Harrisburg  to  the 
Battlefield  of  Gettysburg,  Hagerstown,  Harper's  Ferry,  and  Washington;  with  a  return  via  Balti- 
more, Philadelphia,  and  New  York.  945.00 

aoo 


TWO    GRAND    EXOXJRSIONS 


TO 


Ov) 


I<^3K^. 


The    Outward    Route    from    Ocean    to    Ocean  over   the    Canadian    Pacific 

Railway,  and   the    Return   over   the    Northern  Pacific  Railroad, 

with  a  Week  in   the  Yellowstone  National  Park. 


An   Unsurpassed  Tour  of  Fifty  Days  over  the  Most  Picturesque  Routes  in  the  World. 

Price  of  Tickets  (all  TraTelingr  Expenses  Included),       •       .       1^500.00. 

Dates  of   Leaving  Boston,   Saturday,  July  9,  and   Saturday,   July  23. 


Two  very  attractive  tours  for  the  coming  summer  have  been  arranged,  with  the 
North  Pacific  Coast  and  Alaska  as  the  chief  objective  points.  Incidentally  there  will 
be  a  journey  through  the  Canadian  Dominion,  over  the  entire  length  of  the  pictur- 
esque Canadian  Pacific  Railway,  and,  after  the  matchless  voyage  to  Alaska  and  back, 
a  return  trip  over  the  no  less  interesting  Northern  Pacific  Railroad  route,  with  a 
divprorence  of  a  week  through  the  Yellowstone  National  Park.  The  voyage  to  Alaska 
will  be  made  on  one  of  the  finest  passenger  steamers  of  the  Pacific  Coast  Steamship 
Company's  fleet„"  The  Queen,"  Captain  James  Carroll.  The  voyage  will  cover  about 
twelve  days,  and  all  the  famous  scenic  points  in  .Southern  Alaska,  which  have  made 
the  Alaska  trip  so  famous,  will  be  visited,  including  Fort  Wrangel,  Juneau,  Douglas 

201 


Island,  Sitka,  Lynn  Canal,  and  the  great  Muir  Glacier,  on  Glacier  Bay.  There  will  be 
time  for  landing  and  sight-seeing  at  all  the  chief  points  of  interest,  and  everywhere 
tourists  will  have  unsurpassed  opportunities  for  scanning  the  wonderful  scenery  of  our 
northernmost  possessions,  and  for  studying  the  quaint  and  primitive  native  life.  The 
voyage  to  Alaska  is  chiefly  through  inland  waters,  and  the  entire  route  is  lined  with 
scenes  of  wonderful  and  awe-inspiring  character  —  mountains  of  great  height,  with 
fathomless  depths  at  their  very  feet ;  cascades,  which  seem  to  tumble  from  the  sky 
itself ;  densely  wooded  shores,  whose  solitudes  have  never  yet  been  invaded  by  man ; 
and  vast  fields  of  snow  and  ice,  which  glow  in  the  sunlight  like  plains  of  gold  and 
silver.  Thousands  of  mountain  peaks  are  seen  that  no  man  has  ever  visited^  and  that 
are  as  yet  even  unnamed.  In  Alaska,  great  glaciers,  many  fold  larger  than  the  grand- 
est ice  fields  of  Switzerland,  flow  down  to  the  sea,  mingling  with  the  floods  of  the 
ocean,  and  breaking  off  in  huge  masses  of  fantastical  shapes.  In  no  part  of  the  world 
is  there  so  much  wild  grandeur  encompassed  in  a  voyage  of  equal  duration. 

The  journey  over  the  Canadian  Pacific  Railway  will  be  broken  by  sojourns  at  Mont- 
real, Banff  Hot  Springs,  and  Glacier  House,  and  there  will  also  be  halts  at  Winnipeg 
and  Vancouver.  Victoria  will  also  be  visited  previous  to  the  Alaska  voyage,  and 
Seattle,  Tacoma,  Portland,  and  the  Columbia  River  after  the  return.  The  round  of 
the  Yellowstone  National  Park  will  be  very  complete,  and  will  include  visits  to  Mam- 
moth Hot  Springs,  the  Norris,  Lower  and  Upper  Geyser  Basins,  Yellowstone  I^ake, 
and  Yellowstone  Cafion  and  Falls.  Minneapolis,  St.  Paul,  Chicago,  and  Niagara 
Falls  will  be  seen  on  the  homeward  trip. 

gl^^Copies  of  the  full  descriptive  circular  togethe.  with  all  needed  information, 
can  be  obtained  of 

RAYMOND  ^  WHITCOMB,  296  Washington  St.  (opposits  Soliool  St.),  Boston,  Mass. 

202 


SEPTEMBER    TOUR 

THROUGH   THE 


YELLOWSTONE    NATIONAL    PARK. 


The  Party  to  Leave  Boston  Monday,  Sept.  5,  and  Return  Tuesday,  Sept.  vj. 


ALL  RAILWAY  TRAVEL  IN  PALACE  SLEEPING  AND  DRAWING-ROOM  CARS. 


The  Party  to  be  Limited  in  Numbers. 


In  addition  to  the  several  tours  of  the  Yellowstone  National  Park,  to  be  made  in 
connection  with  our  various  summer  transcontinental  excursions,  we  have  planned  one 
trip  to  the  park  direct  and  return,  with  a  week's  round  of  the  great  American  wonder- 
land. The  same  period  of  time  will  be  spent  within  the  park  as  in  the  other  tours, 
and  a  complete  round  of  the  different  points  of  interest  will  be  made.  There  will  be 
brief  sojourns  on  the  outward  journey  at  Chicago,  St.  Paul,  and  Minneapolis,  and  at 
Niagara  Falls  on  the  return,  together  with  ample  opportunity  for  rest  as  well  as  sight- 
seeing within  the  park,  where  Raymond  &  Whitcomb's  tourists  invariably  take  more 
time  than  the  ordinary  visitor. 

Many  improvements  have  been  made  in  the  National  Park  within  a  few  years  past, 
both  by  the  government  and  by  the  Yellowstone  Park  Association,  under  whose  direc- 
tion a  chain  of  comfortable  hotels  is  maintained.    The  transportation  facilities  are 

203 


ample,  and  the  journeys  from  point  to  point  are  made  with  the  utmost  degree  of  com- 
fort.   The  roads  have  been  improved,  and  in  many  cases  wholly  rebuilt. 

All  travel  to  and  from  the  park  will  be  in  palace  sleeping-cars,  and  every  needful 
expense  of  the  entire  trip  is  included  in  the  cost  of  the  ticket. 


jJQ^Descriptive  circulars,  tickets  for  the  excursions,  and  all  required  information 
may  be  obtained  of 

RAYMOND  &  WHITCOMB,  296  Washington  St.  (opposite  Soliool  St.),  Boston,  Mass. 


THE  YELLOWSTONE  NATIONAL  PARK, 

In  Conjunction  with  a  Tour  Through  Colorado  and  Utah, 

With  Visits  to  Denver,  Manitou  Springs,  the  Summit  of   Pike's  Peak,  the  Royal  Gorge, 

Salida,  Marshall  Pass,  Glenwood  Springs,  Salt  Lake  City,  the  Miping 

Districts  of  Anaconda  and  Butte,  etc. 


Two  Parties  to  Leave  Boston  Tuesday,  August  g,  and  Monday,  August  2g. 


Two  excursions  are  to  be  made  from  the  East  to  the  Yellowstone  National  Park, 
the  outward  journey  being  through  Colorado  and  Utah,  and  the  return  over  the  North- 
ern Pacific  route.  The  parties  will  leave  Boston  Tuesday,  August  9,  and  Monday, 
August  29.  The  first  stage  of  the  journey  is  to  Chicago,  and  thence  over  the  Rock 
Island  route  to  Den/er.  After  a  sojourn  of  tvo  days  in  Denver  the  parties  will  pro- 
ceed to  Manitou  Springs,  where  between  three  and  four  days  will  be  passed.    There 

204 


will  be  a  carriage  ride  to  the  Garden  of  the  Gods  and  other  points  of  interest,  and  a 
trip  by  railway  to  the  summit  of  Pike's  Peak.  The  Royal  Gorge,  Salida,  Marshall  Pass, 
Gunnison,  and  Glenwood  Springs  will  be  visited  in  turn,  on  our  journey  over  a  large  part 
of  the  picturesque  Denver  &  Rio  Grande  system,  and  then  will  follow  a  two  days'  visit  to 
Salt  Lake  City.  A  northward  journey  over  the  Union  Pacific  system  through  Idaho  and 
a  part  of  Montana  will  bring  the  travelers  into  the  rich  mining  regions  c  f  Anaconda 
and  Butte,  where  a  brief  sojourn  will  be  made,  and  there  will  then  be  a  short  railway 
journey  to  the  Yellowstone  National  Park  over  the  Northern  Pacific  Railroad.  A 
week  will  be  passed  within  the  park,  with  visits  to  all  the  points  of  interest.  The 
homeward  journey  will  be  over  the  Norihern  Pacific  Railroad  to  Minneapolis  and  St. 
Paul,  the  Wisconsin  Central  line  thence  to  Chicago,  ind  the  Chicago  &  Grand  Trunk 
and  the  West  Shore  route  eastward. 


Ji^"Descriptive  circulars,  tickets,  and  all  required  information  regarding  the  excur- 
sion can  be  obtained  of 

RAYMOND  &  WHITCOMB,  296  Washington  St.  (opposite  Soliooi  St.),  Boston.  Mass. 


205 


^rSi 


}m'. 


GRAND  TOUR  OF  SIXTY-TWO  DAYS 

ACROSS    THE    CONTINENT, 

INCLUSIVE  OF   A   WEEK   IN   THE 

YELLOWSTONE    NATIONAL    PARK. 

WITH   A   VISIT  TO 

CALIFORNIA 

And  a  Return  Homeward  through  Arizona,  New  Mexico,  Colorado,  eto. 


The  Party  to  Leave  Boston  Monday,  September  5. 


Price  of  Tickets  (all  Trayelin^  Expenses  Inclnded), 


$525.00. 


A  PARTY  will  leave  Boston  Monday,  September  5,  for  a  visit  to  the  Yellowstone 
National  Park,  the  Pacific  Northwest,  and  California,  with  a  return  homeward  by  the 
Atchison,  Topeka  &  Santa  Fe  route.  This  is  a  grand  round  of  sixty-two  days,  over  a 
route  between  9,000  and  10,000  miles  in  extent.  Persons  who  desire  can  extend  their 
sojourn  on  the  Pacific  Coast  six  months,  the  tickets  for  the  journeys  through  California 
and  homeward  being  good  for  that  length  of  time.  Chicago,  St.  Paul,  and  Minneapolis 
will  be  visited  on  the  outward  trip,  and  a  complete  round  of  the  Yellowstone  National 

206 


Park  will  be  made,  with  ample  time  for  its  thorough  inspection.  Arriving  on  the 
Pacific  Coast,  the  party  will  visit  Seattle,  Tacoma,  Port  Townsend,  and  Victoria,  and 
later  Portland  and  the  picturesque  Columbia  River. 

The  overland  trip  from  Oregon  to  California  will  be  a  feature  of  great  interest. 
There  are  many  fine  mountain  views  upon  the  route ;  and  the  most  picturesque  sec- 
tion of  the  journey,  including  the  passage  through  the  upper  Willamette  and  Sacra- 
mento Valleys,  over  the  Siskiyou  Mountains,  and  through  the  grand  Mount  Shasta 
region,  will  be  made  by  daylight.  In  California  there  will  be  ample  time  for  an 
extended  round  of  sight-seeing.  San  Francisco,  Monterey,  Santa  Cruz,  and  San  Jose 
will  be  visited,  and  there  will  be  a  stage  excursion  from  the  latter  city  to  the  Lick 
Observatory,  on  the  summit  of  Mount  Hamilton.  Southern  California  will  next 
engage  the  attention  of  the  travelers,  and  there  will  ba  visits  to  Santa  Barbara,  Los 
Angeles,  Pasadena,  Coronado  Beach,  Riverside,  etc. 

The  homeward  route  from  Southern  California  will  be  over  the  Atchison,  Topeka 
&  Santa  Fe  line,  which  takes  the  traveler  through  very  picturesque  sections  of 
Arizona,  New  Mexico,  and  Colorado,  and  in  proximity  to  some  of  the  quaint  habita- 
tions of  the  Pueblo  Indians  and  the  still  stranger  places  of  abode  of  prehistoric  races. 
The  southern  border-land  is  filled  with  romance  and  ^toric  interest ;  and  much  of  the 
old  Spanish  life,  with  its  peculiar  manners  and  customs,  is  yet  seen  in  ha  half-Mexican 
towns.  A  Sunday  will  be  passed  at  The  Montezuma,  Las  Vegas  Hot  Springs,  and 
there  will  also  be  a  visit  to  Niagara  Falls. 


The    full    descriptive  circular  and  all    other    information    desired    can   be 
obtained  of 

.RAYMOND  &  WHITCOMB,  296  Washington  St.  (opposite  School  St.),  Boston,  Mass. 

207 


>;noj.J>; 


Si 


!l' 


-u 


'J  r 


fllipAL  WIliTEK  THIPS  TO  GflltlFORSlfl 

For  tlc[e  Seasor\  of  1892-93. 

Our  annual  series  of  winter  tours  to  the  Pacific  Coast,  intended  especially  for  the 
accommodation  of  persons  who  desire  to  make  extended  sojourns  at  the  various  Cali- 
fornia resorts  (although  equally  available  for  shorter  trips),  will  begin  in  October,  and 
continue  at  short  intervals  through  November,  December,  January,  February,  and 
March.  Magnificent  trains  of  vestibuled  Pullman  palace  cars,  with  Pullman  palace 
dining-cars,  are  brought  into  requisition  for  all  the  tours,  affording  accommodations 
not  otherwise  attainable  for  the  entire  journey.  For  several  seasons  past  these  trips 
have  been  exceedingly  popular.  A  choice  of  routes  both  ways  is  had,  and  opportuni- 
ties are  furnished  for  rapid  transit,  as  well  as  for  the  more  leisurely  mode  of  traveling 
with  halts  by  the  way,  so  that  the  individual  desires  of  travelers  are  fully  met. 

Full  details  will  be  announced  at  an  early  date. 


TOUt^S  THROUGH  fllEXlCO. 

Our  excursions  through  Mexico,  which  have  proved  so  popular  during  the  past 
eight  years,  will  be  resumed  in  January.  As  the  facilities  for  travel  in  that  interesting 
country  are  increased,  we  shall  add  to  the  attractiveness  of  these  tours.  There  will 
be  two  trips  to  include  California,  and  one  or  more  with  a  return  direct  from  Mexico, 
without  the  visit  to  California. 

EXCURSION  TO  THE  HAWAIIAN  ISLANDS. 

Our  fifth  annual  trip  to  the  Sandwich  Islands  will  take  place  in  February,  1893,  the 
party  sailing  from  San  Francu^o.  Particulars  of  the  tour  will  be  given  in  the  circular 
of  ••  Winter  Trips  to  California." 

208 


t 

le  past 
resting 
;re  will 
klexico, 

' 

)S. 

$93,  the 
circular 

1 

